<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sharmila</id>
	<title>Vaniquotes - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sharmila"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/wiki/Special:Contributions/Sharmila"/>
	<updated>2026-06-23T14:46:03Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Demoness&amp;diff=91459</id>
		<title>Demoness</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Demoness&amp;diff=91459"/>
		<updated>2009-07-29T06:53:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;demoness&amp;quot;|&amp;quot; demonesses&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Archana| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|29Jul09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=4|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Demons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.19.20|SB 3.19.20, Translation]]: O sinless Vidura, mountains discharged weapons of various kinds, and naked demonesses armed with tridents appeared with their hair hanging loose.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 10.1 to 10.13 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Vasudeva returns to Gokula and on the way sees the dead body of the Pūtanā demoness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB Canto 10 - Summary|SB Canto 10 - Summary, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Sixth Chapter contains forty-four verses. In this chapter, Nanda Mahārāja, following the advice of his friend Vasudeva, returns to Gokula and on the way sees the dead body of the Pūtanā demoness and is astonished at her having been killed by Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Is she a demigod or a demoness?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.13.37|SB 10.13.37, Translation and Purport]]: Who is this mystic power, and where has she come from? Is she a demigod or a demoness? She must be the illusory energy of My master, Lord Kṛṣṇa, for who else can bewilder Me?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Balarāma was surprised. This extraordinary show of affection, He thought, was something mystical, performed either by the demigods or some wonderful man. Otherwise, how could this wonderful change take place? &amp;quot;This māyā might be some rākṣasī-māyā,&amp;quot; He thought, &amp;quot;but how can rākṣasī-māyā have any influence upon Me? This is not possible. Therefore it must be the māyā of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; He thus concluded that the mystical change must have been caused by Kṛṣṇa, whom Balarāma considered His worshipable Personality of Godhead. He thought, &amp;quot;It was arranged by Kṛṣṇa, and even I could not check its mystic power.&amp;quot; Thus Balarāma understood that all these boys and calves were only expansions of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Kṛṣṇa knew the secret of His enemy Jarāsandha&#039;s birth and death, and also how he had been given life by the demoness Jarā. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.72.40|SB 10.72.40, Translation]]: Lord Kṛṣṇa knew the secret of His enemy Jarāsandha&#039;s birth and death, and also how he had been given life by the demoness Jarā. Considering all this, Lord Kṛṣṇa imparted His special power to Bhīma.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Mosque_(Books)&amp;diff=86873</id>
		<title>Mosque (Books)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Mosque_(Books)&amp;diff=86873"/>
		<updated>2009-05-26T08:41:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;mosque&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;mosques&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Haya| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB|CC|OB}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|16Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|26May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=9|CC=5|OB=4|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Mosque|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Compilations from Books]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Churches, mosques or temples are now practically vacant. Men are more interested in factories, shops, and cinemas than in religious places which were erected by their forefathers.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.1.2|SB 1.1.2, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the lower stages of human civilization, there is always competition to lord it over the material nature or, in other words, there is a continuous rivalry to satisfy the senses. Driven by such consciousness, man turns to religion. He thus performs pious activities or religious functions in order to gain something material. But if such material gains are obtainable in other ways, then so-called religion is neglected. This is the situation in modern civilization. Man is thriving economically, so at present he is not very interested in religion. Churches, mosques or temples are now practically vacant. Men are more interested in factories, shops, and cinemas than in religious places which were erected by their forefathers. This practically proves that religion is performed for some economic gains. Economic gains are needed for sense gratification. Often when one is baffled in the pursuit of sense gratification, he takes to salvation and tries to become one with the Supreme Lord. Consequently, all these states are simply different types of sense gratification.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;For less intelligent persons, bowing down before the authority of the Lord, as generally done in the temples, mosques or churches, is as beneficial as it is for the advanced devotees to meditate upon Him by active service.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.8.19|SB 1.8.19, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; All our senses are imperfect. We claim to observe everything and anything, but we must admit that we can observe things under certain material conditions only, which are also beyond our control. The Lord is beyond the observation of sense perception. Queen Kuntī accepts this deficiency of the conditioned soul, especially of the woman class, who are less intelligent. For less intelligent men there must be such things as temples, mosques or churches so that they may begin to recognize the authority of the Lord and hear about Him from authorities in such holy places. For less intelligent men, this beginning of spiritual life is essential, and only foolish men decry the establishment of such places of worship, which are required to raise the standard of spiritual attributes for the mass of people. For less intelligent persons, bowing down before the authority of the Lord, as generally done in the temples, mosques or churches, is as beneficial as it is for the advanced devotees to meditate upon Him by active service.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;And to search out the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we need not go anywhere else, because the Lord is within our hearts. This does not suggest, however, that we should not go to the places of worship, namely the temples, churches and mosques. Such holy places of worship are also occupied by the Lord because the Lord is omnipresent.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.2.6|SB 2.2.6, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; And to search out the Supreme Personality of Godhead, we need not go anywhere else, because the Lord is within our hearts. This does not suggest, however, that we should not go to the places of worship, namely the temples, churches and mosques. Such holy places of worship are also occupied by the Lord because the Lord is omnipresent. For the common man these holy places are centers of learning about the science of God. When the temples are devoid of activities, the people in general become uninterested in such places, and consequently the mass of people gradually become godless, and a godless civilization is the result. Such a hellish civilization artificially increases the conditions of life, and existence becomes intolerable for everyone.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One may worship the form of the Lord in a temple, or one may impersonally offer the Lord devotional prayers in a mosque or a church.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.4.15|SB 2.4.15, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One may worship the form of the Lord in a temple, or one may impersonally offer the Lord devotional prayers in a mosque or a church. One is sure to get free from the reactions of sins provided one is very careful about not committing sins willingly in expectation of getting free from the reactions of sins by worshiping in the temple or by offering prayers in the church. This mentality of committing sins willfully on the strength of devotional service is called nāmno balād yasya hi pāpa-buddhiḥ, and it is the greatest offense in the discharge of devotional service. Hearing, therefore, is essential in order to keep oneself strictly on guard against such pitfalls of sins. And in order to give special stress to the hearing process, the Gosvāmī invokes all auspicious fortune in this matter.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If, without this preliminary knowledge of the Lord&#039;s omnipresence, one simply attaches himself to the rituals in a temple, church or mosque, it is as if he were offering butter into ashes rather than into the fire. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.29.22|SB 3.29.22, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Since the individual soul is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, in that sense the Lord is living in every body, and, as Supersoul, the Lord is also present as a witness. In both cases the presence of God in every living entity is essential. Therefore persons who profess to belong to some religious sect but who do not feel the presence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in every living entity, and everywhere else, are in the mode of ignorance.&lt;br /&gt;
If, without this preliminary knowledge of the Lord&#039;s omnipresence, one simply attaches himself to the rituals in a temple, church or mosque, it is as if he were offering butter into ashes rather than into the fire. One offers sacrifices by pouring clarified butter into a fire and chanting Vedic mantras, but even if there are Vedic mantras and all conditions are favorable, if the clarified butter is poured on ashes, then such a sacrifice will be useless.Since the individual soul is part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, in that sense the Lord is living in every body, and, as Supersoul, the Lord is also present as a witness. In both cases the presence of God in every living entity is essential. Therefore persons who profess to belong to some religious sect but who do not feel the presence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in every living entity, and everywhere else, are in the mode of ignorance.&lt;br /&gt;
If, without this preliminary knowledge of the Lord&#039;s omnipresence, one simply attaches himself to the rituals in a temple, church or mosque, it is as if he were offering butter into ashes rather than into the fire. One offers sacrifices by pouring clarified butter into a fire and chanting Vedic mantras, but even if there are Vedic mantras and all conditions are favorable, if the clarified butter is poured on ashes, then such a sacrifice will be useless.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;It is also sometimes found that people are very much addicted to a particular type of religious faith. Hindus, Muslims and Christians are faithful in their particular type of religion, and they go to the church, temple or mosque.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.31.32|SB 3.31.32, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Generally, people are concerned with the satisfaction of the tongue and the satisfaction of the genitals. That is material life. Material life means eat, drink, be merry and enjoy, with no concern for understanding one&#039;s spiritual identity and the process of spiritual advancement. Since materialistic people are concerned with the tongue, belly and genitals, if anyone wants to advance in spiritual life he must be very careful about associating with such people. To associate with such materialistic men is to commit purposeful suicide in the human form of life. It is said, therefore, that an intelligent man should give up such undesirable association and should always mix with saintly persons. When he is in association with saintly persons, all his doubts about the spiritual expansion of life are eradicated, and he makes tangible progress on the path of spiritual understanding. It is also sometimes found that people are very much addicted to a particular type of religious faith. Hindus, Muslims and Christians are faithful in their particular type of religion, and they go to the church, temple or mosque, but unfortunately they cannot give up the association of persons who are too much addicted to sex life and satisfaction of the palate. Here i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;At the present moment the churches, temples and mosques all over the world are not attracting people because foolish priests cannot elevate their followers to the platform of knowledge.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.29.56|SB 4.29.56, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; After hearing the instructions of Nārada, King Barhiṣmān came to his senses. The real goal of life is to attain devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The King therefore decided to reject the so-called priestly orders that simply engage their followers in the ritualistic ceremonies without giving effective instructions about the goal of life. At the present moment the churches, temples and mosques all over the world are not attracting people because foolish priests cannot elevate their followers to the platform of knowledge. Not being aware of the real goal of life, they simply keep their congregations in ignorance. Consequently, those who are well educated have become uninterested in the ritualistic ceremonies. At the same time, they are not benefited with real knowledge. This Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is therefore very important for the enlightenment of all classes. Following in the footsteps of Mahārāja Barhiṣmān, everyone should take advantage of this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement and abandon the stereotyped ritualistic ceremonies that go under the garb of so many religions.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
is clearly said that one may officially be a very religious man, but if he associates with such persons, then he is sure to slide down to the darkest region of hell.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Those who are a little religious kill animals in temples, mosques or synagogues, and those who are more fallen maintain various slaughterhouses.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.28.26|SB 4.28.26, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Those who are very enthusiastic about killing animals in the name of religion or for food must await similar punishment after death. The word māṁsa (&amp;quot;meat&amp;quot;) indicates that those animals whom we kill will be given an opportunity to kill us. Although in actuality no living entity is killed, the pains of being pierced by the horns of animals will be experienced after death. Not knowing this, rascals unhesitatingly go on killing poor animals. So-called human civilization has opened many slaughterhouses for animals in the name of religion or food. Those who are a little religious kill animals in temples, mosques or synagogues, and those who are more fallen maintain various slaughterhouses. Just as in civilized human society the law is a life for a life, no living entity can encroach upon another living entity as far as the Supreme Lord is concerned. Everyone should be given freedom to live at the cost of the supreme father, and animal-killing—either for religion or for food—is always condemned by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 10.1 to 10.13 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;At that time, even atheistic political leaders go to a church, mosque or temple for protection by God or gods and submissively say, &amp;quot;God willing.&amp;quot; Before that, they pay no attention to God.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.4.3|SB 10.4.3, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When Arjuna inquired from Kṛṣṇa in His universal form, &amp;quot;Who are You?&amp;quot; the Lord presented Himself as kāla, death personified to kill. By nature&#039;s law, when there is an unwanted increase in population, kāla appears, and by some arrangement of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, people are killed wholesale in different ways, by war, pestilence, famine and so on. At that time, even atheistic political leaders go to a church, mosque or temple for protection by God or gods and submissively say, &amp;quot;God willing.&amp;quot; Before that, they pay no attention to God, not caring to know God or His will, but when kāla appears, they say, &amp;quot;God willing.&amp;quot; Death is but another feature of the supreme kāla, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. At the time of death, the atheist must submit to this supreme kāla, and then the Supreme Personality of Godhead takes away all his possessions (mṛtyuḥ sarva-haraś cāham [Bg. 10.34]) and forces him to accept another body (tathā dehāntara-prāptiḥ [Bg. 2.13]). This the atheists do not know, and if they do know, they neglect it so that they may go on with their normal life. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is trying to teach them that although for a few years one may act as a great protector or great watchman, with the appearance of kāla, death, one must take another body by the laws of nature. Not knowing this, they unnecessarily waste their time in their occupation as watchdogs and do not try to get the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As it is clearly said, aprāpya māṁ nivartante mṛtyu-saṁsāra-vartmani: [Bg. 9.3] without Kṛṣṇa consciousness, one is condemned to continue wandering in birth and death, not knowing what will happen in one&#039;s next birth.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;To propagate worship in churches, temples or mosques is not possible, because people have lost interest in that. But anywhere and everywhere, people can chant Hare Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 3.52|CC Adi 3.52, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī cites a verse from the Vedic literature which says that there is no necessity of performing sacrificial demonstrations or ceremonial functions. He comments that instead of engaging in such external, pompous exhibitions, all people, regardless of caste, color or creed, can assemble together and chant Hare Kṛṣṇa to worship Lord Caitanya. Kṛṣṇa-varṇaṁ tviṣākṛṣṇam [SB 11.5.32] indicates that prominence should be given to the name of Kṛṣṇa. Lord Caitanya taught Kṛṣṇa consciousness and chanted the name of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, to worship Lord Caitanya, everyone should together chant the mahā-mantra—Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. To propagate worship in churches, temples or mosques is not possible, because people have lost interest in that. But anywhere and everywhere, people can chant Hare Kṛṣṇa. Thus worshiping Lord Caitanya, they can perform the highest activity and fulfill the highest religious purpose of satisfying the Supreme Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; As a result of his sinful activities, one of his servants from the Khojā group killed him while he was praying in the mosque.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 17.195|CC Adi 17.195, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Nawab Hussain Shah, whose full name was Ālā Uddīn Saiyad Husen Sā, was at that time (A.D. 1498–1521) the independent King of Bengal. Formerly he was the servant of the cruel Nawab of the Hābsī dynasty named Mujaḥphara Khān, but somehow or other he assassinated his master and became the King. After gaining the throne of Bengal (technically called Masnada), he declared himself Saiyad Husen Ālā Uddīn Seriph Mukkā. There is a book called Riyāja Us-salātina, whose author, Golām Husen, says that Nawab Hussain Shah belonged to the family of Mukkā Seriph. To keep his family’s glory, he took the name Seriph Mukkā. Generally, however, he is known as Nawab Hussain Shah. After his death, his eldest son, Nasaratsā, became King of Bengal (A.D. 1521–1533). This King also was very cruel. He committed many atrocities against the Vaiṣṇavas. As a result of his sinful activities, one of his servants from the Khojā group killed him while he was praying in the mosque.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Later, another temple was constructed by the side of the mosque, and this temple is still existing.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 17.86|CC Madhya 17.86, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Bindu Mādhava temple is the oldest Viṣṇu temple in Vārāṇasī. At present this temple is known as Veṇī Mādhava, and it is situated on the banks of the Ganges. Formerly five rivers converged there, and they were named Dhūtapāpā, Kiraṇā, Sarasvatī, Gaṅgā and Yamunā. Now only the river Ganges is visible. The old temple of Bindu Mādhava, which was visited by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, was later dismantled by Aurangzeb, the great Hindu-hating emperor of the Mogul dynasty. In the place of this temple, he constructed a big masjīd, or mosque. Later, another temple was constructed by the side of the mosque, and this temple is still existing. In the temple of Bindu Mādhava there are Deities of four-handed Nārāyaṇa and the goddess Lakṣmī. In front of these Deities is a column of Śrī Garuḍa, and along the side are deities of Lord Rāma, Sītā, Lakṣmaṇa and Śrī Hanumānjī.&lt;br /&gt;
In the province of Maharashtra is a state known as Sātārā. During the time of Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura, the native prince belonged to the Vaiṣṇava cult. Being a brāhmaṇa, he took charge of worshiping the Deity. He was known as Śrīmanta Bālāsāheb Pantha Mahārāja. The state still bears the expenditure for temple maintenance. The first king in this dynasty to take charge of worship in the temple, two hundred years ago, was Mahārāja Jagatjīvana Rāo Sāheb.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;At one time, Keśavajī-mandira was attacked by the emperor Aurangzeb, who constructed such a big mosque there that the temple of Keśavajī was insignificant in comparison. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 17.156|CC Madhya 17.156, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; At the present moment, the temple of Keśavajī is very much improved. At one time, Keśavajī-mandira was attacked by the emperor Aurangzeb, who constructed such a big mosque there that the temple of Keśavajī was insignificant in comparison. But with the help of many rich Marwaris, the temple has been improved, and a very large temple is now being constructed so that the mosque is now appearing diminished in comparison. Many archeological discoveries have been made there, and many people from foreign countries are beginning to appreciate Kṛṣṇa’s birthplace. This Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is attracting many foreigners to the Keśavajī temple, and now they will also be attracted by the Kṛṣṇa-Balarāma temple in Vṛndāvana.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;According to the Muslim scripture, without evādat, offering prayers at a mosque or elsewhere five times daily (namāz), one cannot be successful in life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 18.194|CC Madhya 18.194, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; According to the Muslim scripture, without evādat, offering prayers at a mosque or elsewhere five times daily (namāz), one cannot be successful in life. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu pointed out that in the revealed scripture of the Muslims, love of Godhead is the ultimate goal. Karma-yoga and jñāna-yoga are certainly described in the Koran, but ultimately the Koran states that the ultimate goal is the offering of prayers to the Supreme Person (evādat).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachings of Lord Caitanya ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The churches, mosques and temples are practically vacant, for people are more interested in factories, shops and cinemas.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC 23|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 23, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Since the economic desires of the people appear to be fulfilled in another way, no one is interested in religion now. The churches, mosques and temples are practically vacant, for people are more interested in factories, shops and cinemas. Thus they have deserted the religious places erected by their forefathers. This is evidence that religion is generally performed for the sake of economic development, and economic development is required for sense gratification. When one is baffled in his attempt to attain sense gratification, he takes to the cause of salvation in order to become one with the supreme whole. All these activities arise with the same aim in view—sense gratification.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Instruction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Animal society has no church, mosque or religious system. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOI 4|Nectar of Instruction 4, null]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; People should give up the company of so-called yogīs, jñānīs, karmīs and philanthropists because their association can benefit no one. If one really wants to attain the goal of human life, he should associate with devotees of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement because it is the only movement that teaches one how to develop love of God. Religion is the special function of human society, and it constitutes the distinction between human society and animal society. Animal society has no church, mosque or religious system. In all parts of the world, however downtrodden human society may be, there is some system of religion. Even tribal aborigines in the jungles also have a system of religion. When a religious system develops and turns into love of God, it is successful.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Renunciation Through Wisdom ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Neither spiritual retreats, churches, mosques, temples, karma-yoga, jñāna-yoga, dry empirical philosophy, nor imitation devotees can save humanity from the jaws of death.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 5.1|Renunciation Through Wisdom 5.1]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Neither spiritual retreats, churches, mosques, temples, karma-yoga, jñāna-yoga, dry empirical philosophy, nor imitation devotees can save humanity from the jaws of death. They are inadequate for purifying the consciousness because what they offer as spiritual succor is limited by their sectarian vision, a set of do&#039;s and don&#039;ts, and a rigid approach that simply further entangle humanity in the material energy. What is needed are exemplary spiritual actions and the espousal of the genuine path of self-realization, but these have not been properly instituted. Just as Bhagirātha brought down the Gaṅgā and liberated his forefathers, similarly, we must bring a deluge of love of Godhead that can extricate the conditioned souls from the clutches of gross materialism. At least for some time, we must create Satya-yuga, the age of reason and piety. We can easily accomplish this Herculean task simply by reintroducing Lord Caitanya&#039;s saṅkīrtana movement of the congregational chanting of Lord Kṛṣṇa&#039;s name and thus flooding the world with kṛṣṇa-prema. All living entities—the human beings, who are afflicted by Kali-yuga, as well as sub-human beings—must be drowned in the floodwaters of kṛṣṇa-prema.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Isopanisad ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The kaniṣṭha-adhikārī is in the lowest stage of realization. He goes to a place of worship, such as a temple, church or mosque, according to his religious faith, and worships there according to scriptural injunctions. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Sri Isopanisad - Mantra 6|Sri Isopanisad - Mantra 6, null]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Supreme Lord&#039;s presence is realized in three stages. The kaniṣṭha-adhikārī is in the lowest stage of realization. He goes to a place of worship, such as a temple, church or mosque, according to his religious faith, and worships there according to scriptural injunctions. Devotees in this stage consider the Lord to be present at the place of worship and nowhere else. They cannot ascertain who is in what position in devotional service, nor can they tell who has realized the Supreme Lord. Such devotees follow the routine formulas and sometimes quarrel among themselves, considering one type of devotion better than another. These kaniṣṭha-adhikārīs are actually materialistic devotees who are simply trying to transcend the material boundary to reach the spiritual plane.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Situated_on_the_spiritual_platform&amp;diff=86863</id>
		<title>Situated on the spiritual platform</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Situated_on_the_spiritual_platform&amp;diff=86863"/>
		<updated>2009-05-26T07:33:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;situated on the spiritual platform&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;situation on the spiritual platform&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Labangalatika| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|BG|SB|CC|LEC|CON}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|05Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|26May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=9|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|13}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Situated]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Spiritual Platform]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Only those who have passed their lives in practicing the regulative principles of religion, who have acted piously and who have conquered sinful reactions can accept devotional service and gradually rise to the pure knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Then, gradually, they can meditate in trance on the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is the process of being situated on the spiritual platform.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 7.28|BG 7.28, Translation and Purport]]: Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life and whose sinful actions are completely eradicated are freed from the dualities of delusion, and they engage themselves in My service with determination.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Those eligible for elevation to the transcendental position are mentioned in this verse. For those who are sinful, atheistic, foolish and deceitful, it is very difficult to transcend the duality of desire and hate. Only those who have passed their lives in practicing the regulative principles of religion, who have acted piously and who have conquered sinful reactions can accept devotional service and gradually rise to the pure knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Then, gradually, they can meditate in trance on the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is the process of being situated on the spiritual platform. This elevation is possible in Kṛṣṇa consciousness in the association of pure devotees, for in the association of great devotees one can be delivered from delusion.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Unless one is situated on the spiritual platform, he is not sat; he is asat. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.25.12|SB 3.25.12, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Those who have actual spiritual interest are called sat, or devotees. Satām prasaṅgāt. Sat means &amp;quot;that which eternally exists,&amp;quot; and asat means &amp;quot;that which is not eternal.&amp;quot; Unless one is situated on the spiritual platform, he is not sat; he is asat. The asat stands on a platform which will not exist, but anyone who stands on the spiritual platform will exist eternally.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A materialistic devotee is not completely situated on the spiritual platform; rather, he is in the lowest stage of devotion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.29.16|SB 3.29.16, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As stated in Bhagavad-gītā, a paṇḍita, one who is learned, sees equally a very learned brāhmaṇa, a śūdra, a hog, a dog and a cow. He does not see the body, which is only an outward dress. He does not see the dress of a brāhmaṇa, or that of a cow or of a hog. He sees the spiritual spark, part and parcel of the Supreme Lord. If a devotee does not see every living entity as part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, he is considered prākṛta-bhakta, a materialistic devotee. He is not completely situated on the spiritual platform; rather, he is in the lowest stage of devotion. He does, however, show all respect to the Deity.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The system of philosophy enunciated by Lord Kapila before His mother is the background for situation on the spiritual platform.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.33.1|SB 3.33.1, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The system of philosophy enunciated by Lord Kapila before His mother is the background for situation on the spiritual platform. The specific significance of this system of philosophy is stated herein as siddhi-bhūmim—it is the background of salvation. People who are suffering in this material world because they are conditioned by the material energy can easily get freedom from the clutches of matter by understanding the Sāṅkhya philosophy enunciated by Lord Kapila. By this system of philosophy, one can immediately become free, even though one is situated in this material world.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One cannot serve the Lord without being situated on the spiritual platform.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.28.42|SB 4.28.42, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; For the perfect devotee, the energy and the energetic are nondifferent. Thus the so-called material world becomes spiritual (sarvaṁ khalv idaṁ brahma). Everything is intended for the service of the Supreme Lord, and the expert devotee can utilize any so-called material thing for the Lord&#039;s service. One cannot serve the Lord without being situated on the spiritual platform. Thus if a so-called material thing is dovetailed in the service of the Lord, it is no longer to be considered material. Thus the pure devotee, in his perfect vision, sees from all angles.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;By austere activities, one&#039;s heart can be cleansed of material contamination, and as a result one can be situated on the spiritual platform.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.5 Summary|SB 5.5 Summary, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The human life is especially meant for the revival of our relationship with the Supreme Lord, and to this end all kinds of austerities and penances should be accepted. By austere activities, one&#039;s heart can be cleansed of material contamination, and as a result one can be situated on the spiritual platform. To attain this perfection, one has to take shelter of a devotee and serve him. Then the door of liberation will be open.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He was situated on the spiritual platform, and, being in His spiritual glory, He did not care for all these material insults.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.5.30|SB 5.5.30, Translation]]: Ṛṣabhadeva began to tour through cities, villages, mines, countrysides, valleys, gardens, military camps, cow pens, the homes of cowherd men, transient hotels, hills, forests and hermitages. Wherever He traveled, all bad elements surrounded Him, just as flies surround the body of an elephant coming from a forest. He was always being threatened, beaten, urinated upon and spat upon. Sometimes people threw stones, stool and dust at Him, and sometimes people passed foul air before Him. Thus people called Him many bad names and gave Him a great deal of trouble, but He did not care about this, for He understood that the body is simply meant for such an end. He was situated on the spiritual platform, and, being in His spiritual glory, He did not care for all these material insults. In other words, He completely understood that matter and spirit are separate, and He had no bodily conception. Thus, without being angry at anyone, He walked through the whole world alone.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One should actually be situated on the spiritual platform of neutrality.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.9.11|SB 5.9.11, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bharata Mahārāja was determined to finish his business in this material world, and he did not at all care for the world of duality. He was complete in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and was oblivious to good and evil, happiness and distress. As stated in Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Cc. Antya 4.176):&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;dvaite&#039; bhadrābhadra-jñāna, saba-&#039;manodharma&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;ei bhāla, ei manda&#039;,—saba &#039;bhrama&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;In the material world, conceptions of good and bad are all mental speculations. Therefore, saying, &#039;This is good and this is bad,&#039; is all a mistake.&amp;quot; One has to understand that in the material world of duality, to think that this is good or that this is bad is simply a mental concoction. However, one should not imitate this consciousness; one should actually be situated on the spiritual platform of neutrality.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 7 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Because Prahlāda Mahārāja was situated on the spiritual platform, he had nothing to do with his body, which had been born of the modes of passion and ignorance. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.9.26|SB 7.9.26, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Because Prahlāda Mahārāja was situated on the spiritual platform, he had nothing to do with his body, which had been born of the modes of passion and ignorance. The symptoms of passion and ignorance are described in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.19) as lust and hankering (tadā rajas tamo-bhāvāḥ kāma-lobhādayaś ca ye). Prahlāda Mahārāja, being a great devotee, thought the body born of his father to be born of passion and ignorance, but because Prahlāda was fully engaged in the service of the Lord, his body did not belong to the material world. The pure Vaiṣṇava&#039;s body is spiritualized even in this life. For example, when iron is put into a fire it becomes red-hot and is no longer iron but fire. Similarly, the so-called material bodies of devotees who fully engage in the devotional service of the Lord, being constantly in the fire of spiritual life, have nothing to do with matter, but are spiritualized.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 10.1 to 10.13 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When one is freed from this bewilderment and understands that the soul does not belong to any shape of this material world, one is situated on the spiritual platform.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.1.43|SB 10.1.43, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The soul is the eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but when put into the material modes of nature, it takes different bodies, sometimes as a demigod, sometimes a man, a dog, a tree and so on. By the influence of māyā, the illusory potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the living entity thinks that he is this person, that person, American, Indian, cat, dog, tree or whatever. This is called māyā. When one is freed from this bewilderment and understands that the soul does not belong to any shape of this material world, one is situated on the spiritual platform.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When one is situated on the spiritual platform, there are no bodily and mental differences.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 17.184|CC Madhya 17.184, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When a person has no ulterior motive, there is certainly oneness and agreement of principles. Since everyone has a different body and mind, different types of religions are needed. But when one is situated on the spiritual platform, there are no bodily and mental differences. Consequently on the absolute platform there is oneness in religion.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Being situated on the spiritual platform, automatically you achieve your original status, constitutional position.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.43 -- Bombay, December 11, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.43 -- Bombay, December 11, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Being situated on the spiritual platform, automatically you achieve your original status, constitutional position, brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā [Bg. 18.54]. Then you are able to enter into the kingdom of God, or the spiritual world. Tato māṁ tattvato jñātvā. Here also it is said, praviśanty akuto-bhayam. Praviśanti. You have to enter. You are not destroyed. Just like we are praviśanti in different types of body in material existence, tathā dehāntara-prāptiḥ [Bg. 2.13], so when you are free from this material contamination, then you praviśanti in the spiritual world. The praviśanti is there. In the material world you are praviśanti from one body to another, and you are suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
So long you get this body, you must suffer. Either you get the king&#039;s body or the cobbler&#039;s body or ant&#039;s body or dog&#039;s body, to accept material body means suffering. There cannot be akuto-bhayam. Unless you enter in the spiritual world with your spiritual body, there is no question of akuto-bhayam. So that akuto-bhayam is possible when you are practiced to bhakti-yogam.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement means educating people how to be situated on the spiritual platform and be happy. This is the sum and substance of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Reporters Interview -- June 29, 1974, Melbourne|Reporters Interview -- June 29, 1974, Melbourne]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We living entities, we are spirit soul. We are not this material body. Unfortunately our system of education is so dull that the authorities do not know that we are not this body, we are spirit soul. Still, they are big, big philosopher, big, big politician and big, big leader and social authorities. But real thing is mistaken. He is accepting this body as self, or he is thinking that &amp;quot;The bodily comforts will make me happy.&amp;quot; But that cannot be because the body is made of matter and we are spirit soul. The same thing: From water, you catch the fish and put on the land; it will never be happy. So long you&#039;ll continue to have this material body, there cannot be any happiness. And so many problems. The main problem is birth, death, old age and disease. So this is due to this material body. Therefore an intelligent man should know that &amp;quot;I am not this body; I am spirit soul; my field of activities are on the spiritual platform; and then I will be happy.&amp;quot; So Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement means educating people how to be situated on the spiritual platform and be happy. This is the sum and substance of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Mastership&amp;diff=85883</id>
		<title>Mastership</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Mastership&amp;diff=85883"/>
		<updated>2009-05-13T06:22:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;mastership&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB|CC|OB|LEC|CON|LET}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|16Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|13May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=9|Con=4|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|15}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Master]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In the material world, no one wants to be a servant; everyone wants to become the master because false mastership is the basic disease of the conditioned soul. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.6.33|SB 3.6.33, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is clearly said here that the principle of service was generated from the legs of the Lord for the sake of perfecting the religious process, but this transcendental service is different from the idea of service in the material world. In the material world, no one wants to be a servant; everyone wants to become the master because false mastership is the basic disease of the conditioned soul. The conditioned soul in the material world wants to lord it over others. Illusioned by the external energy of the Lord, he is forced to become a servant of the material world. That is the real position of the conditioned soul. The last snare of the illusory, external energy is the conception of becoming one with the Lord, and due to this conception the illusioned soul remains in the bondage of material energy, falsely thinking himself a liberated soul and &amp;quot;as good as Nārāyaṇa.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So our mastership in this material world is like that. Actually, we are servant, but we are thinking master. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 3.31-43 -- Los Angeles, January 1, 1969|Lecture on BG 3.31-43 -- Los Angeles, January 1, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Just like in your country the President Johnson was the master. Actually, he was not the master; he was the servant of the country. Now the country has dismissed him. He is no longer master. So our mastership in this material world is like that. Actually, we are servant, but we are thinking master. In a family, I am servant of my wife, I am servant of my children, I am servant of my servants, but I am thinking I am master. &amp;quot;I am master of this family. I am master of this country. I am master of this society.&amp;quot; Nobody is master.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When you actually come to the sense of your knowledge, then you come to this conclusion that &amp;quot;What I am? What is my mastership? I am simply serving the senses.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.27 -- Bombay, April 16, 1974|Lecture on BG 4.27 -- Bombay, April 16, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When you actually come to the sense of your knowledge, then you come to this conclusion that &amp;quot;What I am? What is my mastership? I am simply serving the senses, different senses.&amp;quot; Even in the outward... [break] ...what is the taste of that knowledge. That is explained in the Bhagavad-gītā. What is that? Bahūnāṁ janmanām ante: [Bg. 7.19] &amp;quot;After many, many births, spoiling the life and spoiling the time by satisfying the senses...&amp;quot; Bahūnāṁ janmanām ante. So long you will go on satisfying these senses, either your senses—that is centralized senses—or expanded senses, the senses of your family, senses of your society, senses of your country, nationality, these are all sense gratification process, simply extending. It begins centralized, my senses, then my son&#039;s senses, then my grandson&#039;s senses, then my country&#039;s senses, then... It is sense gratification, that&#039;s all. There is no other business.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When you are in high fever, then your so-called mastership is gone. You are under the mastership of the feverish condition.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.26.16 -- Bombay, December 25, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.26.16 -- Bombay, December 25, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Just like when you are under the influence of some contaminated disease, at that time, that disease infection is kartā. You are not kartā. That is our practical experience. When you are in high fever, then your so-called mastership is gone. You are under the mastership of the feverish condition. Similarly, we spirit soul, although we are better in quality than the material element... That is described in the Bhagavad-gītā, apareyam itas tu viddhi me prakṛtiṁ parām, jīva-bhūtām: &amp;quot;The jīva, living entities, they are better quality than the material elements.&amp;quot; But still, on account of his viparyayo &#039;smṛtiḥ, forgetting God—we are leading a different type of civilization or different type of life—therefore we have been subjected to the influence of time. This is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s, or God&#039;s, influence.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;My dear friend, please once chant Hare Kṛṣṇa,&amp;quot; that is your duty finished. He may accept or not accept—that doesn&#039;t matter. You have finished your spiritual mastership. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.7.25-28 -- San Francisco, March 13, 1967|Lecture on SB 7.7.25-28 -- San Francisco, March 13, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Hare Kṛṣṇa has so much potency that one day you can catch the Supreme Personality of Godhead within your grip. It is got so potency, so much. But he will say, &amp;quot;Oh, what is this nonsense, Hare Kṛṣṇa? You chant. I don&#039;t like it.&amp;quot; But it is your duty. He may take it or not take it. If you ask somebody, &amp;quot;My dear friend, please once chant Hare Kṛṣṇa,&amp;quot; that is your duty finished. He may accept or not accept—that doesn&#039;t matter. You have finished your spiritual mastership. Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, āmāra ājñāya guru hañā tāra&#039; sarva deśa [Cc. Madhya 7.128]. Yāre dekha tāre kaha... There is no question of who he is, what he is, where he is born, whether he is civilized, uncivilized, capitalist, communist or this or that, Indian, American, African. Never mind. Whatever he is, simply request him, &amp;quot;Oh, please chant Hare Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; Do yourself, chanting, and this will make you advanced, and the friend you meet, oh, he&#039;ll someday, because the, if he takes Even if he does not say, if he simply understands that &amp;quot;Here is something,&amp;quot; and says, &amp;quot;Yes, it is very nice. It is very nice,&amp;quot; then also, he gets the result.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Simply by this process, by surrendering: &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa, I, I was mistaken. I got..., forgot your mastership; You are my eternal Lord. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 6, 1972|The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 6, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; These four kinds of stages of sinful activities, in stock, almost fructified, manifest, all the stages of sinful activities can be immediately nullified. Because it is assured by Kṛṣṇa, ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo mokṣayiṣyāmi. It is not imagination. If we believe in the words of Kṛṣṇa, then there is no question of denying this fact. Kṛṣṇa personally says, ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo mokṣa... Sarva-pāpebhyo [Bg. 18.66]. The kūṭa-stha, phalonmukha, prārabdha, everything, it become immediately nullified, simply by this process, by surrendering: &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa, I, I was mistaken. I got..., forgot your mastership; You are my eternal Lord. So I was bewildered. I was wandering. Now I have come to my senses. I surrender unto You sincerely. You accept me.&amp;quot; This very thing will give you immediately protection from all sinful activities.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Under certain condition we become master, but Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is master without any condition.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Adi-lila 7.2 -- Mayapur, March 2, 1974|Lecture on CC Adi-lila 7.2 -- Mayapur, March 2, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Just like Arjuna was fighting, kṣatriya. His business was to fight. Why he was fighting the battle of Kurukṣetra? To become master of the kingdom. But he remained eternally servant of Kṛṣṇa. This is success. Don&#039;t be satisfied simply I become master of your material position. At the same time, you try to become the servant of the supreme; then you are successful. Relative. Our mastership is relative. Under certain condition we become master, but Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is master without any condition. Namo mahā-vadānyāya kṛṣṇa prema pradāya te [Cc. Madhya 19.53]. Because He&#039;s master He can distribute kṛṣṇa prema very easily. Otherwise, kṛṣṇa prema... Not only kṛṣṇa prema; one cannot understand what is Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Where is my mastership?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.100-108 -- Bombay, November 9, 1975|Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.100-108 -- Bombay, November 9, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; He does not come to the sense that &amp;quot;Where I am master? I am servant of the dictation of māyā, the rules and regulation of material nature. Where is my mastership?&amp;quot; This intelligence does not come. He is thinking still he is master, he can control the nature, he can control everything, he is God, he is this, he is that. That is the misconception. So Caitanya Mahāprabhu, in the very beginning of His instruction He is saying to Sanātana Gosvāmī that &amp;quot;You inquired from him what is your position,&amp;quot; ke āmi, &amp;quot; &#039;What I am?&#039; You are servant of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; This is the first impression.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our ideal spiritual master is Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on Teachings of Lord Caitanya -- Seattle, September 25, 1968|Lecture on Teachings of Lord Caitanya -- Seattle, September 25, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Woman: What then is a master?&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Master means who is master of the science. That&#039;s all. He must know everything of spiritual life. That is master.&lt;br /&gt;
Woman: Are there not many planes in mastership?&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: What is that?&lt;br /&gt;
Upendra: &amp;quot;Are there not many planes in mastership?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes, there is. But you have to accept the standard platform by your advancement. Just like somebody accepts somebody as master, that is according to his own mentality. And somebody accepts somebody else as master, that is his mentality. But the highest, according to Vedic literature, Kṛṣṇa is the supreme master. Because all the ācāryas, all the spiritual masters of Vedic perfection, just like in the recent years Śaṅkarācārya, Rāmānujācārya, Madhvācārya, and Viṣṇu Svāmī, Lord Caitanya, all of them, they have accepted Kṛṣṇa as the supreme spiritual master. All of them. Even Śaṅkarācārya, he&#039;s impersonalist, still he has accepted Kṛṣṇa. Sa bhagavān svayaṁ kṛṣṇa. He says that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is Kṛṣṇa. That is mentioned in his commentary of Bhagavad-gītā. And what to speak of Vaiṣṇava ācāryas, they accept. And Caitanya Mahāprabhu, he says, yāre dekha tāre kaha kṛṣṇa-upadeśa [Cc. Madhya 7.128]. If you want to become a spiritual master, then try to disseminate the teachings of Lord Kṛṣṇa. So that is our, so far we are concerned, Kṛṣṇa consciousness, our ideal spiritual master is Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If every one of us, we become reinstated in the transcendental platform of loving Kṛṣṇa, then our aspiration of mastership will be fulfilled.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- Seattle, September 27, 1968|Lecture -- Seattle, September 27, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The adjustment is Kṛṣṇa consciousness, that if you become servant of Kṛṣṇa, then your aspiration to become master, at the same time your aspiration of freedom, is immediately achieved. Just like here you&#039;ll see one picture of Arjuna and Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Lord. Arjuna is a living entity, living being, a human being, but he is in love with Kṛṣṇa as friend. And in exchange of his friendly love, Kṛṣṇa has become his driver, his servant. Similarly, if every one of us, we become reinstated in the transcendental platform of loving Kṛṣṇa, then our aspiration of mastership will be fulfilled. That is not known at present, but if we agree to serve Kṛṣṇa, then gradually we&#039;ll see that Kṛṣṇa is serving you. That is a question of realization. But if we want to get out of this service of this material world, of the senses, then we must transfer our service attitude to Kṛṣṇa. This is called Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;As soon as one has his mastership on the grammar, he can study all other books.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- March 25, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- March 25, 1974, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: ...one has to study grammar for twelve years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: How much?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Twelve years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: Twelve years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: And as soon as one has his mastership on the grammar, he can study all other books.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: No, he can be a poet then. The Sanskrit language is poetic in a way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Yes, yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: So if you study grammar properly, and then you can, you can just compose poetry. [break]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Therefore Lord Brahmā is called Ādi-kavi. Ādi-kavi. Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: Sanskrit is poetic. You can just compose poetry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Whole Sanskrit language in poetry. Bhagavad-gītā is in poetry. Bhāgavata in poetry. Mahābhārata in poetry.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Because the mentality to remain master is continuing, even they are in the Brahman, merge into the Brahman, the mastership mentality is there; therefore he falls down again. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Garden Conversation -- June 22, 1976, New Vrindaban|Garden Conversation -- June 22, 1976, New Vrindaban]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Even one is in this spiritual knowledge that &amp;quot;I am spirit soul,&amp;quot; still he&#039;s trying to become master. That is Māyāvāda. They have understood that &amp;quot;I am not this body, ahaṁ brahmāsmi, but I am the supreme Brahman.&amp;quot; The same disease is there—master. Therefore they are condemned, arūhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padam tataḥ [SB 10.2.32]. Because the mentality to remain master is continuing, even they are in the Brahman, merge into the Brahman, the mastership mentality is there; therefore he falls down again. Because mastership exhibition can be done in this material world. So many Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, they give up, &amp;quot;This world is false,&amp;quot; and they merge, so-called merge, but the mastership mentality is there. But in the void, simply spiritual light, he cannot do any mastership; therefore again falls down in this false world, and he wants to be by becoming a leader of hospital, and school, college, a Christian missionary. And our Vivekananda also imitated that. So this, this is the material disease. He is actually servant, but he wants to become master. That is the defect. So he has to give up this mentality, mastership, then he&#039;ll be making real progress. Sarāopadhi-vinirmuktaṁ tat-paratvena nirmalam, that &amp;quot;I am not master, I am servant.&amp;quot; When he&#039;s fixed up on this platform, then he&#039;s liberated. Or in other words, when he feels pleasure, transcendental pleasure, remaining the servant, that is liberation. But as soon as he continues the mentality that &amp;quot;I want to be master,&amp;quot; then he&#039;s in the māyā. That mentality he has to give up. Or he has to understand that &amp;quot;I&#039;m not master; I am servant.&amp;quot; That is liberation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mastership mentality is there in Brahma, and the mastership mentality is there in the worm of the stool. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Garden Conversation -- June 22, 1976, New Vrindaban|Garden Conversation -- June 22, 1976, New Vrindaban]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Even in the stool, the worms in the stool, he&#039;s also thinking &amp;quot;I have got so much stool to eat.&amp;quot; This same mastership. &amp;quot;I am the monarch of all I survey. I have got so much stool.&amp;quot; And you just take the worm from the stool, put it here: &amp;quot;No, no, no, here is my enjoyment.&amp;quot; This mastership mentality is there in Brahma, and the mastership mentality is there in the worm of the stool. This mentality you have to give up. Then you become liberated. That is liberation. The bondage is that mastership mentality. He&#039;s servant, but he&#039;s thinking falsely that he&#039;s master. Just like your President Nixon. He thought that &amp;quot;Now I have become master of America, I&#039;m president.&amp;quot; He forgot that he&#039;s servant. As soon as the people wanted, dragged him down. That he forgot, that &amp;quot;I&#039;m servant of the people.&amp;quot; So everyone is servant, but falsely thinking &amp;quot;I&#039;m master.&amp;quot; That is material disease. The best thing is that if I have to remain servant, why not become servant of Kṛṣṇa? That&#039;s all. That is perfection. That is perfect life. Even by becoming a false master of the whole American country, I was not happy, I am now dragged down as a common man, Mr. Nixon, then what is the use of becoming master? It is all false. Let me become servant of Kṛṣṇa; then it is perfect. Instead of becoming a false master of the American country, let me be a real servant of Kṛṣṇa. That is liberty, liberated. Because any stage of my life, to become master is false. That is not possible. He has to be convinced that he cannot be master. Your constitution is to remain servant. If you prefer to remain servant of a big populace in America... But you are servant; don&#039;t think you are master. That is sane. And soon as you commit mistake as master, immediately he&#039;s in trouble. Is it not? That&#039;s it. You give up this false notion that &amp;quot;I am master.&amp;quot; Then your all welfare is there. We teach that ask a Godbrother, &amp;quot;Prabhu.&amp;quot; Don&#039;t become master, but become servant. Prabhu means &amp;quot;my lord.&amp;quot; So everyone, if you address each other &amp;quot;prabhu,&amp;quot; that mastership mentality will be less. If you remember that &amp;quot;I am not master. I am servant.&amp;quot; Then?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: &amp;quot;How he is put into such different bodies is explained here. It is due to association with the different modes of nature. One has to...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Just like to eat anything and everything. It is different association. You go to the restaurant, you eat the intestine of pig. I&#039;ve seen it. Is that anything eatable? But you have learned it on account of association. Karaṇaṁ guṇa-saṅgos &#039;sya. And if he remains with the Kṛṣṇa conscious, he eats kachorīs, samosā, prepared by Kīrtanānanda Mahārāja. (laughter) It is due to association. By bad association he&#039;ll have to eat up to the stool. Then?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: &amp;quot;One has to rise therefore above the three material modes and become situated in the transcendental position. This is called Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Unless one is situated in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, his material consciousness will oblige him to transfer from one body to another because he has material desire since time immemorial, but he has to change that conception.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is material desire, how to become master. From different types, he&#039;s trying to become master. Just like in the morning the dogs are barking. He&#039;s also master, thinking &amp;quot;Why you are coming here?&amp;quot; Whatever little power he&#039;s got, he&#039;s asserting his mastership: &amp;quot;Don&#039;t come here.&amp;quot; The same mentality.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mastership competition is going on life after life, sometimes as human being, sometimes as animal, sometimes as fish, aquatic, sometimes as demigod, bird.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- August 2, 1976, New Mayapur (French farm)|Room Conversation -- August 2, 1976, New Mayapur (French farm)]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This mastership competition is going on life after life, sometimes as human being, sometimes as animal, sometimes as fish, aquatic, sometimes as demigod, bird. This is the whole material situation. And the difficulty is that we cannot become master, but on account of our false ambition that &amp;quot;I shall become master,&amp;quot; we are becoming servants of material nature. We are acting in a certain way to become master, creating a situation, mentality, and at the time of death, when this body finishes, the mind absorbed in that mastership idea takes me to another body according to my ambition, so I become again manifest in different body to exhibit my mastership. Another chapter begins. So they do not know how these subtle laws of material nature is working to give us opportunity to become master according to our idea, false idea. And we are actually suffering, sometimes as human being, sometimes as animal, sometimes as trees, sometimes as dog. So the mastership cannot be attained. That is not possible. In the false idea to become master we are becoming slaves of the laws of material nature. This is real position, and that is suffering. So when one comes to this understanding, that we are not master, we are servant, bahūnāṁ janmanām ante jñānavān māṁ prapadyate [Bg. 7.19]. After many, many births, if by chance one gets the association of the servant of the Lord, then he understands that he is not master, he&#039;s servant of Kṛṣṇa. And then he surrenders. Vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ [Bg. 7.19]. Such great soul who has understood that &amp;quot;I am eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa,&amp;quot; he&#039;s a very great soul.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In Bengal, jatigosain spiritual mastership is very prevalent.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Satsvarupa -- Montreal 3 July, 1968|Letter to Satsvarupa -- Montreal 3 July, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bali Maharaja was a man of that type. Under the circumstances he was not averse to accept charity and other pious activities. He was being guided by his spiritual master, Sukaracharya. Sukara means the semina. In other words, one claims to become acharya on the principle of being born of a Brahmin father. They may be called sukaracharya, or acharya or preacher not by disciplic succession, but on the right of heredity. In India there are still superstitions that one should be initiated by such sukaracharya family. They are called generally as the jatigosain. Jatigosain means the caste spiritual master. All over India, especially in Bengal, this jatigosain spiritual mastership is very prevalent. But really goswami means one who is master of the influence of different senses, namely the influence of tongue, the influence of mind, the influence of anger, the influence of belly, the influence of genital, and the influence of talking. So one who is master of these influential webs of sense gratification, he is called goswami. Goswami is not by hereditary chart. So Sukaracharya posed himself as such goswami spiritual master. He had many mystic powers, therefore he was considered to be very influential spiritual master of the demons.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Good_reputation&amp;diff=85849</id>
		<title>Good reputation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Good_reputation&amp;diff=85849"/>
		<updated>2009-05-12T13:30:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;good reputation&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB|OB|LEC|CON}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|16Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=7|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=2|Con=2|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|12}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Good]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Reputation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Long life, obedience, good reputation, righteousness, prospects of being promoted to higher planets, and blessings of great personalities are all vanquished simply by disobedience to a great soul.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.7.9|SB 2.7.9, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Mahārāja Vena did not adhere to this principle of ruling, and he disobeyed the learned brāhmaṇas. The broad-minded brāhmaṇas were not self-interested, but looked to the interest of complete welfare for all the subjects. They wanted to chastise King Vena for his misconduct and so prayed to the Almighty Lord as well as cursed the king.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Long life, obedience, good reputation, righteousness, prospects of being promoted to higher planets, and blessings of great personalities are all vanquished simply by disobedience to a great soul. One should strictly try to follow in the footsteps of great souls. Mahārāja Vena became a king, undoubtedly due to his past deeds of righteousness, but because he willfully neglected the great souls, he was punished by the loss of all the above-mentioned acquisitions. In the Vāmana Purāṇa the history of Mahārāja Vena and his degradation are fully described. When Mahārāja Pṛthu heard about the hellish condition of his father, Vena, who was suffering from leprosy in the family of a mleccha, he at once brought the former king to Kurukṣetra for his purification and relieved him of all sufferings.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One who leaves a good reputation behind him lives forever.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.21.48|SB 4.21.48, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Pṛthu Mahārāja was blessed by the saintly persons present at the meeting to have a long life because of his unflinching faith and his devotion to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Although one&#039;s duration of life is limited in years, if by chance one becomes a devotee, he surpasses the duration prescribed for his life; indeed, sometimes yogīs die according to their wish, not according to the laws of material nature. Another feature of a devotee is that he lives forever because of his infallible devotion to the Lord. It is said, kīrtir yasya sa jīvati: &amp;quot;One who leaves a good reputation behind him lives forever.&amp;quot; Specifically, one who is reputed as a devotee of the Lord undoubtedly lives forever.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Those who hear these topics about kings who are completely surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead obtain without difficulty a long life, wealth, good reputation, good fortune and, ultimately, the opportunity to return home, back to Godhead.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.31.31|SB 4.31.31, Translation]]: O King, those who hear these topics about kings who are completely surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead obtain without difficulty a long life, wealth, good reputation, good fortune and, ultimately, the opportunity to return home, back to Godhead.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A flowering tree attains a good reputation because of its fragrant flowers. Similarly, if there is a famous man in a family, he is compared to a fragrant flower in a forest. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.15.16|SB 5.15.16, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Within a garden, a flowering tree attains a good reputation because of its fragrant flowers. Similarly, if there is a famous man in a family, he is compared to a fragrant flower in a forest. Because of him, an entire family can become famous in history. Because Lord Kṛṣṇa took birth in the Yadu dynasty, the Yadu dynasty and the Yādavas have remained famous for all time. Because of King Viraja&#039;s appearance, the family of Mahārāja Priyavrata has remained famous for all time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A wife who performs this ritualistic ceremony will surely receive good fortune, opulence, sons, a long-living husband, a good reputation and a good home.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.19.25|SB 6.19.25, Translation]]: If this vow or ritualistic ceremony is observed according to the description of śāstra, even in this life a man will be able to achieve all the benedictions he desires from the Lord. A wife who performs this ritualistic ceremony will surely receive good fortune, opulence, sons, a long-living husband, a good reputation and a good home.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 8 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fame should be the aim of life, and even if one becomes poverty-stricken for the sake of a good reputation, that is not a loss. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 8.20 Summary|SB 8.20 Summary, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Previously, all the great kings and emperors expanded their kingdoms with a regard for the welfare of the people in general. Indeed, while engaged in such activities for the benefit of the general public, eminent men sometimes even sacrificed their lives. It is said that one who is glorious in his activities is always living and never dies. Therefore, fame should be the aim of life, and even if one becomes poverty-stricken for the sake of a good reputation, that is not a loss. Bali Mahārāja thought that even if this brahmacārī, Vāmanadeva, were Lord Viṣṇu, if the Lord accepted his charity and then again arrested him, Bali Mahārāja would not envy Him. Considering all these points, Bali Mahārāja finally gave in charity everything he possessed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The duration of one&#039;s life is extremely short, but if in that short lifetime one can do something that enhances his good reputation, that may continue to exist for many millions of years.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 8.20.8|SB 8.20.8, Translation and Purport]]: O best of the brāhmaṇas, certainly the great demoniac kings who were never reluctant to fight enjoyed this world, but in due course of time everything they had was taken away, except their reputation, by which they continue to exist. In other words, one should try to achieve a good reputation instead of anything else.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this regard, Cāṇakya Paṇḍita (Cāṇakya-śloka 34) also says, āyuṣaḥ kṣaṇa eko &#039;pi na labhya svarṇa-koṭibhiḥ. The duration of one&#039;s life is extremely short, but if in that short lifetime one can do something that enhances his good reputation, that may continue to exist for many millions of years. Bali Mahārāja therefore decided not to follow his spiritual master&#039;s instruction that he deny his promise to Vāmanadeva; instead, he decided to give the land according to the promise and be everlastingly celebrated as one of the twelve mahājanas&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If one is engaged in preaching or in glorifying the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the good reputation of a preacher automatically follows one.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 90|Krsna Book 90]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We have practical experience of being advised by the so-called bābājīs in Vṛndāvana that there is no need to preach and that it is better to live in Vṛndāvana in a solitary place and chant the holy name. Such bābājīs do not know that if one is engaged in preaching or in glorifying the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the good reputation of a preacher automatically follows one. One should not, therefore, prematurely give up the honest life of a householder to lead a life of debauchery in Vṛndāvana. Śrīla Śukadeva Gosvāmī’s recommendation to leave home and go to the forest in search of Kṛṣṇa is not for immature persons.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Just like a chaste woman has got good reputation, similarly, a chaste tongue... Chaste tongue means... Chaste tongue and ear. Jihvādau. Our spiritual life begins from tongue. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.3.20-21 -- Los Angeles, June 17, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.3.20-21 -- Los Angeles, June 17, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Just like a chaste woman has got good reputation, similarly, a chaste tongue... Chaste tongue means... Chaste tongue and ear. Jihvādau. Our spiritual life begins from tongue. Jihvādau. Sevonmukhe hi jihvādau svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ. Ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi na bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ [Cc. Madhya 17.136]. These senses—these mundane, blunt senses—they cannot receive or understand what is Kṛṣṇa; what is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s name; what is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s form; what is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s pastimes; what is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s paraphernalia; so many things Kṛṣṇa&#039;s... what is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s word. Na bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ. These senses cannot do it. But when the one sense, the tongue, is engaged in devotional service... The tongue is engaged in devotional service means chant Hare Kṛṣṇa. This tongue is especially given to you. The dog, the cat cannot chant Hare Kṛṣṇa, but you can. Because God has given you the opportunity. So just like chaste woman means he is meant for her husband, similarly, chaste tongue means which is meant for chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa. That is chaste tongue.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Young man, having good mother, good wife, good home, good reputation, good following, good parentage, beauty—everything—but He renounced. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Questions and Answers -- Montreal, August 26, 1968|Questions and Answers -- Montreal, August 26, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So Caitanya Mahāprabhu, this is one of the brilliant examples of opulence, that He renounced His so happy family life, not disturbing life, and very, at a very young age, when everyone is after enjoying family life. So is it not a great opulence? Very great opulence. Young man, having good mother, good wife, good home, good reputation, good following, good parentage, beauty—everything—but He renounced. That is the greatest opulence. He renounced everything for Kṛṣṇa. That is the greatest opulence of Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Similarly, if we can follow His footprints. Not that we have to give up everything, but give up everything for Kṛṣṇa. That is very nice.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Good reputation that you have become perfectly Vaiṣṇava.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Professor Oliver La Combe Director of the Sorbonne University -- June 14, 1974, Paris|Room Conversation with Professor Oliver La Combe Director of the Sorbonne University -- June 14, 1974, Paris]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa-kṛṣṇa: Lord Caitanya&#039;s program is so attractive that even...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is the astonishment. In India, they give me credit this, that &amp;quot;How it has become possible that these European boys, American boys and girls, they have taken to this path?&amp;quot; That they are surprised.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yogeśvara: We don&#039;t have a very good reputation in India?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Very good reputation that you have become perfectly Vaiṣṇava.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We have got good reputation all over the world. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- March 9, 1976, Mayapur|Morning Walk -- March 9, 1976, Mayapur]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jayapatāka: We understand how important it is to keep all our dealings in the open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Oh, yes, yes, very, very careful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jayapatāka: Watching the dangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: We have got good reputation all over the world. The German rascals, they wanted to minimize our value, but he failed, that police officer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Haṁsadūta: If the government sanctions for acquiring this land, then we won&#039;t have any trouble in Hyderabad getting that land either.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Strictly_speaking&amp;diff=85841</id>
		<title>Strictly speaking</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Strictly_speaking&amp;diff=85841"/>
		<updated>2009-05-12T10:14:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Strictly speaking&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Archana| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB|CC|OB|LEC|CON}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|01Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12May09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=3|CC=2|OB=1|Lec=2|Con=3|Let=2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|13}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Strictly]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Speak]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.33.21|SB 3.33.21, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Strictly speaking, a woman is never widowed if she has a grown son. Devahūti was not very much affected while Kapila Muni was there, but upon His departure she was very afflicted. She grieved not because of her worldly relationship with Kardama Muni but because of her sincere love for the Personality of Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Strictly speaking, both Buddhist philosophy and Śaṅkara&#039;s philosophy are but different types of Māyāvāda dealing on the platform of material existence. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.24.17|SB 4.24.17, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Strictly speaking, both Buddhist philosophy and Śaṅkara&#039;s philosophy are but different types of Māyāvāda dealing on the platform of material existence. Neither of these philosophies has spiritual significance. There is spiritual significance only after one accepts the philosophy of Bhagavad-gītā, which culminates in surrendering unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Generally people worship Lord Śiva for some material benefit, and although they cannot see him personally, they derive great material profit by worshiping him.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Dakṣa was open to such offenses, and therefore, strictly speaking, he was not actually favored by the Supreme Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.4.52|SB 6.4.52, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One should not think that Dakṣa received the favor of the Lord by receiving the facilities for unlimited sex. Later verses will reveal that Dakṣa again committed an offense, this time at the lotus feet of Nārada. Therefore although sex life is the topmost enjoyment in the material world and although one may have an opportunity for sexual enjoyment by the grace of God, this entails a risk of committing offenses. Dakṣa was open to such offenses, and therefore, strictly speaking, he was not actually favored by the Supreme Lord. One should not seek the favor of the Lord for unlimited potency in sex life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Strictly speaking, anyone who accepts the existence of God is situated in devotional service. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi Introduction|CC Adi Introduction, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Strictly speaking, anyone who accepts the existence of God is situated in devotional service. To acknowledge that God is great is something, but not much. Lord Caitanya, preaching as an ācārya, a great teacher, taught that we can enter into a relationship with God and actually become God’s friend, parent or lover. In the Bhagavad-gītā Kṛṣṇa showed Arjuna His universal form because Arjuna was His very dear friend. Upon seeing Kṛṣṇa as the Lord of the universes, however, Arjuna asked Kṛṣṇa to forgive the familiarity of his friendship. Lord Caitanya goes beyond this point. Through Lord Caitanya we can become friends with Kṛṣṇa, and there will be no limit to this friendship. We can become friends of Kṛṣṇa not in awe or adoration but in complete freedom. We can even relate to God as His father or mother. This is the philosophy not only of the Caitanya-caritāmṛta but of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam as well.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Strictly speaking, when chanting the names of the Pañca-tattva, one should fully offer his obeisances.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.168|CC Adi 7.168, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Strictly speaking, when chanting the names of the Pañca-tattva, one should fully offer his obeisances: śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya prabhu-nityānanda śrī-advaita gadādhara śrīvāsādi-gaura-bhakta-vṛnda. By such chanting one is blessed with the competency to chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra without offense. When chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, one should also chant it fully: Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. One should not foolishly adopt any of the slogans concocted by imaginative devotees. If one actually wants to derive the effects of chanting, one must strictly follow the great ācāryas.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Strictly speaking, the word ātmā can be applied only to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but because the living entities are His parts and parcels, sometimes the word ātmā is applied to them also.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 87|Krsna Book 87]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Strictly speaking, the word ātmā can be applied only to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but because the living entities are His parts and parcels, sometimes the word ātmā is applied to them also. The living entities are therefore called jīvātmā, and the Supreme Lord is called Paramātmā. Both the Paramātmā and the jīvātmā are within this material world, and therefore this material world has a purpose other than sense gratification. The conception of a life of sense gratification is illusion, but the conception of service by the jīvātmā to the Paramātmā, even in this material world, is not at all illusory. A Kṛṣṇa conscious person is fully aware of this fact, and thus he does not take this material world to be false but acts in the reality of transcendental service. The devotee therefore sees everything in this material world as an opportunity to serve the Lord. He does not reject anything as material but dovetails everything in the service of the Lord. Thus a devotee is always in the transcendental position, and everything he uses becomes spiritually purified by being used in the Lord’s service.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Widow means one who hasn&#039;t got husband or husband is dead. So if the husband&#039;s representative is there, so, strictly speaking, she is not widow. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.7.45-46 -- Vrndavana, October 5, 1976|Lecture on SB 1.7.45-46 -- Vrndavana, October 5, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So according to Vedic culture, if one woman has got son, she is not considered to be widow. Widow means one who hasn&#039;t got husband or husband is dead. So if the husband&#039;s representative is there, so, strictly speaking, she is not widow. So prajā-rūpeṇa vartate. Again the wife is considered ardhāṅginī. I think in English also it is said, &amp;quot;better half.&amp;quot; Wife is considered half the body. The left hand side half... Perhaps you have seen the picture that Kṛṣṇa and Rādhārāṇī, one body. The left-hand side is Rādhārāṇī, right-hand side is Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Strictly speaking neither absolute birth nor complete death consisting in the separation of the soul from the body.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Gottfried Wilhelm von Leibnitz|Philosophy Discussion on Gottfried Wilhelm von Leibnitz]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hayagrīva: He further writes on this... He says, &amp;quot;There is strictly speaking neither absolute birth nor complete death consisting in the separation of the soul from the body. What we call birth is development or growth, as what we call death is envelopment and diminution.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. That is transmigration. That is transmigration. He hasn&#039;t..., he is not dead, but he has developed into another body. That is transmigration. Then why does he deny that?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hayagrīva: So he says, in other words, as soon as the human soul leaves the body, it must immediately...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Enters another body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hayagrīva: ...enter another.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Strictly speaking, the modern Hindus, they are not strictly according to the Hindu scripture.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation with Prof. Kotovsky -- June 22, 1971, Moscow|Conversation with Prof. Kotovsky -- June 22, 1971, Moscow]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, they have now made changes. Just like our late Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru. He made some Hindu code. He introduced in that Hindu code the right of divorcing husband and wife. But these were not in Manu-saṁhitā. And, of course, they are changing. If you like, you can change. But the social order also not exactly the same as it was before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prof. Kotovsky: Oh, yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: And so many things. So they&#039;re changing. But before this modern age the whole Hindu society was being governed by Manu-smṛti. Manu-smṛti, yeah.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prof. Kotovsky: In all periods in India...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Manu-smṛti. Now they are changing so many. They... Strictly speaking, the modern Hindus, they are not strictly according to the Hindu scripture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prof. Kotovsky: Oh, yes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Strictly speaking, we do not accept any system of religion as bona fide. They are all rejected. That is not religion. They do not know what is God. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation and Interview with Ian Polsen -- July 31, 1972, London|Room Conversation and Interview with Ian Polsen -- July 31, 1972, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupad:.................We accept that religion means the law given by God. But if you do not know what is God, what is His law, then where is religion? Therefore in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it is said that all types of pseudo religion is rejected. You can ask any religious man, &amp;quot;What is your conception of God?&#039;&#039; he cannot give any clear conception. So far we are concerned, we can immediately give conception of God—His name, His address, everything. That is the difference. Strictly speaking, we do not accept any system of religion as bona fide. They are all rejected. That is not religion. They do not know what is God. What is that religion? Strictly speaking, that is not religion. But if we speak publicly, they will be angry. So this comparative study of religion, we don&#039;t believe in it, because there is no religion. Where is the scope of comparative study?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee: Nothing can compare.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: There is no religion. Strictly speaking, simply some dogmas, maybe some moral principles. That is another thing. But moral principles we have to transcend. We don&#039;t say that don&#039;t follow moral principles. But even they do not follow the moral principles. Then what is the..., where is the religion? Just like Christian religion, it is said that &amp;quot;Thou shalt not kill.&#039;&#039; But everyone is killing. So nobody&#039;s... Factually, religion means conception of God and the words of God, all over the world. Just like good citizen means he knows what is the government and what is the law of government. He is following. Similarly, religious person means he must know what is God and what are the words of God. So our principle is that we follow the words of God. God says, God says that &amp;quot;Always think of Me.&#039;&#039; So who can object to this, if he&#039;s seriously about religion? Why one should not think of God always? God says that &amp;quot;You think of Me.&#039;&#039; But if you have no idea of God, how you&#039;ll think of? We have God, Kṛṣṇa, here. We can think of His form.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Strictly speaking, Rādhā-kuṇḍa should be respected as Rādhārāṇī herself.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- September 5, 1976, Vrndavana|Room Conversation -- September 5, 1976, Vrndavana]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
There is no difference between Rādhā-kuṇḍa and Rādhārāṇī. So how you can jump over Rādhārāṇī? Rādhā-kuṇḍa and Rādhārāṇī nondifferent. How you can enjoy Rādhā-kuṇḍa by swimming? You cannot touch with your feet even Rādhā-kuṇḍa. You can take little water and keep it on the head. That is respectful to Rādhā-kuṇḍa. Of course, things are going on like that, but strictly speaking, Rādhā-kuṇḍa should be respected as Rādhārāṇī herself. That is Rādhā-kuṇḍa consciousness. Highest Rādhā-kuṇḍa consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;They are not strictly speaking followers of the Vedic varnasrama dharma.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sri Sharmaji -- London 25 August, 1971|Letter to Sri Sharmaji -- London 25 August, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The arya samaj movement started in India but now it is dead and gone. A few people are there only. Similarly if we open our temple at Paramatibo, Surinam certainly any opposing elements will be driven away. We are preaching on the basis of Bhagavad-gita, the most exalted vedic literature. The atheistic arya samaj does not believe in Bhagavad-gita. Therefore they are not strictly speaking followers of the Vedic varnasrama dharma.&lt;br /&gt;
So if you are serious you have to arrange to receive us in a ten man party and pay all expenditures and travelling expenses, etc. for one month.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Strictly speaking the woman is taken differently, otherwise how would Krsna say striyo vaisyas tatha sudras.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Madhudvisa -- Bombay 10 November, 1975|Letter to Madhudvisa -- Bombay 10 November, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding your second question, whether a person who is a Negro, Chinese, Indian, etc. are they different species of life making up the 400,000 species. Yes, so far their body is concerned. Your question whether woman in each one of these species is another separate species, no, the species means both man and woman of the same type. Of course, strictly speaking the woman is taken differently, otherwise how would Krsna say striyo vaisyas tatha sudras.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Perfect_vision&amp;diff=84576</id>
		<title>Perfect vision</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Perfect_vision&amp;diff=84576"/>
		<updated>2009-04-29T08:41:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Perfect vision&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rati| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB|CC|LEC|CON}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|22Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|29Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=7|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=6|Con=2|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|16}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Perfect]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vision]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Your Goodness has perfect vision. You yourself can know the Supersoul Personality of Godhead because you are present as the plenary portion of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.5.21|SB 1.5.21, Translation]]: Your Goodness has perfect vision. You yourself can know the Supersoul Personality of Godhead because you are present as the plenary portion of the Lord. Although you are birthless, you have appeared on this earth for the well-being of all people. Please, therefore, describe the transcendental pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa more vividly.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Perfect vision of the Absolute Truth is possible only by the linking process of devotional service. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.7.4|SB 1.7.4, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Perfect vision of the Absolute Truth is possible only by the linking process of devotional service. This is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā. One can perfectly realize the Absolute Truth Personality of Godhead only by the process of devotional service, and one can enter into the kingdom of God by such perfect knowledge. Imperfect realization of the Absolute by the partial approach of the impersonal Brahman or localized Paramātmā does not permit anyone to enter into the kingdom of God. Śrī Nārada advised Śrīla Vyāsadeva to become absorbed in transcendental meditation on the Personality of Godhead and His activities. Śrīla Vyāsadeva did not take notice of the effulgence of Brahman because that is not absolute vision. The absolute vision is the Personality of Godhead, as it is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The sufferings of human society are due to a polluted aim of life, namely lording it over the material resources.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.2.37|SB 2.2.37, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The sufferings of human society are due to a polluted aim of life, namely lording it over the material resources. The more human society engages in the exploitation of undeveloped material resources for sense gratification, the more it will be entrapped by the illusory, material energy of the Lord, and thus the distress of the world will be intensified instead of diminished. The human necessities of life are fully supplied by the Lord in the shape of food grains, milk, fruit, wood, stone, sugar, silk, jewels, cotton, salt, water, vegetables, etc., in sufficient quantity to feed and care for the human race of the world as well as the living beings on each and every planet within the universe. The supply source is complete, and only a little energy by the human being is required to get his necessities into the proper channel. There is no need of machines and tools or huge steel plants for artificially creating comforts of life. Life is never made comfortable by artificial needs, but by plain living and high thinking. The highest perfectional thinking for human society is suggested here by Śukadeva Gosvāmī, namely, sufficiently hearing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. For men in this age of Kali, when they have lost the perfect vision of life, this Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the torchlight by which to see the real path. Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī Prabhupāda has commented on the kathāmṛtam mentioned in this verse and has indicated Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam to be the nectarean message of the Personality of Godhead. By sufficient hearing of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the polluted aim of life, namely lording it over matter, will subside, and the people in general in all parts of the world will be able to live a peaceful life of knowledge and bliss.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The perfect vision of the yogī or devotee is that he sees the presence of the living entity everywhere.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.28.42|SB 3.28.42, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; A person who is freed from material designations can see the same quality of spirit present everywhere or in every manifested living entity. Less intelligent men think that plants and grass grow out of the earth automatically, but one who is actually intelligent and has realized the self can see that this growth is not automatic; the cause is the soul, and the forms come out in material bodies under different conditions. By fermentation in the laboratory many germs are born, but this is due to the presence of the soul. The material scientist thinks that eggs are lifeless, but that is not a fact. From Vedic scripture we can understand that living entities in different forms are generated under different conditions. Birds evolve from eggs, and beasts and human beings are born from the embryo. The perfect vision of the yogī or devotee is that he sees the presence of the living entity everywhere.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In perfect vision, the material world becomes the spiritual world due to its being the external energy of the Supreme Lord. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.28.42|SB 4.28.42, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the advanced stage of devotional service, the devotee does not see anything separate between his own interests and those of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Both interests become one, for the devotee does not act for a separate interest. Whatever he does, he does in the interest of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. At that time he sees everything in the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the Supreme Personality of Godhead in everything. Having attained this stage of understanding, he sees no distinction between the spiritual and material worlds. In perfect vision, the material world becomes the spiritual world due to its being the external energy of the Supreme Lord. For the perfect devotee, the energy and the energetic are nondifferent. Thus the so-called material world becomes spiritual (sarvaṁ khalv idaṁ brahma). Everything is intended for the service of the Supreme Lord, and the expert devotee can utilize any so-called material thing for the Lord&#039;s service. One cannot serve the Lord without being situated on the spiritual platform. Thus if a so-called material thing is dovetailed in the service of the Lord, it is no longer to be considered material. Thus the pure devotee, in his perfect vision, sees from all angles.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 7 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The test of a perfect devotee is that he sees Govinda everywhere in this universe, even in every atomic particle (aṇḍa-ntara-stha-paramāṇu-cayāntara-stham). This is the perfect vision of a devotee.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.7.55|SB 7.7.55, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa, who is known as Govinda, is the supreme controller. He has an eternal, blissful, spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin, for He is the prime cause of all causes.&amp;quot; (Bs. 5.1) The test of a perfect devotee is that he sees Govinda everywhere in this universe, even in every atomic particle (aṇḍa-ntara-stha-paramāṇu-cayāntara-stham). This is the perfect vision of a devotee. It is therefore said:&lt;br /&gt;
nārāyaṇam ayaṁ dhīrāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
paśyanti paramārthinaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
jagad dhananmayaṁ lubdhāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
kāmukāḥ kāminīmayam&lt;br /&gt;
A devotee sees everyone and everything in relationship with Nārāyaṇa (nārāyaṇam ayam). Everything is an expansion of Nārāyaṇa&#039;s energy. Just as those who are greedy see everything as a source of money-making and those who are lusty see everything as being conducive to sex, the most perfect devotee, Prahlāda Mahārāja, saw Nārāyaṇa even within a stone column. This does not mean, however, that we must accept the words daridra-nārāyaṇa, which have been manufactured by some unscrupulous person. One who actually envisions Nārāyaṇa everywhere makes no distinction between the poor and the rich. To single out the daridra-nārāyaṇas, or poor Nārāyaṇa, and reject the dhani-nārāyaṇa, or rich Nārāyaṇa, is not the vision of a devotee. Rather, that is the imperfect vision of materialistic persons.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 10.1 to 10.13 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The omniscient Lord is the actual knower of the field of this material body, and with His perfect vision He witnesses, both externally and internally, all the endeavors of the conditioned soul&#039;s heart.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.38.18|SB 10.38.18, Translation]]: The infallible Lord will not consider me an enemy,, even though Kaṁsa has sent me here as his messenger. After all, the omniscient Lord is the actual knower of the field of this material body, and with His perfect vision He witnesses, both externally and internally, all the endeavors of the conditioned soul&#039;s heart.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Supreme Personality of Godhead, placed Himself in the position of a gopī. He also accepted the King’s son directly as the son of Mahārāja Nanda, Vrajendra-nandana Hari. This is perfect vision according to the direction of the Vedic culture&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 12.61|CC Madhya 12.61, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu did not regard the son of Mahārāja Pratāparudra with the idea that he was a materialist, being the son of a materialist. Nor did He consider Himself the enjoyer. Māyāvādī philosophers make a great mistake by assuming that the sac-cid-ānanda-vigraha [Bs. 5.1], the transcendental form of the Lord, is like a material body. However, there is no material contamination in transcendence, nor is there any possibility of imagining a spirituality in matter. One cannot accept matter as spirit. As indicated by the technical words bhauma ijya-dhīḥ (SB 10.84.13), materialistic Māyāvādīs imagine the form of God in matter, although according to their imagination, God is ultimately formless. This is simply mental speculation. Even though Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He placed Himself in the position of a gopī. He also accepted the King’s son directly as the son of Mahārāja Nanda, Vrajendra-nandana Hari. This is perfect vision according to the direction of the Vedic culture.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Perfect knowledge means one who has perfect vision.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.34 -- New York, August 14, 1966|Lecture on BG 4.34 -- New York, August 14, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Jñāninaḥ means jñānī, or a man who is in perfect knowledge. Perfect knowledge means one who has perfect vision or the perfect, not theoretical, but actual vision of the spiritual subject matter. He is called jñānī.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Because you have no perfect vision, therefore you are seeing like that. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.1-3 -- Stockholm, September 10, 1973|Lecture on BG 7.1-3 -- Stockholm, September 10, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Swedish woman (5): No, we are getting more people, aren&#039;t we?&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: (laughs) You are getting more people. That is also another illusion. I shall give you one example, that in a village there is a marketplace. So thousands of men gather there, and one village woman, old lady, she began to cry that &amp;quot;Where shall I accommodate so many people?&amp;quot; So his (her) son came, &amp;quot;Mother, you don&#039;t worry. In the evening I shall show you.&amp;quot; So in the evening, the mother came. There was nobody. So you are thinking just like village lady, &amp;quot;Where we shall accommodate so many men?&amp;quot; They come and go. This conception of increasing, that is your misconception. There is no question of increasing and decreasing.&lt;br /&gt;
Swedish woman (5): No, but it&#039;s not. We can see it everyday. We are getting more and more.&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. That seeing is imperfect. Because you have no perfect vision, therefore you are seeing like that. Just like even from your room you will find from a hole many thousands of ants will come out. Are you worried for that? Have you seen it, experienced?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Liberated means perfect knowledge, perfect vision.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.16.23 -- Hawaii, January 19, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.16.23 -- Hawaii, January 19, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Pradyumna: (reads Sanskrit) &amp;quot;One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world but attains My eternal abode, O Arjuna.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Purport?&lt;br /&gt;
Pradyumna: &amp;quot;The Lord&#039;s descent from His transcendental abode is already explained in the sixth verse. One who can understand the truth of the appearance of the Personality of Godhead is already liberated from material bondage...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: He&#039;s already liberated. If one understands this fact, that why God comes, if he is fully aware of the fact, he&#039;s already liberated, immediately. Go on.&lt;br /&gt;
Pradyumna: &amp;quot;... and therefore he returns to the...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Because without being liberated, one cannot understand God as He is. It is not possible. Because he has no perfect vision. Liberated means perfect knowledge, perfect vision. That is liberation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Neither the Deity in the temple is stone, neither the spiritual master is ordinary human being, nor the Vaiṣṇava belongs to any caste. This vision is perfect vision. When you come to this vision, that is bhakti. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 1, 1972|The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 1, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Neither the Deity in the temple is stone, neither the spiritual master is ordinary human being, nor the Vaiṣṇava belongs to any caste. This vision is perfect vision. When you come to this vision, that is bhakti. Tat-paratvena nirmalam. A bhakta has to become purified. Tat-paratvena, being dovetailed with the service of tat, om tat sat. Tat-param. This is the process of devotional service. One should not be designated &amp;quot;I am this,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am that,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am that.&amp;quot; No. The world should unite. This Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is so nice that one should forget that he&#039;s Indian or Hindu or Christian or American or Indian. Everything should unite as servant of Kṛṣṇa. That is bhakti-mārga. Unfortunately, they distinguish between American Vaiṣṇava and Indian Vaiṣṇava: brāhmaṇa Vaiṣṇava, śūdra Vaiṣṇava. No. A Vaiṣṇava is Vaiṣṇava. Viṣṇur asya devataḥ iti vaiṣṇava. One who has accepted Viṣṇu as &amp;quot;my Lord,&amp;quot; he has no designation. A Vaiṣṇava has no such distinction.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We have to take information of perfect knowledge from the authorities. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.156-163 -- New York, December 11, 1966|Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.156-163 -- New York, December 11, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One who is dazzled by this glaring effulgence of the rays of Kṛṣṇa, they can realize the Supreme Lord or the Supreme Absolute Truth as impersonal. Sūrya yena carma-cakṣe jyotirmaya bhāse. Carma-cakṣe, with our present eyes, defective... All our senses are defective. We are very much proud of our eyes. I want to see personally. But we do not know that with these eyes or any sense, they are all defective. They are not perfect. Just like in the glare of the sunshine, oh, we see nothing. We see sometimes darkness. So we cannot believe these eyes or senses. We have to take information of perfect knowledge from the authorities. That is the Vedic way. So those who want to see God or the Supreme Absolute Truth by the agency of their imperfect senses, they say that God is impersonal. They&#039;re imperfect. That is a realization of the imperfect senses. Perfectly, the perfectly vision, perfect vision of the Supreme Lord is a person. Just like nobody can enter into the sun disc. They can say from distant place, &amp;quot;Oh, there is nothing. It is simply fire.&amp;quot; But from scripture we understand, &amp;quot;No, that is a planet.&amp;quot; And as in this planet we have got so many variegatedness, similarly, in that planet also, there are... In every planet. There is no reason to disbelieve that in, in the, in other planets there is no life, there is no variegatedness. No. According to Vedic literature, it is not acceptable. Each and every planet, there is variegatedness as we find in this planet. The difference is that in some of the planets earthly matter is prominent, some of the planets fiery elements are prominent. So in the sun, sun planet, fiery elements is very prominent. There the living entities and everything, they are made of fire.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bahir-artha-māninaḥ: one who gives importance to the external features; one who has no eyes to see the internal potency.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Jean-Paul Sartre|Philosophy Discussion on Jean-Paul Sartre]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: It will change. That&#039;s all right. I am here, I may be next moment down. But I am the same, either here or down, and therefore I am important, and the active principle is important. The changing existence has no importance. At one time the  external feature of the active principle may be a mountain, and next, the external feature of the active principle may be a small ant, but the active principle which is becoming sometimes mountain life and the ant life, that is important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: So he is seeing the external features and he is saying...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Therefore he is imperfect. He has no perfect vision. His philosophy is not very sound. He can be classified, according to Bhāgavata, bahir-artha-māninaḥ: one who gives importance to the external features; one who has no eyes to see the internal potency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: So because the living entity is so much changing that he doesn&#039;t have any one thingness, therefore, he says the living entity is nothingness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. He has his identity, but in the present circumstances, because he is conditioned by the matter, therefore he is changing, and when he becomes free from the condition, he will have no change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: Is he in fact a thing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Certainly. Otherwise how it is changing? Unless we have got some basic principle, how we can account for the change, on which platform the change is taking place?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I have become very much learned, I have studied so many books, so now I am perfect.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- December 11, 1971, New Delhi|Room Conversation -- December 11, 1971, New Delhi]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The whole world is full of conditioned living entities. They&#039;re conditioned. Conditioned means under the control of the material nature. Guṇaiḥ karmāṇi. There are different types of conditioned souls. Some of them are good conditioned soul, some of them are passionate conditioned soul, some of them are rascal conditioned soul. So good conditioned soul means that, er, &amp;quot;(indistinct) that I have become very much learned, I have studied so many books, so now I am perfect.&#039;&#039; There is little goodness, because he has studied, he, he has labored, but still he&#039;s conditioned soul, because he has no perfect vision. Vimukta-māninaḥ. In the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam they have been described as vimukta-māninaḥ, that &amp;quot;I have become now liberated, māninaḥ.&#039;&#039; Self-complacent, thinking that &amp;quot;I have become now liberated. Now I become Nārāyaṇa, God.&#039;&#039; These Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, they address among themselves as namaḥ nārāyaṇa. That means each one of them has become as good as Nārāyaṇa, because Nārāyaṇa is mukta. Nārāyaṇa paraḥ. Śaṅkarācārya says paraḥ. Paraḥ means liberated. Paraḥ and aparaḥ. Aparaḥ means conditioned. So nārāyaṇa paraḥ, avyaktāt. Nārāyaṇa is transcendental to this cosmic manifestation. He&#039;s above. So the Māyāvādī philosopher, they think that &amp;quot;I have become now a liberated, as good as Nārāyaṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&#039;&#039; But Bhāgavata says, &amp;quot;No. You are simply thinking like that. You are rascal.&#039;&#039; Bhāgavata challenges: &amp;quot;You are thinking that you have become now liberated, but you are a rascal.&#039;&#039; The Bhāgavata, Vyāsadeva is very learned, but he says &amp;quot;rascal,&#039;&#039; but in a very sweet language.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We have to see through the eyes of a person who has perfect vision. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- December 18, 1973, Los Angeles|Morning Walk -- December 18, 1973, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee: They can see this body change, but the next life, they cannot see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That means you have no... You cannot see so many things. Does it mean that it does not exist? What is the value of your eyes? That I already explained. You cannot see. Now it is a misty. You cannot see anything. Does it mean your eyes are perfect. How you can see? Your eyes are not perfect. What you cannot see, you have to hear. Suppose in a distant place I cannot see. &amp;quot;What is that light?&amp;quot; I say. But if somebody knows, &amp;quot;Oh, that light is from..., there is a skyscraper building like this, and the light is coming.&amp;quot; So I know what I cannot see, I can hear. Therefore what you do not see, next life, you have to hear from authority. That is stated in the Bhāgavata, tathā dehāntara-prāptiḥ: [Bg. 2.13] &amp;quot;As you have changed so many times in this life, this body, similarly, after death, you will change your body.&amp;quot; That is authority. You have to hear. Anything you do not, cannot perceive, you cannot experiment with your senses, you have to hear from another person who knows. That is the process. Why you think your eyes are so perfect that you can see anything? Why you are thinking like rascal? Your eyes are imperfect, and why you are thinking that eyes are perfect? That is rascaldom. I cannot see. You cannot see so many things. Is that a right proposition? I cannot see. What you are? What is your position of eyes? If there is darkness, you cannot see. So does it mean that your seeing is the only evidence? What do you think? Suppose if you are a blind man, what can you see?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee: My senses are imperfect. I cannot see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. You see under certain condition. That&#039;s all. So how you believe in such seeing power? Therefore we have to see through the eyes of a person who has perfect vision. That is wanted. Why do you use microscope, telescope, binocular? Why do you use if your eyes are perfect? Why do you use? If you are so confident that your eyes are perfect, why do you use these instruments? And how it is guaranteed that your instrument is also right? Because it is manufactured by your imperfect senses. So this is the position.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Compared_to_the_sun&amp;diff=84559</id>
		<title>Compared to the sun</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Compared_to_the_sun&amp;diff=84559"/>
		<updated>2009-04-29T06:39:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;compared to the sun&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|BG|SB|CC|OB}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|30Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|29Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=8|CC=2|OB=5|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|16}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Compare]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sun]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 13 - 18 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Kṛṣṇa may be compared to the sun, and the living entities to sunshine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 18.78|BG 18.78, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; he living entity in his original position is pure spirit. He is just like an atomic particle of the Supreme Spirit. Thus Lord Kṛṣṇa may be compared to the sun, and the living entities to sunshine. Because the living entities are the marginal energy of Kṛṣṇa, they have a tendency to be in contact either with the material energy or with the spiritual energy. In other words, the living entity is situated between the two energies of the Lord, and because he belongs to the superior energy of the Lord, he has a particle of independence. By proper use of that independence he comes under the direct order of Kṛṣṇa. Thus he attains his normal condition in the pleasure-giving potency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;According to the Vedic literatures, Brahmā, who may be compared to the sun, is not the ultimate creator. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.1.1|SB 1.1.1, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is said that the source from which everything emanates at the beginning of Brahmā&#039;s millennium and the reservoir to which everything ultimately enters, is the Absolute Truth or Brahman. Material scientists take it for granted that the ultimate source of the planetary system is the sun, but they are unable to explain the source of the sun. Herein, the ultimate source is explained. According to the Vedic literatures, Brahmā, who may be compared to the sun, is not the ultimate creator. It is stated in this śloka that Brahmā was taught Vedic knowledge by the Personality of Godhead. One may argue that Brahmā, being the original living being, could not be inspired because there was no other being living at that time. Herein it is stated that the Supreme Lord inspired the secondary creator, Brahmā, in order that Brahmā could carry out his creative functions. So, the supreme intelligence behind all creations is the Absolute Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. In Bhagavad-gītā, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa states that it is He only who superintends the creative energy, prakṛti, which constitutes the totality of matter. Therefore, Śrī Vyāsadeva does not worship Brahmā, but the Supreme Lord, who guides Brahmā in his creative activities.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In all Vedic literatures the Personality of Godhead is compared to the sun.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.5.27|SB 1.5.27, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Ignorance in material existence is compared to darkness, and in all Vedic literatures the Personality of Godhead is compared to the sun. Wherever there is light there cannot be darkness. Hearing of the Lord&#039;s pastimes is itself transcendental association with the Lord because there is no difference between the Lord and His transcendental pastimes. To become associated with the supreme light is to dissipate all ignorance. By ignorance only, the conditioned soul wrongly thinks that both he and the Lord are products of material nature. But in fact the Personality of Godhead and the living beings are transcendental, and they have nothing to do with the material nature. When ignorance is removed and it is perfectly realized that there is nothing existing without the Personality of Godhead, then nescience is removed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, being the primeval Lord, the Supreme Truth, is compared to the sun. Without Him all our knowledge is either false or partial. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.11.9|SB 1.11.9, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We are all proud of our material senses for making experiments to determine the existence of God. But we forget that our senses are not absolute by themselves. They can only act under certain conditions. For example, our eyes. As long as the sunshine is there, our eyes are useful to a certain extent. But in the absence of sunshine, the eyes are useless. Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, being the primeval Lord, the Supreme Truth, is compared to the sun. Without Him all our knowledge is either false or partial. The opposite of the sun is the darkness, and similarly the opposite of Kṛṣṇa is māyā, or illusion. The devotees of the Lord can see everything in true perspective due to the light disseminated by Lord Kṛṣṇa. By the grace of the Lord the pure devotee cannot be in the darkness of ignorance. Therefore, it is necessary that we must always be in the sight of Lord Kṛṣṇa so that we can see both ourselves and the Lord with His different energies. As we cannot see anything in the absence of the sun, so also we cannot see anything including our own self, without the factual presence of the Lord. Without Him all our knowledge is covered by illusion.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Lord&#039;s bodily hue is just like a new monsoon cloud. He is compared herein to the cloud. The white umbrella over His head is compared to the sun. The movement of the bunch-hair fan of flukes is compared to the moon.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.11.27|SB 1.11.27, Translation and Purport]]: The sun, moon, rainbow and lightning do not appear in the sky simultaneously. When there is sun, the moonlight becomes insignificant, and if there are clouds and a rainbow, there is no manifestation of lightning. The Lord&#039;s bodily hue is just like a new monsoon cloud. He is compared herein to the cloud. The white umbrella over His head is compared to the sun. The movement of the bunch-hair fan of flukes is compared to the moon. The showers of flowers are compared to the stars. His yellow garments are compared to the rainbow. So all these activities of the firmament, being impossible simultaneous factors, cannot be adjusted by comparison. The adjustment is possible only when we think of the inconceivable potency of the Lord. The Lord is all-powerful, and in His presence anything impossible can be made possible by His inconceivable energy. But the situation created at the time of His passing on the roads of Dvārakā was beautiful and could not be compared to anything besides the description of natural phenomena.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The mundaners are more or less captivated by the unlimited expansion of the rays of the Lord, but the devotees are concerned more with His personal form, from which everything is emanating.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.4.14|SB 2.4.14, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There are two sides of the transcendental manifestations of the Supreme Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. For the pure devotees He is the constant companion, as in the case of His becoming one of the family members of the Yadu dynasty, or His becoming the friend of Arjuna, or His becoming the associate neighbor of the inhabitants of Vṛndāvana, as the son of Nanda-Yaśodā, the friend of Sudāmā, Śrīdāmā and Madhumaṅgala, or the lover of the damsels of Vrajabhūmi, etc. That is part of His personal features. And by His impersonal feature He expands the rays of the brahmajyoti, which is limitless and all-pervasive. Part of this all-pervasive brahmajyoti, which is compared to the sun rays, is covered by the darkness of the mahat-tattva, and this insignificant part is known as the material world. In this material world there are innumerable universes like the one we can experience, and in each of them there are hundreds of thousands of planets like the one we are inhabiting. The mundaners are more or less captivated by the unlimited expansion of the rays of the Lord, but the devotees are concerned more with His personal form, from which everything is emanating.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa, as He is, is compared to the sun. He first appeared from the ocean of the womb of Devakī.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.2.15|SB 3.2.15, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Lord Kṛṣṇa appeared, just like electricity, when there was friction between Kaṁsa and Vasudeva and Ugrasena. Vasudeva and Ugrasena were the Lord&#039;s devotees, and Kaṁsa, a representative of the karmīs and jñānīs, was a nondevotee. Kṛṣṇa, as He is, is compared to the sun. He first appeared from the ocean of the womb of Devakī, and gradually He satisfied the inhabitants of the places surrounding Mathurā, just as the sun enlivens the lotus flower in the morning. After gradually rising to the meridian of Dvārakā, the Lord set like the sun, placing everything in darkness, as described by Uddhava.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Dhruva Mahārāja is compared to the sun and the great assembly of the Yakṣas to foggy mist.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.10.15|SB 4.10.15, Translation and Purport]]: The Yakṣas, being temporarily victorious, exclaimed that they had conquered Dhruva Mahārāja. But in the meantime Dhruva&#039;s chariot suddenly appeared, just as the sun suddenly appears from within foggy mist.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here Dhruva Mahārāja is compared to the sun and the great assembly of the Yakṣas to foggy mist. Fog is insignificant in comparison with the sun. Although the sun is sometimes seen to be covered by fog, in fact the sun cannot be covered by anything. Our eyes may be covered by a cloud, but the sun is never covered. By this comparison to the sun, the greatness of Dhruva Mahārāja in all circumstances is affirmed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;King Pṛthu is very appropriately compared to the sun and the demigod Indra. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.16.8|SB 4.16.8, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; King Pṛthu is very appropriately compared to the sun and the demigod Indra. King Indra of the heavenly planets is in charge of distributing water over the earth and other planetary systems. It is indicated that King Pṛthu would arrange for the distribution of rainfall personally if Indra failed to discharge his duty properly. Sometimes the King of heaven, Indra, would become angry at the inhabitants of the earth if they did not offer sacrifices to appease him. King Pṛthu, however, being an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, did not depend on the mercy of the heavenly King. It is foretold herein that if there would be a scarcity of rain, King Pṛthu would manage to counteract the deficiency by virtue of his godly powers. Such powers were also exhibited by Lord Kṛṣṇa when He was present in Vṛndāvana. Indeed, when Indra poured incessant water on Vṛndāvana for seven days, the inhabitants were protected by Kṛṣṇa, who raised Govardhana Hill over their heads as a great umbrella. Thus Lord Kṛṣṇa is also known as Govardhana-dhārī.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Absolute Truth can be compared to the sun, which is appreciated in terms of two relative truths: reflection and darkness. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 1.54|CC Adi 1.54, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Māyā means energy; therefore the relative truth is explained to be the energy of the Absolute Truth. Since it is difficult to understand the distinction between the absolute and relative truths, an analogy can be given for clarification. The Absolute Truth can be compared to the sun, which is appreciated in terms of two relative truths: reflection and darkness. Darkness is the absence of sunshine, and a reflection is a projection of sunlight into darkness. Neither darkness nor reflection has an independent existence. Darkness comes when the sunshine is blocked. For example, if one stands facing the sun, his back will be in darkness. Since darkness stands in the absence of the sun, it is therefore relative to the sun. The spiritual world is compared to the real sunshine, and the material world is compared to the dark regions where the sun is not visible.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Supreme Whole is compared to the sun, which also exists in four features, namely the personality of the sun-god, the glare of his glowing sphere, the sun rays inside the sun planet, and the sun’s reflections in many other objects.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 2.96|CC Adi 2.96, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Supreme Whole is compared to the sun, which also exists in four features, namely the personality of the sun-god, the glare of his glowing sphere, the sun rays inside the sun planet, and the sun’s reflections in many other objects. The ambition to corroborate the existence of the transcendental Absolute Truth by limited conjectural endeavors cannot be fulfilled, because He is beyond the scope of our limited speculative minds. In an honest search for truth, we must admit that His powers are inconceivable to our tiny brains. The exploration of space has demanded the work of the greatest scientists of the world, yet there are countless problems regarding even fundamental knowledge of the material creation that bewilder scientists who confront them. Such material knowledge is far removed from the spiritual nature, and therefore the acts and arrangements of the Absolute Truth are, beyond all doubts, inconceivable.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachings of Lord Caitanya ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Caitanya and Nityānanda are compared to the sun and moon in that They dissipate the darkness of the material world.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC Introduction|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter Introduction]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Caitanya-caritāmṛta is not intended for the novice, for it is the post-graduate study of spiritual knowledge. Ideally, one begins with  and advances through Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam to the Caitanya-caritāmṛta. Although all these great scriptures are on the absolute level, for the sake of comparitive study Caitanya-caritāmṛta is considered to be on the highest platform. Every verse in it is perfectly composed. Indeed, Lord Caitanya and Nityānanda are compared to the sun and moon in that They dissipate the darkness of&lt;br /&gt;
the material world. In this instance both the sun and moon have risen together, and it is proper to offer obeisances directly to Lord Caitanya and Nityānanda.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The living entity is constitutionally part and parcel of the Supreme Lord; the Lord can be compared to the sun, and the living entities can be compared to molecules of sunshine.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC 12|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 12]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Lord then explained to Sanātana Gosvāmī the various types and symptoms of practical devotional service. When devotional service is performed with our present senses, it is called practical devotional service. Actually devotional service is the eternal life of the living entity and is lying dormant in everyone&#039;s heart. The practice which invokes that dormant devotional service is called practical devotional service. The purport is that the living entity is constitutionally part and parcel of the Supreme Lord; the Lord can be compared to the sun, and the living entities can be compared to molecules of sunshine. Under the spell of illusory energy, the spiritual spark is almost extinguished, but by practical devotional service one can revive his natural constitutional position. When one practices devotional service, it should be understood that he is returning to his original and normal liberated position. Devotional service can be practiced with one&#039;s senses under the direction of a bona fide spiritual master.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Taxation is compared to the sun’s drawing water from the earth. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 20|Krsna Book 20]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; a government exacts various taxes from the citizens, such as income tax and sales tax, which the citizens are able to pay by their different material activities: agriculture, trade, industry and so on. This taxation is compared to the sun’s drawing water from the earth. When there is again need of water on the surface of the globe, the same sunshine converts the water into clouds and distributes it all over the globe. Similarly, the taxes collected by the government must be distributed to the people again, as educational work, public work, sanitation work, etc. This is very essential for a good government. The government should not simply exact taxes for useless squandering; the tax collection should be utilized for the public welfare of the state.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Message of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śrī Kṛṣṇa is compared to the sun. The darkness of nescience disappears as soon as our relationship with Śrī Kṛṣṇa is established.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:MOG 2|Message of Godhead 2]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrī Kṛṣṇa is compared to the sun. The darkness of nescience disappears as soon as our relationship with Śrī Kṛṣṇa is established. With the appearance of Śrī Kṛṣṇa within our heart, we become cleansed of the impurities of material contact, much as the morning appears new and fresh with the appearance of the sun. This is not a concoction of childish imagination but a factual experience of spiritual realization. One who has sincerely followed the footsteps of Śrī Kṛṣṇa or His bona fide servants has also realized this simple truth.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Isopanisad ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If the sun, which is a material object, is so powerful, then we can hardly begin to imagine the purifying strength of the all-powerful Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Iso mantra 8|Iso mantra 8]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As mentioned in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.30-31), a devotee may appear to be su-durācāra, not well behaved, in the beginning, but he should be accepted as pure because he is on the right path. This is due to the prophylactic nature of the Lord&#039;s association. The Lord is also apāpa-viddham because sin cannot touch Him. Even if He acts in a way that appears to be sinful, such actions are all-good, for there is no question of His being affected by sin. Because in all circumstances He is śuddham, most purified, He is often compared to the sun. The sun extracts moisture from many untouchable places on the earth, yet it remains pure. In fact, it purifies obnoxious things by virtue of its sterilizing powers. If the sun, which is a material object, is so powerful, then we can hardly begin to imagine the purifying strength of the all-powerful Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhakti_principles&amp;diff=83292</id>
		<title>Bhakti principles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhakti_principles&amp;diff=83292"/>
		<updated>2009-04-16T08:40:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;bhakti principle&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;bhakti principles&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;principles of bhakti&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;principle of bhakti not yoga&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|BG|SB|CC|OB|LEC}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|16Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=3|SB=7|CC=3|OB=2|Lec=3|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Bhakti]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Principles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Without the basic principle of bhakti, nothing can induce the Lord to agree to accept anything from anyone. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 9.26|BG 9.26, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; To develop Kṛṣṇa consciousness is the highest perfection of life. Bhakti is mentioned twice in this verse in order to declare more emphatically that bhakti, or devotional service, is the only means to approach Kṛṣṇa. No other condition, such as becoming a brāhmaṇa, a learned scholar, a very rich man or a great philosopher, can induce Kṛṣṇa to accept some offering. Without the basic principle of bhakti, nothing can induce the Lord to agree to accept anything from anyone. Bhakti is never causal. The process is eternal. It is direct action in service to the absolute whole.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhakti-yoga is the purification of the senses. At the present moment in material existence the senses are always impure, being engaged in sense gratification. But by the practice of bhakti-yoga these senses can become purified, and in the purified state they come directly in contact with the Supreme Lord. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 12.9|BG 12.9, Translation and Purport]]: My dear Arjuna, O winner of wealth, if you cannot fix your mind upon Me without deviation, then follow the regulative principles of bhakti-yoga. In this way develop a desire to attain Me.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this verse, two different processes of bhakti-yoga are indicated. The first applies to one who has actually developed an attachment for Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by transcendental love. And the other is for one who has not developed an attachment for the Supreme Person by transcendental love. For this second class there are different prescribed rules and regulations one can follow to be ultimately elevated to the stage of attachment to Kṛṣṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
Bhakti-yoga is the purification of the senses. At the present moment in material existence the senses are always impure, being engaged in sense gratification. But by the practice of bhakti-yoga these senses can become purified, and in the purified state they come directly in contact with the Supreme Lord. In this material existence, I may be engaged in some service to some master, but I don&#039;t really lovingly serve my master. I simply serve to get some money. And the master also is not in love; he takes service from me and pays me. So there is no question of love. But for spiritual life, one must be elevated to the pure stage of love. That stage of love can be achieved by practice of devotional service, performed with the present senses.&lt;br /&gt;
This love of God is now in a dormant state in everyone&#039;s heart. And, there, love of God is manifested in different ways, but it is contaminated by material association. Now the heart has to be purified of the material association, and that dormant, natural love for Kṛṣṇa has to be revived. That is the whole process.&lt;br /&gt;
To practice the regulative principles of bhakti-yoga one should, under the guidance of an expert spiritual master, follow certain principles: one should rise early in the morning, take bath, enter the temple and offer prayers and chant Hare Kṛṣṇa, then collect flowers to offer to the Deity, cook foodstuffs to offer to the Deity, take prasādam, and so on. There are various rules and regulations which one should follow. And one should constantly hear Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam from pure devotees. This practice can help anyone rise to the level of love of God, and then he is sure of his progress into the spiritual kingdom of God. This practice of bhakti-yoga, under the rules and regulations, with the direction of a spiritual master, will surely bring one to the stage of love of God.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One who is not able even to practice the regulative principles of bhakti-yoga, under the guidance of a spiritual master, can still be drawn to this perfectional stage by working for the Supreme Lord. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 12.10|BG 12.10, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One who is not able even to practice the regulative principles of bhakti-yoga, under the guidance of a spiritual master, can still be drawn to this perfectional stage by working for the Supreme Lord. How to do this work has already been explained in the fifty-fifth verse of the Eleventh Chapter. One should be sympathetic to the propagation of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. There are many devotees who are engaged in the propagation of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and they require help. So, even if one cannot directly practice the regulative principles of bhakti-yoga, he can try to help such work. Every endeavor requires land, capital, organization and labor. Just as in business one requires a place to stay, some capital to use, some labor and some organization to expand, so the same is required in the service of Kṛṣṇa. The only difference is that in materialism one works for sense gratification. The same work, however, can be performed for the satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa, and that is spiritual activity. If one has sufficient money, he can help in building an office or temple for propagating Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Or he can help with publications. There are various fields of activity, and one should be interested in such activities. If one cannot sacrifice the results of his activities, the same person can still sacrifice some percentage to propagate Kṛṣṇa consciousness. This voluntary service to the cause of Kṛṣṇa consciousness will help one to rise to a higher state of love for God, whereupon one becomes perfect.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhakti-yoga is recommended in all the revealed scriptures, it is performed by all authorities, it is important in all places, it is useful in all causes and effects.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.9.36|SB 2.9.36, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī Prabhupāda therefore comments on the words sarvatra sarvadā in the sense that the principles of bhakti-yoga, or devotional service to the Lord, are apt in all circumstances; i.e., bhakti-yoga is recommended in all the revealed scriptures, it is performed by all authorities, it is important in all places, it is useful in all causes and effects, etc. As far as all the revealed scriptures are concerned, he quotes from the Skanda Purāṇa on the topics of Brahmā and Nārada as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
saṁsāre &#039;smin mahā-ghore&lt;br /&gt;
janma-mṛtyu-samākule&lt;br /&gt;
pūjanaṁ vāsudevasya&lt;br /&gt;
tārakaṁ vādibhiḥ smṛtam&lt;br /&gt;
In the material world, which is full of darkness and dangers, combined with birth and death and full of different anxieties, the only way to get out of the great entanglement is to accept loving transcendental devotional service to Lord Vāsudeva. This is accepted by all classes of philosophers.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The goal of life is to follow the principles of bhakti, or devotional service, and ultimately attain to the planet of the Supreme Lord in full devotion and love as an eternal servitor of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.29.1-2|SB 3.29.1-2, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In this Twenty-ninth Chapter, the glories of devotional service are elaborately explained, and the influence of time on the conditioned soul is also described. The purpose of elaborately describing the influence of time is to detach the conditioned soul from his material activities, which are considered to be simply a waste of time. In the previous chapter, material nature, the spirit and the Supreme Lord, or Supersoul, are analytically studied, and in this chapter the principles of bhakti-yoga, or devotional service—the execution of activities in the eternal relationship between the living entities and the Personality of Godhead—are explained.&lt;br /&gt;
Bhakti-yoga, devotional service, is the basic principle of all systems of philosophy; all philosophy which does not aim for devotional service to the Lord is considered merely mental speculation. But of course bhakti-yoga with no philosophical basis is more or less sentiment. There are two classes of men. Some consider themselves intellectually advanced and simply speculate and meditate, and others are sentimental and have no philosophical basis for their propositions. Neither of these can achieve the highest goal of life-or, if they do, it will take them many, many years. Vedic literature therefore suggests that there are three elements-namely the Supreme Lord, the living entity and their eternal relationship-and the goal of life is to follow the principles of bhakti, or devotional service, and ultimately attain to the planet of the Supreme Lord in full devotion and love as an eternal servitor of the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One must therefore take shelter of a bona fide spiritual master and his associates and should also render service to them, for such activity will greatly help the neophyte in attaining full satisfaction. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.21.40|SB 4.21.40, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Birth after birth I desire to serve the lotus feet of the ācāryas and live in a society of devotees.&amp;quot; A spiritual atmosphere can be maintained only by living in a society of devotees and by serving the orders of the ācāryas. The spiritual master is the best brāhmaṇa. At present, in the age of Kali, it is very difficult to render service to the brāhmaṇa-kula, or the brāhmaṇa class. The difficulty, according to the Varāha Purāṇa, is that demons, taking advantage of Kali-yuga, have taken birth in brāhmaṇa families. Rākṣasāḥ kalim āśritya jāyante brahma-yoniṣu (Varāha Purāṇa). In other words, in this age there are many so-called caste brāhmaṇas and caste Gosvāmīs who, taking advantage of the śāstra and of the innocence of people in general, claim to be brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas by hereditary right. One will not derive any benefit by rendering service to such false brāhmaṇa-kulas. One must therefore take shelter of a bona fide spiritual master and his associates and should also render service to them, for such activity will greatly help the neophyte in attaining full satisfaction. This has been very clearly explained by Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura in his explanation of the verse vyavasāyātmikā buddhir ekeha kuru-nandana (Bg. 2.41). By actually following the regulative principles of bhakti-yoga as recommended by Śrīla Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura, one can very quickly come to the transcendental platform of liberation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Simply by hearing of the glories of the Lord, one is elevated to the transcendental position.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.29.38|SB 4.29.38, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Constant engagement in the transcendental loving service of Vāsudeva means constantly hearing the glories of the Lord. The principles of bhakti-yoga-śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ smaraṇaṁ pāda-sevanam/ arcanaṁ vandanaṁ dāsyaṁ sakhyam ātma-nivedanam [SB 7.5.23]—are the only means by which perfection can be attained. Simply by hearing of the glories of the Lord, one is elevated to the transcendental position.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The path of bhakti is not at all difficult if we follow in the footsteps of previous ācāryas and authorities, but those who are too materially contaminated by the modes of material nature cannot follow them.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.24.26|SB 5.24.26, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is said that for spiritual realization one must follow great personalities like Lord Brahmā, Devarṣi Nārada, Lord Śiva and Prahlāda Mahārāja. The path of bhakti is not at all difficult if we follow in the footsteps of previous ācāryas and authorities, but those who are too materially contaminated by the modes of material nature cannot follow them. Although Bali Mahārāja was actually following the path of his grandfather, because of his great humility he thought that he was not. It is characteristic of advanced Vaiṣṇavas following the principles of bhakti that they think themselves ordinary human beings. This is not an artificial exhibition of humility; a Vaiṣṇava sincerely thinks this way and therefore never admits his exalted position.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 7 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Although Prahlāda&#039;s mother was in the conditional state and was the wife of a demon, even Yakṣas, Rākṣasas, women, śūdras and even birds and other lower living entities can be elevated to the acyuta-gotra.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.7.54|SB 7.7.54, Translation and Purport]]: O my friends, O sons of demons, everyone, including you (the Yakṣas and Rākṣasas), the unintelligent women, śūdras and cowherd men, the birds, the lower animals and the sinful living entities, can revive his original, eternal spiritual life and exist forever simply by accepting the principles of bhakti-yoga.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The devotees are referred to as acyuta-gotra, or the dynasty of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is called Acyuta, as indicated in Bhagavad-gītā (senayor ubhayor madhye rathaṁ sthāpaya me &#039;cyuta [Bg. 1.21]). The Lord is infallible in the material world because He is the supreme spiritual person. Similarly, the jīvas, who are part and parcel of the Lord, can also become infallible. Although Prahlāda&#039;s mother was in the conditional state and was the wife of a demon, even Yakṣas, Rākṣasas, women, śūdras and even birds and other lower living entities can be elevated to the acyuta-gotra, the family of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is the highest perfection. As Kṛṣṇa never falls, when we revive our spiritual consciousness, Kṛṣṇa consciousness, we never fall again to material existence. One should understand the position of the supreme Acyuta, Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The ultimate conclusion is that one must surrender to the principles of bhakti-yoga, for then one will gradually attain liberation. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.9.21|SB 7.9.21, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods; those who worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings; those who worship ancestors go to the ancestors; and those who worship Me will live with Me.&amp;quot; The real purpose of the Vedas is to direct one back home, back to Godhead, but the living entity, not knowing the real goal of his life, wants to go sometimes here and sometimes there and do sometimes this and sometimes that. In this way he wanders throughout the entire universe, imprisoned in various species and thus engaging in various activities for which he must suffer the reactions. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu therefore says:&lt;br /&gt;
brahmāṇḍa bhramite kona bhāgyavān jīva&lt;br /&gt;
guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde pāya bhakti-latā-bīja&lt;br /&gt;
(Cc. Madhya 19.151)&lt;br /&gt;
The fallen, conditioned living entity, trapped by the external energy, loiters in the material world, but if by good fortune he meets a bona fide representative of the Lord who gives him the seed of devotional service, and if he takes advantage of such a guru, or representative of God, he receives the bhakti-latā-bīja, the seed of devotional service. If he properly cultivates Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he is then gradually elevated to the spiritual world. The ultimate conclusion is that one must surrender to the principles of bhakti-yoga, for then one will gradually attain liberation. No other method of liberation from the material struggle is at all possible.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Impersonalists who do not have perfect spiritual knowledge cannot understand the principles of bhakti-yoga.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.39|CC Adi 7.39, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Philosophers like the Saranātha Māyāvādīs who do not believe in the spiritual existence of the Absolute Truth but consider material varieties to be everything do not believe that there are two kinds of nature, inferior (material) and superior (spiritual), as described in the Bhagavad-gītā. Actually, neither the Vārāṇasī nor Saranātha Māyāvādīs accept the principles of the Bhagavad-gītā, due to a poor fund of knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
Since these impersonalists who do not have perfect spiritual knowledge cannot understand the principles of bhakti-yoga, they must be classified among the nondevotees who are against the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. We sometimes feel inconvenienced by the hindrances offered by these impersonalists, but we do not care about their so-called philosophy, for we are propagating our own philosophy as presented in Bhagavad-gītā As It Is and getting successful results. Theorizing as if devotional service were subject to their mental speculation, both kinds of Māyāvādī impersonalists conclude that the subject matter of bhakti-yoga is a creation of māyā and that Kṛṣṇa, devotional service and the devotee are also māyā. Therefore, as stated by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, māyāvādī kṛṣṇe aparādhī: “All the Māyāvādīs are offenders to Lord Kṛṣṇa.” (Cc. Madhya 17.129) It is not possible for them to understand the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement; therefore we do not value their philosophical conclusions. However expert such quarrelsome impersonalists are in putting forward their so-called logic, we defeat them in every respect and go forward with our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Their imaginative mental speculation cannot deter the progress of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, which is completely spiritual and is never under the control of such Māyāvādīs.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Everyone who actually desires to understand the Vedānta philosophy must certainly accept the explanation of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu and the Vaiṣṇava ācāryas who have also commented on the Vedānta-sūtra according to the principles of bhakti-yoga. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.147|CC Adi 7.147, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Everyone who actually desires to understand the Vedānta philosophy must certainly accept the explanation of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu and the Vaiṣṇava ācāryas who have also commented on the Vedānta-sūtra according to the principles of bhakti-yoga. After hearing the explanation of the Vedānta-sūtra from Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, all the sannyāsīs, headed by Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī, became very humble and obedient to the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When Lord Caitanya beat Advaita Ācārya for explaining Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam from an impersonalist viewpoint opposed to the principles of bhakti-yoga, Acyutānanda was also present. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 12.17|CC Adi 12.17, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Before Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu exhibited His spiritual forms during His residence at Navadvīpa, He asked Śrī Rāma Paṇḍita, Śrīvāsa Ṭhākura’s brother, to go to Śāntipura and bring back Advaita Ācārya. Acyutānanda joined his father at that time. It is said, advaitera tanaya ‘acyutānanda’ nāma/ parama-bālaka, seho kānde avirāma. Acyutānanda also joined in crying in transcendental bliss. Again, when Lord Caitanya beat Advaita Ācārya for explaining Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam from an impersonalist viewpoint opposed to the principles of bhakti-yoga, Acyutānanda was also present. Therefore all these incidents must have occurred only two or three years before Lord Caitanya accepted the sannyāsa order. As mentioned above, in the Caitanya-bhāgavata, Antya-khaṇḍa, Chapter One, it is stated that Acyutānanda, the son of Advaita Ācārya, offered his obeisances to the Lord. Therefore it should be concluded that from the very beginning of his life Acyutānanda was a great devotee of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachings of Lord Caitanya ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He shewed miracles, taught the esoteric principles of bhakti and sang his saṅkīrtana with other bhaktas. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC Prologue|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter Prologue]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Thus ordered, the two preachers went on and met Jagāi and Mādhāi, two most abominable characters. They insulted the preachers on hearing Mahāprabhu&#039;s mandate, but were soon converted by the influence of bhakti (devotion) inculcated by their Lord. The people of Nadia were now surprised. They said, &amp;quot;Nimāi Paṇḍita is not only a gigantic genius, but he is certainly a missionary from God Almighty.&amp;quot; From this time to his twenty-third year, Mahāprabhu preached his principles not only in Nadia but in all important towns and villages around his city. In the houses of his followers he shewed miracles, taught the esoteric principles of bhakti and sang his saṅkīrtana with other bhaktas. His followers of the town of Nadia commenced to sing the holy name of Hari in the streets and bazaars. This created a sensation and roused different feelings in different quarters. The bhaktas were highly pleased.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Renunciation Through Wisdom ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Abhyāsa-yoga means sincere engagement in the ninefold process of bhakti, beginning with hearing and chanting the holy name, pastimes, and so on, of Lord Kṛṣṇa. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 5.1|Renunciation Through Wisdom 5.1]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Just fix your mind upon Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and engage all your intelligence in Me. Thus you will live in Me always, without a doubt. My dear Arjuna, O winner of wealth, if you cannot fix your mind upon Me without deviation, then follow the regulative principles of bhakti-yoga. In this way you will develop a desire to attain Me.&lt;br /&gt;
When a person fixes his mind on the eternal, exquisite form of Śyāmasundara, the blackish, beautiful Lord Kṛṣṇa, all distress and anguish are vanquished. In the initial stages, the attempt to fix the mind on Kṛṣṇa may be unsuccessful, but with regulated practice (abhyāsa-yoga) it becomes possible. Abhyāsa-yoga means sincere engagement in the ninefold process of bhakti, beginning with hearing and chanting the holy name, pastimes, and so on, of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Proper execution of abhyāsa-yoga culminates in the awakening of divine consciousness, or superconsciousness. This is true success.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you keep yourself strictly to the principles of bhakti-yoga, māyā&#039;s father also will not be able to do anything. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.40 - London, September 13, 1973|Lecture on BG 2.40 - London, September 13, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Tyaktvā sva-dharmam—he was meant for something else, but he joined Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Tyaktvā sva-dharmaṁ caraṇāmbujam. All right, you have joined Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, that&#039;s all right. Execute it nicely, make progress. But not progress—tyaktvā sva-dharmaṁ caraṇāmbujaṁ harer bhajann apakvo &#039;tha [SB 1.5.17]. If he could not execute properly, he could not chant sixteen rounds, he could not observe the rules and regulations or for sometimes he could execute and then again, he became slackened. Just like sometimes we see some of our student falls down. So Nārada Muni says, bhajann apakvo &#039;tha. His execution of devotional service could not be completed; somehow or other, it was checked, it was obstructed, and he falls down again in the clutches of māyā, falls down. There is possibility. Māyā is very strong. Māyā is very strong. At any moment we can fall down. Therefore we have to keep ourselves very much vigilant, strong, strong. Strength, the spiritual strength is the chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra and following the rules and regulations. Then māyā cannot. Mām eva ye prapadyante māyām etāṁ taranti te [Bg. 7.14]. If you keep yourself strictly to the principles of bhakti-yoga, māyā&#039;s father also will not be able to do anything. No.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You must eat as much as you can digest very nicely, not more than that. This is against bhakti principle.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.16.6 -- Los Angeles, January 3, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.16.6 -- Los Angeles, January 3, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; By six kinds of activities, you will lose your holding in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. What is that? Atyāhāraḥ, too much eating. Āhāra means collection or eating. So either too much collection. Our society, international society, we must collect thousands and thousands of dollars, but for spending it for Kṛṣṇa, not for keeping in the bank. That is not our business. We must collect as much. Suppose for doing some business... We are constructing our temple in Vṛndāvana. We require fifty lakhs. That is required. But I shall not collect more than fifty lakhs even one cent. This is atyāhāra. Similarly, if your body can consume foodstuff one kilo or half kilo, you can eat. But not even an ounce or even a, what is called, grain more than that. That is atyāhāra. You eat. It is not forbidden to eating. But you must eat as much as you can digest very nicely, not more than that. This is against bhakti principle. Eating too much or collecting too much.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Death is stopped unless you make it nullified by accepting anything which is against the bhakti principle.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.16.8 -- Los Angeles, January 5, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.16.8 -- Los Angeles, January 5, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Now if somebody argues that &amp;quot;Here is... A devotee is also dying.&amp;quot; A devotee is also dying. How can I say that it is deathlessness? No, he does not know. Devotee is not dying. There is very good example. Just like a cat. He catches the rat and he catches his cub also. But these two kinds of catching is different. When the cat catches a rat, that rat means his, &amp;quot;Chi chi chi,&amp;quot; means dying, actually dying. And the cab (cub), he is feeling very comfortable: &amp;quot;Meow, meow, meow.&amp;quot; Because the same cat, catching, process is the same, but the feeling is different. So a devotee seemingly dying, he is not dying. He is going back to Kṛṣṇa. He is very pleased, &amp;quot;Now my labor is finished. I am going to Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; That is his feeling. And others, they are crying, &amp;quot;Oh, this is my estate. This is my family. This is my, this is my, this is my... I am leaving. I do not want to leave it. What will happen to that?&amp;quot; He is crying. That is death. And this is not death.&lt;br /&gt;
So it appears like death, but it is actually not death. Just like the electric fan, if you make the switch off, it has stopped running, but if you say, &amp;quot;Still running,&amp;quot; that is not running. That is a show of running. Actually, the running is stopped. Similarly, as soon as you surrender to God, through His representative, your death is stopped unless you make it nullified by accepting anything which is against the bhakti principle. Otherwise your deathlessness is guaranteed. That is stated here. Na kaścin mriyate tāvad yāvad āsta ihāntakaḥ. If you simply know that &amp;quot;Yamarāja is there; he is supervising that I may not fall down,&amp;quot; then you will not die. You will not die. It is not impractical. It is practical. Try to perceive the truth that since you have begun Kṛṣṇa consciousness, to become Kṛṣṇa conscious, your death has been stopped. But don&#039;t fall down and again capture death. That is the instruction.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Activities_in_the_spiritual_world&amp;diff=83277</id>
		<title>Activities in the spiritual world</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Activities_in_the_spiritual_world&amp;diff=83277"/>
		<updated>2009-04-15T23:31:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;activities in the spiritual kingdom&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;activities in the spiritual world&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;activities in the spiritual sky&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;activities of the spiritual sky&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;activities of the spiritual world&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;activities of the spiritual kingdom&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|BG|SB|CC|OB|LEC|CON}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|16Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|16Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=2|CC=6|OB=3|Lec=2|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|15}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Activities]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Spiritual World]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If the soul is eternal, then it is eternally active, and its activities in the spiritual kingdom are the most confidential part of spiritual knowledge.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 9.2|BG 9.2, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Bhagavad-gītā, especially from the Second Chapter on, stresses the importance of the soul. In the very beginning, the Lord says that this body is perishable and that the soul is not perishable (antavanta ime dehā nityasyoktāḥ śarīriṇaḥ). That is a confidential part of knowledge: simply knowing that the spirit soul is different from this body and that its nature is immutable, indestructible and eternal. But that gives no positive information about the soul. Sometimes people are under the impression that the soul is different from the body and that when the body is finished, or one is liberated from the body, the soul remains in a void and becomes impersonal. But actually that is not the fact. How can the soul, which is so active within this body, be inactive after being liberated from the body? It is always active. If it is eternal, then it is eternally active, and its activities in the spiritual kingdom are the most confidential part of spiritual knowledge. These activities of the spirit soul are therefore indicated here as constituting the king of all knowledge, the most confidential part of all knowledge.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Activities in the spiritual world are without any of the inebrieties of the material world.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.6.1|SB 2.6.1, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Since the generating centers are the different parts of the universal form of the Lord, and since the form of the Lord is transcendental to the material creation, it is to be understood that the voice, the tongue, the skin, etc., suggest that the Lord in His transcendental form is not without them. The material voice, or the energy of taking in foodstuff, is generated originally from the Lord; such actions are but perverted reflections of the original reservoirs—the transcendental situation is not without spiritual variegatedness. In the spiritual world, all the perverted forms of material variegatedness are fully represented in their original spiritual identity. The only difference is that material activities are contaminated by the three modes of material nature, whereas the potencies in the spiritual world are all pure because they are engaged in the unalloyed transcendental loving service of the Lord. In the spiritual world, the Lord is the sublime enjoyer of everything, and the living entities there are all engaged in His transcendental loving service without any contamination of the modes of material nature. The activities in the spiritual world are without any of the inebrieties of the material world, but there is no question of impersonal voidness on the spiritual platform, as suggested by the impersonalists.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One who is very interested in understanding the activities in the spiritual world must search out a guru—a bona fide representative of Kṛṣṇa. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.17.11|SB 5.17.11, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Māyāvādīs indulging in mental speculation and the karmīs desiring the results of their actions cannot become gurus. A guru must be a direct representative of Kṛṣṇa who distributes the instructions of Kṛṣṇa without any change. Thus only the most fortunate persons come in contact with the guru. As confirmed in the Vedic literatures, tad-vijñānārthaṁ sa gurum evābhigacchet: [MU 1.2.12] one has to search out a guru to understand the affairs of the spiritual world. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam also confirms this point. Tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam: [SB 11.3.21] one who is very interested in understanding the activities in the spiritual world must search out a guru—a bona fide representative of Kṛṣṇa. From all angles of vision, therefore, the word guru is especially meant for the bona fide representative of Kṛṣṇa and no one else. Padma Purāṇa states, avaiṣṇavo gurur na syāt: one who is not a Vaiṣṇava, or who is not a representative of Kṛṣṇa, cannot be a guru. Even the most qualified brāhmaṇa cannot become a guru if he is not a representative of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Caitanya-caritāmṛta teaches that the spirit soul is immortal and that our activities in the spiritual world are also immortal. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi Introduction|CC Adi Introduction, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Caitanya-caritāmṛta teaches that the spirit soul is immortal and that our activities in the spiritual world are also immortal. The Māyāvādīs, who hold the view that the Absolute is impersonal and formless, contend that a realized soul has no need to talk. But the Vaiṣṇavas, devotees of Kṛṣṇa, contend that when one reaches the stage of realization, he really begins to talk. “Previously we only talked of nonsense,” the Vaiṣṇava says. “Now let us begin our real talks, talks of Kṛṣṇa.” In support of their view that the self-realized remain silent, the Māyāvādīs are fond of using the example of the water pot, maintaining that when a pot is not filled with water it makes a sound, but that when it is filled it makes no sound. But are we waterpots? How can we be compared to them? A good analogy utilizes as many similarities between two objects as possible. A waterpot is not an active living force, but we are. Ever-silent meditation may be adequate for a waterpot, but not for us. Indeed, when a devotee realizes how much he has to say about Kṛṣṇa, twenty-four hours in a day are not sufficient. It is the fool who is celebrated as long as he does not speak, for when he breaks his silence his lack of knowledge is exposed. The Caitanya-caritāmṛta shows that there are many wonderful things to discover by glorifying the Supreme.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;No sexual activities in the spiritual world.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 4.35|CC Adi 4.35, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As long as one is in material, conditioned life, strict discipline is required in the matter of moral and immoral activities. The absolute world is transcendental and free from such distinctions because there inebriety is not possible. But in this material world a sexual appetite necessitates distinction between moral and immoral conduct. There are no sexual activities in the spiritual world. The transactions between lover and beloved in the spiritual world are pure transcendental love and unadulterated bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
One who has not been attracted by the transcendental beauty of rasa will certainly be dragged down into material attraction, thus to act in material contamination and progress to the darkest region of hellish life. But by understanding the conjugal love of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa one is freed from the grip of attraction to material so-called love between man and woman.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Activities in the spiritual sky are manifested by the internal potency in pure spiritual existence. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 5.40|CC Adi 5.40, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The activities in the spiritual sky are manifested by the internal potency in pure spiritual existence. They expand in six transcendental opulences, which are all manifestations of Mahā-saṅkarṣaṇa, who is the ultimate reservoir and objective of all living entities. Although belonging to the marginal potency, known as jīva-śakti, the spiritual sparks known as the living entities are subjected to the conditions of material energy. It is because these sparks are related with both the internal and external potencies of the Lord that they are known as belonging to the marginal potency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;According to the Kāśīra Māyāvādīs, the spiritual world is simply void. They do not believe in the Personality of the Absolute Truth or in His varieties of activities in the spiritual world.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.39|CC Adi 7.39, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In describing the Kāśīra Māyāvādīs, Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura has explained that persons who are bewildered by empiric knowledge or direct sensual perception, and who thus consider that even this limited material world can be gauged by their material estimations, conclude that anything that one can discern by direct sense perception is but māyā, or illusion. They maintain that although the Absolute Truth is beyond the range of sense perception, it includes no spiritual variety or enjoyment. According to the Kāśīra Māyāvādīs, the spiritual world is simply void. They do not believe in the Personality of the Absolute Truth or in His varieties of activities in the spiritual world. Although they have their own arguments, which are not very strong, they have no conception of the variegated activities of the Absolute Truth. These impersonalists, who are followers of Śaṅkarācārya, are generally known as Kāśīra Māyāvādīs (impersonalists residing in Vārāṇasī).&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Pure devotional service cannot be attained by empiric philosophy, nor can perfection be attained simply by good association. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 8.68|CC Madhya 8.68, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya, Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura summarizes the conversation up to this point, where Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu says to Rāmānanda Rāya, eho haya, āge kaha āra: “This is the process accepted in devotional service, but there is something more than this. Therefore please explain what is beyond.” Simply executing the duties of all varṇas and āśramas is not as good as offering all the results of one’s activities to the Lord. When one gives up all fruitive activity and fully surrenders to the Lord, he attains sva-dharma-tyāga, wherein he abandons the social order and takes to the renounced order. That is certainly better. However, better than the renounced order is cultivation of knowledge mixed with devotional service. Yet all these activities are external to the activities of the spiritual world. There is no touch of pure devotional service in them. Pure devotional service cannot be attained by empiric philosophy, nor can perfection be attained simply by good association. Devotional service by self-realization is a different subject matter. It is untouched by fruitive activity, for one surrenders the results of activities to the Lord, abandons prescribed duties and accepts the renounced order of life. Such devotional service is situated on a higher platform than that of empiric philosophical speculation with a mixture of bhakti.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One who has the proper realization can easily distinguish the transcendental activities of the spiritual world from material activities.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 13.24|CC Madhya 13.24, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the material world, parakīya-rasa, or loving affairs with unmarried girlfriends, is the most degraded relationship, but in the spiritual world this type of loving affair is considered the supreme enjoyment. In the material world everything is but a reflection of the spiritual world, and that reflection is perverted. We cannot understand the affairs of the spiritual world on the basis of our experience in the material world. The Lord’s pastimes with the gopīs are therefore misunderstood by mundane scholars and word-wranglers. The parakīya-rasa of the spiritual world should not be discussed except by one who is very advanced in pure devotional service. The parakīya-rasa in the spiritual world and that in the material world are not comparable. The former is like gold, and the latter is like iron. Because the difference between the two is so great, they cannot actually be compared. However, just as a knowledgeable person can easily distinguish gold from iron, one who has the proper realization can easily distinguish the transcendental activities of the spiritual world from material activities.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachings of Lord Caitanya ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Caitanya-caritāmṛta teaches that the spirit soul is immortal and that our activities in the spiritual world are also immortal. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC Introduction|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter Introduction]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Caitanya-caritāmṛta teaches that the spirit soul is immortal and that our activities in the spiritual world are also immortal. The Māyāvādīs, who hold to the view that the Absolute is impersonal and formless, contend that a realized soul has no need to talk. However, the Vaiṣṇavas, who are devotees of Kṛṣṇa, contend that when one reaches the stage of realization, he really begins to talk. &amp;quot;Previously we only talked of nonsense,&amp;quot; the Vaiṣṇava says. &amp;quot;Now let us begin our real talks, talks of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; The Māyāvādīs are also fond of using the example of the water pot, maintaining that when a pot is not filled with water it makes a sound, but that when it is filled it makes no sound. But are we waterpots? How can we be compared to them? A good analogy utilizes as many similarities between two objects as possible. A water pot is not an active living force, but we are. Ever silent meditation may be adequate for a waterpot, but not for us. Indeed, when one has has realized he has so much to say about Kṛṣṇa, twenty-four hours in a day is not sufficient. It is the fool who is celebrated as long as he does not speak, for when he breaks his silence his lack of knowledge is exposed. Caitanya-caritāmṛta shows that there are many wonderful things to discover by glorifying the Supreme.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;No one can contemplate or think of the activities of the spiritual kingdom without being situated in his pure, spiritual identity (siddha).&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC 31|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 31]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The mood of the gopīs&#039; emotional pursuit is called siddha-deha. This word indicates the pure spiritual body which is beyond the senses, mind and intelligence. Siddha-deha is the purified soul who is just suitable to serve the Supreme Lord. No one can serve the Supreme Lord as His associate without being situated in his pure spiritual identity. That identity is completely free from all material contamination. As stated in Bhagavad-gītā, a materially contaminated person transmigrates to another material body by material consciousness. At the time of death he thinks materially and is therefore transferred into another material body. Similarly, when one is situated in his pure spiritual identity and thinks of the spiritual loving service rendered to the Supreme Lord, he is transferred to the spiritual kingdom to enter into the association of Kṛṣṇa. In other words, by attaining one&#039;s spiritual identity and thinking of Kṛṣṇa&#039;s associates, one can become qualified to transfer to the spiritual kingdom. No one can contemplate or think of the activities of the spiritual kingdom without being situated in his pure, spiritual identity (siddha). Thus Rāmānanda Rāya said that without attaining siddha-deha, one can neither become an associate of the damsels nor render service directly to the Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, and His eternal consort Rādhārāṇī.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Understanding the exchanges of transcendental loving service with Kṛṣṇa is possible only when one is actually in touch with the pleasure potency of the Supreme Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 34|Nectar of Devotion 34]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; No one, while remaining on the material platform, should discuss these different descriptions of bhāva and anubhāva by quoting different statements of transcendental literatures. Such manifestations are displays of the transcendental pleasure potency of the Lord. One should simply try to understand that on the spiritual platform there are many varieties of reciprocal love. Such loving exchanges should never be considered to be material. In the Mahābhārata, Udyama-parva, it is warned that things which are inconceivable should not be subjected to arguments. Actually, the transactions of the spiritual world are inconceivable to us in our present state of life. Great liberated souls like Rūpa Gosvāmī and others have tried to give us some hints of transcendental activities in the spiritual world, but on the whole these transactions will remain inconceivable to us at the present moment. Understanding the exchanges of transcendental loving service with Kṛṣṇa is possible only when one is actually in touch with the pleasure potency of the Supreme Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We could issue every second a newspaper about spiritual news.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.15.47-48 -- Los Angeles, December 25, 1973|Lecture on SB 1.15.47-48 -- Los Angeles, December 25, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; My Guru Mahārāja was questioned by one big politician. He came to see him. So my Guru Mahārāja... He was asking, &amp;quot;What are your activities?&amp;quot; So at that time he was publishing one paper. I think it is still published in Māyāpura. It is called... What is called, Dainik? Daily news, it was a daily newspaper, small. Navadvīpa Prakash, like that. Nadiya Prakash. Nadiya Prakash. So daily. So this politician inquired from Guru Mahārāja, &amp;quot;You are publishing a daily paper about God consciousness?&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Yes.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;No, what you are writing?&amp;quot; He was surprised. The politicians think that newspaper can be filled up with rubbish political news only. That&#039;s all. They cannot think that newspaper can be filled up by news from spiritual world. Yes. They have no idea. They have no idea there is spiritual world. So my Guru Mahārāja explained that &amp;quot;Why you are thinking of only one small newspaper? You do not know what is spiritual world. This material world is one-fourth portion of the whole creation of the Lord. And the three-fourths&#039; portion is the spiritual world. And in this one fourth portion there are innumerable universes. And in one of the universes... This is one of the universe. And in each universe there are millions of planets. And this planet, earthly planets, is only a small planet in that universe. And on this earthly planet, there are so many cities. And in each city, there are so many newspapers. And each newspaper has got so many editions. This is the position of the material world. Now, think over the spiritual world. It is... The spiritual world is three fourths, three times bigger than this material... And there are so many planets, so many universes, and so many activities. So we can produce not one newspaper daily, but every minute a newspaper. We can produce. Unfortunately, there is no customer. You see? This is the difficulty. For material news, there are so many customers, but when we put something, spiritual news, no customer. This is the difficulty. Otherwise... You are thinking of one newspaper daily. We could issue every second a newspaper about spiritual news.&amp;quot; So this sixty books is not sufficient. It is simply an introduction to the spiritual activities of the spiritual world. People have no interest. They do not know. We are simply trying to introduce it.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Activities of the spiritual sky, that is eternal. Everything is eternal there.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on The Evolutionists Thomas Huxley, Henri Bergson, and Samuel Alexander|Philosophy Discussion on The Evolutionists Thomas Huxley, Henri Bergson, and Samuel Alexander]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: And he says that nothing remains at rest, that everything is in perpetual transition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. That is accepted. That is called jagat. Gacchati. Everything is going on, forward. That is called jagat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: Even the activities of the spiritual world are like that?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. Spiritual world is different. We are speaking of material world. In spiritual world the activity is eternal. In material world activity is not eternal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: But motion, the motion is eternal because everything is moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Motion is interaction of the three qualities. Just like you put soda and alkali, alkali and acid together, there is a reaction, effervescence. So both of them are material, but in due course of time it reacts, and then creation takes place.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: What about activities in the spiritual sky, beyond...?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Activities of the spiritual sky, that is eternal. Everything is eternal there.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The material world is only perverted reflection of these activities of the spiritual world. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- August 30, 1973, London|Morning Walk -- August 30, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Therefore, this portion of Kṛṣṇa&#039;s life is depicted on the Tenth Canto. Nine Cantos are devoted to understand Kṛṣṇa. So without understanding Kṛṣṇa if one tries to read the life and pastimes of Kṛṣṇa, it may be misleading.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
David Lawrence: Yes, yes. I think somewhere it says...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Therefore Bhāgavata begins, janmādy asya yataḥ [SB 1.1.1], what is the original source of creation. Not abruptly Kṛṣṇa. Then after developing all such knowledge one can understand what is Kṛṣṇa. But in the spiritual world there are activities like that. The material world is only perverted reflection of these activities of the spiritual world. Perverted reflections. It is reflection, but perverted. Therefore, it is difficult. Everything is there. Basic principle that Kṛṣṇa loved the gopīs... Gopīs were young girls, Kṛṣṇa was young boy, But the same love between young boy and girl here is lust. Therefore, it is perverted. The reflection is there, but it is not love, it is lust.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=People_should_be_trained&amp;diff=82948</id>
		<title>People should be trained</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=People_should_be_trained&amp;diff=82948"/>
		<updated>2009-04-11T16:01:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;people should be trained&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;people must be trained&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Serene| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|BG|SB|LEC|CON}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|04Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|11Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=4|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=7|Con=5|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Training]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Ahiṁsā means that people should be trained in such a way that the full utilization of the human body can be achieved.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 10.4-5|BG 10.4-5, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Ahiṁsā, nonviolence, means that one should not do anything which will put others into misery or confusion. Material activities that are promised by so many politicians, sociologists, philanthropists, etc., do not produce very good results because the politicians and philanthropists have no transcendental vision; they do not know what is actually beneficial for human society. Ahiṁsā means that people should be trained in such a way that the full utilization of the human body can be achieved. The human body is meant for spiritual realization, so any movement or any commissions which do not further that end commit violence on the human body. That which furthers the future spiritual happiness of the people in general is called nonviolence.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;People should be trained to hear only kṛṣṇa-kathā—by all means—in order to get relief from all miseries.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.5.44|SB 3.5.44, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The whole Vedic philosophy of life is that one should get rid of the material encagement of gross and subtle bodies, which only cause one to continue in a condemned life of miseries. This material body continues as long as one is not detached from the false conception of lording it over material nature. The impetus for lording it over material nature is the sense of &amp;quot;mine&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;I.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am the lord of all that I survey. So many things I possess, and I shall possess more and more. Who can be richer than I in wealth and education? I am the master, and I am God. Who else is there but me?&amp;quot; All these ideas reflect the philosophy of ahaṁ mama, the conception that &amp;quot;I am everything.&amp;quot; Persons conducted by such a conception of life can never get liberation from material bondage. But even a person perpetually condemned to the miseries of material existence can get relief from bondage if he simply agrees to hear only kṛṣṇa-kathā. In this age of Kali, the process of hearing kṛṣṇa-kathā is the most effective means to gain release from unwanted family affection and thus find permanent freedom in life. The age of Kali is full of sinful reactions, and people are more and more addicted to the qualities of this age, but simply by hearing and chanting of kṛṣṇa-kathā one is sure to go back to Godhead. Therefore, people should be trained to hear only kṛṣṇa-kathā—by all means—in order to get relief from all miseries.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;All people should be trained in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and act in accordance with the varṇāśrama system. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.14.20|SB 4.14.20, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Human society, however, has artificially created a type of civilization which makes one forgetful of his relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Modern society even enables one to forget the Supreme Personality of Godhead&#039;s grace and mercy. Consequently modern civilized man is always unhappy and in need of things. People do not know that the ultimate goal of life is to approach Lord Viṣṇu and satisfy Him. They have taken this materialistic way of life as everything and have become captivated by materialistic activities. Indeed, their leaders are always encouraging them to follow this path, and the general populace, being ignorant of the laws of God, are following their blind leaders down the path of unhappiness. In order to rectify this world situation, all people should be trained in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and act in accordance with the varṇāśrama system. The state should also see that the people are engaged in satisfying the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is the primary duty of the state. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement was started to convince the general populace to adopt the best process by which to satisfy the Supreme Personality of Godhead and thus solve all problems.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;From childhood, people should be trained in Vedic culture, especially in devotional service.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.4.17|SB 5.4.17, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; A ritual should be performed by young men, even boys, at a tender age in order for the ritual to be performed successfully. From childhood, people should be trained in Vedic culture, especially in devotional service. In this way, one can perfect one&#039;s life. A Vaiṣṇava does not disrespect the demigods, but on the other hand he is not so foolish that he accepts each and every demigod as the Supreme Lord. The Supreme Lord is master of all demigods; therefore the demigods are His servants. The Vaiṣṇava accepts them as servants of the Supreme Lord, and he worships them directly.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 9 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;People should be trained to become Vaiṣṇavas through the system of varṇa and āśrama, as they were during the reign of Lord Rāmacandra&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;People should be trained up according to quality and work.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.15 -- Bombay, April 4, 1974|Lecture on BG 4.15 -- Bombay, April 4, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; People should be trained up according to quality and work. There must be institution to train first-class men. There are first-class men, intellectuals. They should be trained up as brāhmaṇas. That is the system. Second-class men, they should be trained up as kṣatriyas. Third-class men, they should be trained up as vaiśyas. And fourth-class men, means below third-class, they should be engaged as śūdras, workers, and below them, caṇḍāla. That I have already explained. So nobody should be left alone. Everyone should be engaged. That is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Everyone should be engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness business. Then there will be no unemployment.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 9.10.50|SB 9.10.50, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; People must be trained according to the different varṇāśrama occupational duties. As confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā (4.13), cātur-varṇyaṁ mayā sṛṣṭaṁ guṇa-karma-vibhāgaśaḥ: the four varṇas must be established according to varying qualities and work. The first principle for good government is that it must institute this varṇāśrama system. The purpose of varṇāśrama is to enable people to become God conscious. Varṇāśramācāravatā puruṣeṇa paraḥ pumān viṣṇur ārādhyate [Cc. Madhya 8.58]. The entire varṇāśrama scheme is intended to enable people to become Vaiṣṇavas. Viṣṇur asya devatā. When people worship Lord Viṣṇu as the Supreme Lord, they become Vaiṣṇavas. Thus people should be trained to become Vaiṣṇavas through the system of varṇa and āśrama, as they were during the reign of Lord Rāmacandra, when everyone was fully trained to follow the varṇāśrama principles.&lt;br /&gt;
Simply enforcing laws and ordinances cannot make the citizens obedient and lawful. That is impossible. Throughout the entire world there are so many states, legislative assemblies and parliaments, but still the citizens are rogues and thieves. Good citizenship, therefore, cannot be enforced; the citizens must be trained. As there are schools and colleges to train students to become chemical engineers, lawyers or specialists in many other departments of knowledge, there must be schools and colleges to train students to become brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas, śūdras, brahmacārīs, gṛhasthas, vānaprasthas and sannyāsīs. This will provide the preliminary condition for good citizenship&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The four classes of men, according to quality, they should be engaged in different types of occupation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.17 -- Bombay, April 6, 1974|Lecture on BG 4.17 -- Bombay, April 6, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We are getting different types of bodies. Just like we are sitting, so many people, ladies and gentlemen. Everyone&#039;s bodily feature is different from the other. So why there are different features? We are all human being. Why we have got different types of bodies? Not only in human society. The animal society, the bird society.... It is all karmaṇā, by our personal fruitive action. Karmaṇā daiva-netreṇa. This law we do not know. We work irresponsibly without knowing the result of our work. Therefore we are getting different types of bodies, different types of situation, different type of occupation, so many things. Therefore people should be trained, as Kṛṣṇa said in the beginning, that cātur-varṇyaṁ mayā sṛṣṭaṁ guṇa-karma-vibhāgaśaḥ [Bg. 4.13].&lt;br /&gt;
The four classes of men, according to quality, they should be engaged in different types of occupation, guṇa-karma.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;People should be trained up how to live conscientiously, especially in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.18 -- Delhi, November 3, 1973|Lecture on BG 4.18 -- Delhi, November 3, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is great need of this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. People are so fallen. They are reluctant even to hear about this Bhagavad-gītā, where everything is explained. They are living like animals. So it is our duty to awaken them. That is the Vedic injunction. Vedic injunction is to awaken. They are sleeping. Ignorance... Just like when a man sleeps, he is ignorant of everything, what is going on outside. He is sleeping, deep-sleeping. So therefore the Vedic injunction, Upaniṣads says, uttiṣṭhata jāgrata prāpya varān nibodhata: &amp;quot;Please get up. You have got this human form of body. Now you get up and get out of these clutches of cycle of birth and death.&amp;quot; Unfortunately they have become so dull that they cannot understand. So people should be trained up how to live conscientiously, especially in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That will solve the problems of life. Otherwise he is committing suicide. That is the verdict of the śāstra.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Those who are intelligent enough in the society, they should be picked up for being trained in higher philosophical science.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.1 -- San Francisco, March 17, 1968|Lecture on BG 7.1 -- San Francisco, March 17, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Kṛṣṇa says to Arjuna, yudhyasva mām anusmara: [Bg. 8.7] &amp;quot;As a fighter, you have to fight. You cannot go away from fighting. It is not your duty.&amp;quot; Nowadays... I have got experience, practical experience, that the drafting board of your country, calling some boy that &amp;quot;You join military,&amp;quot; but he is not willing. Why? Because he is not trained as a kṣatriya. He is trained as a śūdra. Therefore the caste system is very scientific. A section of people should be trained as brāhmaṇas. Those who are intelligent enough in the society, they should be picked up for being trained in higher philosophical science. Those who are less intelligent than the brāhmaṇas, they should be given military training. We require everything—not that everyone is military man. This is nonsense. How everyone can be military man? Because they are sending śūdras to Vietnam they are unnaturally being killed. So any country who is very proud of scientific advancement, if he does not know how to organize society, he is a fool.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;People should be trained up as brāhmaṇa, as kṣatriya, as vaiśya. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.6 -- Calcutta, February 26, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.2.6 -- Calcutta, February 26, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In this age nobody observes the saṁskāras. Therefore in the śāstra it is said, kalau śūdra-sambhavaḥ. In the Kali-yuga almost every person is a śūdra. Therefore there is so much chaos. The government is managed by the śūdras or less than śūdras, mleccha. Mleccha-rājendra-rūpiṇaḥ. Mlecchas have taken the post of government. It is meant for the kṣatriyas, means qualified kṣatriya, very brave, very powerful, very charitable, not going away when there is fight. That is kṣatriya&#039;s position. Brāhmaṇa means satyaṁ śamo damas titikṣā. So people should be trained up as brāhmaṇa, as kṣatriya, as vaiśya. Kṛṣi-go-rakṣya-vāṇijyaṁ vaiśya-karma svabhāva-jam [Bg. 18.44]. The vaiśya&#039;s duty is to produce food grains, agriculture, and give protection to the cows, and if you have got surplus foodstuff, you can make trade where there is shortage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Some people must be trained as nice kṣatriyas. Some people must be trained as nice vaiśyas.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.28-29 -- Vrndavana, November 8, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.28-29 -- Vrndavana, November 8, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; According to this varṇāśrama, there must be training. Some classes of men must be trained as nice brāhmaṇas. Some people must be trained as nice kṣatriyas. Some people must be trained as nice vaiśyas. And śūdra does not require any... Everyone is śūdra. Janmanā jāyate śūdraḥ. By birth, everyone is śūdra. Saṁskārād bhaved dvijaḥ. By training, one becomes vaiśya, one becomes kṣatriya, one becomes brāhmaṇa. Where is that training? All śūdras. And how can you expect good government, śūdra government? All the śūdras are taking vote by hook and crook. And they are occupying government post. Therefore their only business is..., Kali, in this age especially, mlecchā rājanya-rūpiṇaḥ, eating and drinking, eating flesh, drinking wine. Mlecchas, yavanas, they are accepting government post. What good government you can expect? Forget, forget good government for millions of years, unless you establish this varṇāśrama-dharma. There is no question of good government. There must be first-class kṣatriya who can take charge of the government. Just like Parīkṣit Mahārāja. He was on his tour, and as soon as he saw that one black man was trying to kill a cow, immediately he took his sword: &amp;quot;Who are you, rascal, here?&amp;quot; That is kṣatriya. That is vaiśya, who can give protection to the cows. Kṛṣi-go-rakṣya-vāṇijyaṁ vaiśya-karma svabhāva-jam [Bg. 18.44]. Everything is there clearly. Where is the culture?&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is so important. The leaders of the society, they should take very serious attention how you can improve the social condition of this world. Not only here, everywhere.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;People must be trained up to know who is the proprietor. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.28 -- Vrndavana, November 15, 1976|Lecture on SB 5.5.28 -- Vrndavana, November 15, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; People should know that who is ultimately the proprietor. We are claiming the proprietorship of this land, but we are not proprietor actually. Actually the proprietor is Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He said, sarva-loka-maheśvaram [Bg. 5.29]. Unfortunately we are claiming God&#039;s property as our own. That means we are thieves. There is United Nation to formulate peace of the world, but truly speaking, it is an assembly of thieves and rogues. How there can be peace? The people must be trained up to know who is the proprietor. If the United Nation immediately accepts that this whole planet is the property of God and we are simply sons of God, not only human being but also the animals, the trees, the plants... There are 8,400,000 different forms of living entities, and Kṛṣṇa claims, ahaṁ bīja-pradaḥ pitā: [Bg. 14.4] &amp;quot;I am the seed-giving father.&amp;quot; And we, all living entities, we are sons of the supreme proprietor. Let us enjoy the father&#039;s property without encroaching upon other&#039;s share.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The whole society is divided into brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra, and brahmacārī, gṛhastha, vānaprastha, sannyāsa—departmental—and they are trained up.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Indian Guests and Devotees -- July 11, 1973, London|Room Conversation with Indian Guests and Devotees -- July 11, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When the destiny of the people are to be controlled, there must be very, very intelligent man. That is Vedic civilization. There is standard aims and objects on which the people should be trained up. That is varṇāśrama-dharma. Viṣṇur ārādhanam. Worshiping Viṣṇu. This is the ultimate aim. So the whole society is divided into brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra, and brahmacārī, gṛhastha, vānaprastha, sannyāsa—departmental—and they are trained up. But the aim is viṣṇur ārādhanam. But they have no idea at the present moment. Viṣṇur ārādhanam, he has no knowledge. But the civilization begins on this point. Human being means he&#039;s meant for viṣṇur ārādhanam. Otherwise what is the difference between dogs and human beings?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;People should be trained up in such a way that in spite of (indistinct) you should not be agitated. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- March 27, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- March 27, 1974, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: You should be trained up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: Woman is the embodiment of māyā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Vikāra... In spite of woman, you&#039;ll not be agitated. That training required.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: You... Now, now, that training is very difficult to get. I am very sorry to say that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, no. No, no. That training is there. We are, we are training in that way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: You must, you must have, I mean, a sort of a... You see, between the object and indriyas...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Then according to Swami Nārāyaṇa&#039;s principles, I am a fallen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: No, no, no, sir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Because I am always surrounded by young girls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: No, no, that is... Swami Nārāyaṇa sitting with the women but the sādhus...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Then why you said...? Don&#039;t you see...?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: Listen, you are arguing in such a way that there will be a flash between us two.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, no. People should be trained up in such a way that in spite of (indistinct) you should not be agitated. That is, that is.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): Our religion... [break] and that these boys... [break]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: Sādhus, not sannyāsīs. [break]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: In European countries, in European countries, if you restrict in that way, that will be fanaticism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): That is what I am telling you. It should not be done immediately like that. [break] ...it must be trained, and it will take a long time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Why Europe? Nowadays, here also. That is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): It is not... It is not possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: It is simply utopian, utopian.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: That is all right. It is not possible. So you are doing like this. When it was possible...,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: We are, we are training that... Never mind. That is the training of Cāṇakya Paṇḍita. Mātṛvat para-dāreṣu. That women may be thousands, but you see them as your mother. That&#039;s it.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;From the very beginning, three years, four years, five years old, children they are being trained up.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Director of Research of the Dept. of Social Welfare -- May 21, 1975, Melbourne|Room Conversation with Director of Research of the Dept. of Social Welfare -- May 21, 1975, Melbourne]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So, people should be trained up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Director: Hmm. Excuse me, what do you do this (Indistinct. Talks with other devotees about something)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So immediately to solve all the problems like this is to start an institution to train four classes of men. Begin it. There is no training, how you can expect if you allow a child to smoke from the very beginning and to commit all kinds of sinful activities, how you can expect a nice gentleman when he is grown up? It is not possible. It is possible by this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. But somebody may not be induced to come and join. But if you train him from the very beginning, then it is possible. Just like we have got our training school, Gurukula, in Dallas, Texas. So from the very beginning, three years, four years, five years old, children they are being trained up.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Let us combinedly open an institution where people should be trained up how to become first class. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Director of Research of the Dept. of Social Welfare -- May 21, 1975, Melbourne|Room Conversation with Director of Research of the Dept. of Social Welfare -- May 21, 1975, Melbourne]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So there, and I went there. The proprietor, the organizer, he took me there. So I think if we, if you are serious, let us combinedly open an institution where people should be trained up how to become first class. Children should be trained up. That will make a solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Director: Must change society then.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, no change. Let society what it is. We train up some children as we are doing in Dallas, and some men also. Just like we have trained them. It is possible. No. This is practical example. Just like you were in a den, Morningstar.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;First-class man, he knows what is Bhagavad-gītā and tries to apply the teachings in practical life. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Mr. &amp;amp; Mrs. Wax, Writer and Editing Manager of Playboy Magazine -- July 5, 1975, Chicago|Room Conversation with Mr. &amp;amp; Mrs. Wax, Writer and Editing Manager of Playboy Magazine -- July 5, 1975, Chicago]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone is thinking, &amp;quot;This body is accidental and when the body will be finished, everything is finished.&amp;quot; That is the general understanding. But Bhagavad-gītā, you read. It is said, na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre: [Bg. 2.20] &amp;quot;After the destruction of the body, the soul is not destroyed.&amp;quot; Vāsāṁsi jīrṇāni yathā vihāya navāni anyāṇi gṛhṇāti aparāṇi: [Bg. 2.22] &amp;quot;Just like when our dress becomes old enough not to be used, then we accept another dress, similarly, when this body is old enough, not workable, then we accept another body.&amp;quot; These things are there. But who is trying to understand it? At least all our Indians, those who are born in India, wherefrom Bhagavad-gītā has come out, at least they should understand. But they are not understanding. They are interpreting Bhagavad-gītā in their own way. This is the difficulty. Therefore we are presenting Bhagavad-gītā as it is, and people are taking advantage of that. So first-class man, he knows what is Bhagavad-gītā and tries to apply the teachings in practical life. Then you become first-class. In the Bhagavad-gītā you will find first-class eating, first-class life, second-class eating, second-class life, third-class... Everything is there. So people should be trained up.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;People should be trained up to be happy with one&#039;s own self. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Jadurani -- Montreal 9 July, 1968|Letter to Jadurani -- Montreal 9 July, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There is a verse in Srimad-Bhagavatam which was explained by Lord Caitanya in 64 different ways before Sarvabhauma Bhattacarya. In that verse it is stated that even the atmaramas or the persons who take transcendental pleasure in their own self—actually people should be trained up to be happy with one&#039;s own self. So the yogis and the philosophers, they are trying to be satisfied with their own self. But even such persons are attracted by the pastimes of Radha-Krishna, because the transcendental qualities of Radha-Krishna is attractive for persons who are already liberated from the 3 material qualities. Anyway, the picture which you sent to Montreal is well-received here, and everyone is speaking highly of your painting capacity and I am so pleased to see the picture. And you have improved very much in your painting capacity also by serving Krishna so faithfully by the talent which Krishna has endowed you with.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Family_planning&amp;diff=82858</id>
		<title>Family planning</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Family_planning&amp;diff=82858"/>
		<updated>2009-04-09T14:36:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;family planning&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB|OB|CON|LET}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|30Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|09Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=6|CC=0|OB=2|Lec=0|Con=4|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|13}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Family]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Planning]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; In the absence of voluntary restraint, there is propaganda for family planning, but foolish men do not know that family planning is automatically executed as soon as there is search after the Absolute Truth.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.2.10|SB 1.2.10, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One should satisfy the senses only insomuch as required for self-preservation, and not for sense gratification. Because the body is made of senses, which also require a certain amount of satisfaction, there are regulative directions for satisfaction of such senses. But the senses are not meant for unrestricted enjoyment. For example, marriage or the combination of a man with a woman is necessary for progeny, but it is not meant for sense enjoyment. In the absence of voluntary restraint, there is propaganda for family planning, but foolish men do not know that family planning is automatically executed as soon as there is search after the Absolute Truth. Seekers of the Absolute Truth are never allured by unnecessary engagements in sense gratification because the serious students seeking the Absolute Truth are always overwhelmed with the work of researching the Truth. In every sphere of life, therefore, the ultimate end must be seeking after the Absolute Truth, and that sort of engagement will make one happy because he will be less engaged in varieties of sense gratification. And what that Absolute Truth is is explained as follows.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If the father and the mother do not undertake the process of spiritual family planning and simply beget children out of passion only, their children are called dvija-bandhus.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.4.25|SB 1.4.25, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The friends of the twice-born families are those who are born in the families of brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas and vaiśyas, or the spiritually cultured families, but who themselves are not equal to their forefathers. Such descendants are not recognized as such, for want of purificatory achievements. The purificatory activities begin even before the birth of a child, and the seed-giving reformatory process is called Garbhādhāna-saṁskāra. One who has not undergone such Garbhādhāna-saṁskāra, or spiritual family planning, is not accepted as being of an actual twice-born family. The Garbhādhāna-saṁskāra is followed by other purificatory processes, out of which the sacred thread ceremony is one. This is performed at the time of spiritual initiation. After this particular saṁskāra, one is rightly called twice-born. One birth is calculated during the seed-giving saṁskāra, and the second birth is calculated at the time of spiritual initiation. One who has been able to undergo such important saṁskāras can be called a bona fide twice-born.&lt;br /&gt;
If the father and the mother do not undertake the process of spiritual family planning and simply beget children out of passion only, their children are called dvija-bandhus. These dvija-bandhus are certainly not as intelligent as the children of the regular twice-born families. The dvija-bandhus are classified with the śūdras and the woman class, who are by nature less intelligent. The śūdras and the woman class do not have to undergo any saṁskāra save and except the ceremony of marriage.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The father and the mother were responsible for the boy&#039;s success in being liberated from the material bondage. That is the process of successful family planning. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.5.24|SB 1.5.24, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The vedānta-vādīs initiated the boy even before he became self-controlled and was detached from childish sporting, etc. But before the initiation, he (the boy) became more and more advanced in discipline, which is very essential for one who wishes to make progress in the line. In the system of varṇāśrama-dharma, which is the beginning of actual human life, small boys after five years of age are sent to become brahmacārī at the guru&#039;s āśrama, where these things are systematically taught to boys, be they king&#039;s sons or sons of ordinary citizens. The training was compulsory not only to create good citizens of the state, but also to prepare the boy&#039;s future life for spiritual realization. The irresponsible life of sense enjoyment was unknown to the children of the followers of the varṇāśrama system. The boy was even injected with spiritual acumen before being placed by the father in the womb of the mother. Both the father and the mother were responsible for the boy&#039;s success in being liberated from the material bondage. That is the process of successful family planning. It is to beget children for complete perfection. Without being self-controlled, without being disciplined and without being fully obedient, no one can become successful in following the instructions of the spiritual master, and without doing so, no one is able to go back to Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The human being must adopt family planning with reference to the context of spiritual values, and not otherwise. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.6.8|SB 2.6.8, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the material world, sex life is the cause of many distresses on account of material contact. Therefore, the sex life in the material world should not be encouraged beyond the necessity. There is a necessity for generating progeny even in the material world, but such generation of children must be carried out with full responsibility for spiritual values. The spiritual values of life can be realized in the human form of material existence, and the human being must adopt family planning with reference to the context of spiritual values, and not otherwise. The degraded form of family restriction by use of contraceptives, etc., is the grossest type of material contamination. Materialists who use these devices want to fully utilize the pleasure potency of the coating on the genitals by artificial means, without knowing the spiritual importance.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The householder who associates with woman under scriptural restrictions, after a thorough training of brahmacarya, cannot be a householder like cats and dogs. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.7.6|SB 2.7.6, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Since sex desire is very strong at a certain stage of life, the guru may allow the brahmacārī to marry; this license is given to a brahmacārī who is unable to continue the way of naiṣṭhika-brahmacarya, and such discriminations are possible for the bona fide guru. A program of so-called family planning is needed. The householder who associates with woman under scriptural restrictions, after a thorough training of brahmacarya, cannot be a householder like cats and dogs. Such a householder, after fifty years of age, would retire from the association of woman as a vānaprastha to be trained to live alone without the association of woman. When the practice is complete, the same retired householder becomes a sannyāsī, strictly separate from woman, even from his married wife. Studying the whole scheme of disassociation from women, it appears that a woman is a stumbling block for self-realization, and the Lord appeared as Nārāyaṇa to teach the principle of womanly disassociation with a vow in life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Cantos 10.14 to 12 (Translations Only) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The superior and inferior varieties found in the human social system, varṇāśrama, are due to pious and sinful modes of family planning. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 11.20.2|SB 11.20.2, Translation]]: According to Vedic literature, the superior and inferior varieties found in the human social system, varṇāśrama, are due to pious and sinful modes of family planning. Thus piety and sin are constant points of reference in the Vedic analysis of the components of a given situation—namely the material ingredients, place, age and time. Indeed, the Vedas reveal the existence of material heaven and hell, which are certainly based on piety and sin.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Light of the Bhagavata ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Family planning is successful when one is engaged in the culture of the human spirit.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Light of the Bhagavata|Light of the Bhagavata Verse 31]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Householders who beget children without restriction, like weeds in the rainy season, become solitary as soon as they attain to the stage of devotional service. The family planning of a godless civilization cannot check weedlike unwanted population. People should learn to check sex life by voluntary restraint. This voluntary restraint is possible when one is dovetailed with the service of the Lord. This is confirmed in Bhagavad-gītā. Well-situated devotees of the Lord refrain from materialistic sense enjoyment, for they are attracted by the beauty of the Transcendence. Forcible restraint by regulative family planning or similar artificial means cannot work very long; one must be attracted by the Transcendence. Once can give up the inferior quality of enjoyment as soon as one receives the superior quality of spiritual enjoyment. So fa&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Because in this lower species of life they have no planning. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Mr. Myer -- July 2, 1977, Vrndavana|Room Conversation with Mr. Myer -- July 2, 1977, Vrndavana]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Myer: Actually it is a big danger. All the people were educated. Here Hanumān Akuso(?). They have made family plan. But all the...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So why family planning? Because they are rascal. Because in this lower species of life they have no planning. You&#039;ll find in the dogs, dozens of dogs, dozens of children. And... So there is no family planning. So how they are being raised? There are many animals. So family planning is different thing, but one thing is that these rascals are misguided. They do not know how to give them... In Bengal there is called śiva gotri bango(?). He was ordered to make a doll of Lord Śiva, and he made a monkey. You see? They are doing like that. They were to make Lord Śiva&#039;s doll, but they have a monkey because he does not know. Lokasya ajānataḥ vidvān cakre sātvata-saṁhitām. Anartha upaśamaṁ sākṣād bhakti-yogam adhokṣaje, lokasya ajānataḥ. The rascals do not know how to make things right. Therefore Vyāsadeva has written so nice literature. But they&#039;ll not consult. They&#039;ll not take Kṛṣṇa&#039;s advice, Vyāsadeva&#039;s advice, or our advice. They&#039;ll manufacture. And instead of preparing doll of Śiva, they are making a doll of monkey. This is going on. And when the monkey is made, &amp;quot;Oh, we did not like this for...&amp;quot; Russia said that occasional revolution is required. Because the things which have been made, that is imperfect, therefore you require revolution. The things are being given, but if we take the perfect thing, it will be nice. These rascals will not take. This is the difficulty. So if Morarji Desai is in favor of... He&#039;s also recommending family planning. So that means he does not know.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mily planning is successful when one is engaged in the culture of the human spirit.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When the kṛpaṇas have too many children, they suffer the scorching heat of family life, and then similar leaders advise them to undertake family planning. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Light of the Bhagavata|Light of the Bhagavata Verse 35]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Human life is meant for controlling the senses, for uncontrolled senses are the cause of material bondage. But for fools sense enjoyment is the pivot of life&#039;s activities. All men undergo hard, laborious duties all day and night and in all seasons of the year, only for the sake of sense pleasure with their mates. These foolish creatures have no information of other enjoyment. In a godless civilization especially, sense pleasure, accepted in the name of culture and philosophy, is all in all. Men who are addicted to this pleasure are called kṛpaṇas.&lt;br /&gt;
When the kṛpaṇas have too many children, they suffer the scorching heat of family life, and then similar leaders advise them to undertake family planning. The idea of this family planning is that sense pleasure should not be curtailed, but birth control should be accomplished by artificial measures. Such methods of birth control are called bhrūṇa-hatyā, or killing the child in embryo. Such killing is a sinful act, and in the revealed scriptures a specific hell is designated for those who commit such sins.&lt;br /&gt;
Spiritual culture means pursuing a better engagement in life. When a man engages in such cultural life, the desire for mating automatically abates, and the sufferings of uncontrolled family life are mitigated without artificial means.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Why family planning?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- April 10, 1976, Vrndavana|Morning Walk -- April 10, 1976, Vrndavana]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: (laughing) No. [break] ...land you can utilize. Where is.... They say overpopulation. Where is man? Overpopulation in the city. Eko yo bahūnāṁ vidadhāti kāmān. Kṛṣṇa has His own plan. Even overpopulation Kṛṣṇa provides. Why you are worried, &amp;quot;overpopulation&amp;quot;? You chant Hare Kṛṣṇa. Why you are worried about overpopulation?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yaśodānandana: &amp;quot;We are less worried now with the family planning program.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Hm?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yaśodānandana: &amp;quot;With the family planning program the worry is decreasing.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Decreasing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yaśodānandana: They will argue like that.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Oh. Family planning, why family planning? Family planning is already there that don&#039;t marry. Why don&#039;t you accept this? Don&#039;t have sex. This is real family planning.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;They want to produce more and invite distress more. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- August 23, 1976, Hyderabad|Morning Walk -- August 23, 1976, Hyderabad]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mahāṁsa: &amp;quot;Lesser the happier.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Hmm? &amp;quot;Lesser the happier.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vāsu Ghoṣa: Family planning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is a fact. Tṛpyanti neha kṛpaṇā. That is the verdict of Bhāgavata also. Tṛpyanti neha kṛpaṇā bahu-duḥkha-bhājaḥ. Kṛpaṇā na iha tṛpyanti. One or two child, children, they are not satisfied. They want to produce more and invite distress more. Tṛpyanti neha kṛpaṇā bahu-duḥkha-bhājaḥ. But they are practicing in a different way. And Bhāgavata recommends brahmacārī. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Jaya. You know this gentleman? (pause)&lt;br /&gt;
yan maithunādi-gṛhamedhi-sukhaṁ hi tucchaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
kaṇḍūyanena karayor iva duḥkha-duḥkham&lt;br /&gt;
tṛpyanti neha kṛpaṇā bahu-duḥkha-bhājaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
kaṇḍūtivan manasijaṁ viṣaheta dhīraḥ&lt;br /&gt;
[SB 7.9.45]&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of begetting more and more children by sex it is better... Better means dhīraḥ. And tolerate the itching sensation. This is recommended. But the itching sensation is so strong nobody can stop.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;They are going to replace this family planning with yoga. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- April 5, 1977, Bombay|Room Conversation -- April 5, 1977, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: They say that they are going to replace this family planning with yoga. Instead of using artificial means, they&#039;re going to teach yoga.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: To become brahmacārī.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Girirāja: The minister of health and family planning, he said, he denied, that &amp;quot;This name should be changed to just minister of health, because this type of family planning is against the traditional values of India.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: It is totally against it. It&#039;s Western, the whole Western conception.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Girirāja: Actually, a short time ago, everyone knew that these things were wrong, but now they are trying to pretend that it is not wrong. They are trying to forget.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: They can do, all their political divisions. These rascals, they can do. Anything. They have no principles, no morality, no standard of morality, nothing. Simply all rogues and thieves. It will more and more. All rogues and thieves will take part in politics. That is stated. Dasyu dharmeṇa. Just like dasyu, the burglar, the thieves, they have got organization how to get money. So they, the government, they&#039;ll be rogues and thieves. And whenever there is necessity of money, then tax. You work hard; they will tax. Organized burglars, organized guṇḍās.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritual family planning is that one should be determined to train up children in Krishna Consciousness. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Dayananda, Nandarani -- Montreal 24 August, 1968|Letter to Dayananda, Nandarani -- Montreal 24 August, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding your question: &amp;quot;What is the correct sexual etiquette for a strict Grhastha; and what is spiritual family planning?&#039;&#039; Unless one wants to beget a child, there should not be any sex life. The best thing is to forget sex, but it is not possible immediately or all of a sudden, especially in the Western countries where sex life is so liberal. So under the circumstances, one should try to have sex life only for children, not for any other purpose. Spiritual family planning is that one should be determined to train up children in Krishna Consciousness. According to Bhagavata, the spiritual family planning is that one should not become a father or one should not become a mother, unless he is able to maintain their children to the extent of liberation. It is the duty of the parents to see that the children are growing luxuriantly not only materially, but spiritually also. So spiritual training should be given from the very beginning.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Eight_Vasus&amp;diff=82851</id>
		<title>Eight Vasus</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Eight_Vasus&amp;diff=82851"/>
		<updated>2009-04-09T13:47:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;eight Vasus&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Vraj Kishori| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|BG|SB|OB|CON}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|09Apr09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=7|CC=0|OB=2|Lec=0|Con=2|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|12}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Eight]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vasus]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;From Nārāyaṇa, Brahmā is born, and from Nārāyaṇa the patriarchs are also born. From Nārāyaṇa, Indra is born, from Nārāyaṇa the eight Vasus are born, from Nārāyaṇa the eleven Rudras are born, from Nārāyaṇa the twelve Ādityas are born.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 10.8|BG 10.8, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; All Vedic literature agrees that Kṛṣṇa is the source of Brahmā, Śiva and all other demigods. In the Atharva Veda (Gopāla-tāpanī Upaniṣad 1.24) it is said, yo brahmāṇaṁ vidadhāti pūrvaṁ yo vai vedāṁś ca gāpayati sma kṛṣṇaḥ: &amp;quot;It was Kṛṣṇa who in the beginning instructed Brahmā in Vedic knowledge and who disseminated Vedic knowledge in the past.&amp;quot; Then again the Nārāyaṇa Upaniṣad (1) says, atha puruṣo ha vai nārāyaṇo &#039;kāmayata prajāḥ sṛjeyeti: &amp;quot;Then the Supreme Personality Nārāyaṇa desired to create living entities.&amp;quot; The Upaniṣad continues, nārāyaṇād brahmā jāyate, nārāyaṇād prajāpatiḥ prajāyate, nārāyaṇād indro jāyate, nārāyaṇād aṣṭau vasavo jāyante, nārāyaṇād ekādaśa rudrā jāyante, nārāyaṇād dvādaśādityāḥ: &amp;quot;From Nārāyaṇa, Brahmā is born, and from Nārāyaṇa the patriarchs are also born. From Nārāyaṇa, Indra is born, from Nārāyaṇa the eight Vasus are born, from Nārāyaṇa the eleven Rudras are born, from Nārāyaṇa the twelve Ādityas are born.&amp;quot; This Nārāyaṇa is an expansion of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhīṣmadeva, was the best amongst the eight Vasus.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.9.9|SB 1.9.9, Translation and Purport]]: Bhīṣmadeva, who was the best amongst the eight Vasus, received and welcomed all the great and powerful ṛṣis who were assembled there, for he knew perfectly all the religious principles according to time and place.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expert religionists know perfectly well how to adjust religious principles in terms of time and place. All the great ācāryas or religious preachers or reformers of the world executed their mission by adjustment of religious principles in terms of time and place. There are different climates and situations in different parts of the world, and if one has to discharge his duties to preach the message of the Lord, he must be expert in adjusting things in terms of the time and place. Bhīṣmadeva was one of the twelve great authorities in preaching this cult of devotional service, and therefore he could receive and welcome all the powerful sages assembled there at his deathbed from all parts of the universe. He was certainly unable at that time to welcome and receive them physically because he was neither at his home nor in a normal healthy condition. But he was quite fit by the activities of his sound mind, and therefore he could utter sweet words with hearty expressions, and all of them were well received. One can perform one&#039;s duty by physical work, by mind and by words. And he knew well how to utilize them in the proper place, and therefore there was no difficulty for him to receive them, although physically unfit.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The unique situation at Bhīṣmadeva&#039;s time of death can be attained, even though Lord Kṛṣṇa may not be personally present. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.9.43|SB 1.9.43, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The stage attained by Bhīṣmadeva while quitting his material body is called nirvikalpa-samādhi because he merged his self into thinking of the Lord and his mind into remembering His different activities. He chanted the glories of the Lord, and by his sight he began to see the Lord personally present before him, and thus all his activities became concentrated upon the Lord without deviation. This is the highest stage of perfection, and it is possible for everyone to attain this stage by practice of devotional service. The devotional service of the Lord consists of nine principles of service activities, and they are (1) hearing, (2) chanting, (3) remembering, (4) serving the lotus feet, (5) worshiping, (6) praying, (7) executing the orders, (8) fraternizing, and (9) fully surrendering. Any one of them or all of them are equally competent to award the desired result, but they require to be practiced persistently under the guidance of an expert devotee of the Lord. The first item, hearing, is the most important item of all, and therefore hearing of the Bhagavad-gītā and, later on, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is essential for the serious candidate who wants to attain the stage of Bhīṣmadeva at the end. The unique situation at Bhīṣmadeva&#039;s time of death can be attained, even though Lord Kṛṣṇa may not be personally present. His words of the Bhagavad-gītā or those of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam are identical with the Lord. They are sound incarnations of the Lord, and one can fully utilize them to be entitled to attain the stage of Śrī Bhīṣmadeva, who was one of the eight Vasus. Every man or animal must die at a certain stage of life, but one who dies like Bhīṣmadeva attains perfection, and one who dies forced by the laws of nature dies like an animal. That is the difference between a man and an animal. The human form of life is especially meant for dying like Bhīṣmadeva.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The eight Vasus and the demigods in the upper planetary system, who are responsible for the management of the universal affairs, performed a sacrifice in the days of yore.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.4.11|SB 3.4.11, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Uddhava is one of the eternal associates of the Lord, and a plenary portion of Uddhava was one of the eight Vasus in the days of yore. The eight Vasus and the demigods in the upper planetary system, who are responsible for the management of the universal affairs, performed a sacrifice in the days of yore, desiring to fulfill their respective ultimate goals in life. At that time an expansion of Uddhava, acting as one of the Vasus, desired to become an associate of the Lord. The Lord knew this because He is present in the heart of every living entity as Paramātmā, the Superconsciousness. In everyone&#039;s heart there is the representation of the Superconsciousness, who gives memory to the partial consciousness of every living entity. The living entity, as partial consciousness, forgets incidents of his past life, but the Superconsciousness reminds him how to act in terms of his past cultivation of knowledge.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prajāpati, Lord Brahmā, came from Nārāyaṇa, Indra came from Nārāyaṇa, and the eight Vasus, the eleven expansions of Lord Śiva and the twelve Ādityas also came from Nārāyaṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.20.3-4|SB 5.20.3-4, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It may be argued that the demigods are as important as Lord Viṣṇu because the names of the demigods are different names of Viṣṇu. This, however, is not a sound conclusion, for it is contradicted in the Vedic literatures. The Vedas declare:&lt;br /&gt;
candramā manaso jātaś cakṣoḥ sūryo ajāyata; śrotrādayaś ca prāṇaś ca mukhād agnir ajāyata; nārāyaṇād brahmā, nārāyaṇād rudro jāyate, nārāyaṇāt prajāpatiḥ jāyate, nārāyaṇād indro jāyate, nārāyaṇād aṣṭau vasavo jāyante, nārāyaṇād ekādaśa rudrā jāyante.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The demigod of the moon, Candra, came from the mind of Nārāyaṇa, and the sun-god came from His eyes. The controlling deities of hearing and the life air came from Nārāyaṇa, and the controlling deity of fire was generated from His mouth. Prajāpati, Lord Brahmā, came from Nārāyaṇa, Indra came from Nārāyaṇa, and the eight Vasus, the eleven expansions of Lord Śiva and the twelve Ādityas also came from Nārāyaṇa.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Yamarāja; Indra, the King of heaven; Nirṛti; Varuṇa; Candra, the moon-god; Agni; Lord Śiva; Pavana; Lord Brahmā; Sūrya, the sun-god; Viśvāsu; the eight Vasus; the Sādhyas; the Maruts; the Rudras; the Siddhas; and Marīci and the other great ṛṣis engaged in maintaining the departmental affairs of the universe.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.3.14-15|SB 6.3.14-15, Translation]]: I, Yamarāja; Indra, the King of heaven; Nirṛti; Varuṇa; Candra, the moon-god; Agni; Lord Śiva; Pavana; Lord Brahmā; Sūrya, the sun-god; Viśvāsu; the eight Vasus; the Sādhyas; the Maruts; the Rudras; the Siddhas; and Marīci and the other great ṛṣis engaged in maintaining the departmental affairs of the universe, as well as the best of the demigods headed by Bṛhaspati, and the great sages headed by Bhṛgu are all certainly freed from the influence of the two base material modes of nature, namely passion and ignorance. Nevertheless, although we are in the mode of goodness, we cannot understand the activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. What, then, is to be said of others, who, under illusion, merely speculate to know God?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The sons of Vasu were known as the eight Vasus. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.6.10-11|SB 6.6.10-11, Translation]]: The son of Saṅkalpā was known as Saṅkalpa, and from him lust was born. The sons of Vasu were known as the eight Vasus. Just hear their names from me: Droṇa, Prāṇa, Dhruva, Arka, Agni, Doṣa, Vāstu and Vibhāvasu. From Abhimati, the wife of the Vasu named Droṇa, were generated the sons named Harṣa, Śoka, Bhaya and so on.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 9 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The eight sons born of Sahadevā such as Pravara and Śruta, were exact incarnations of the eight Vasus in the heavenly planets. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 9.24.53-55|SB 9.24.53-55, Translation]]: The eight sons born of Sahadevā such as Pravara and Śruta, were exact incarnations of the eight Vasus in the heavenly planets. Vasudeva also begot eight highly qualified sons through the womb of Devakī. These included Kīrtimān, Suṣeṇa, Bhadrasena, Ṛju, Sammardana, Bhadra and Saṅkarṣaṇa, the controller and serpent incarnation. The eighth son was the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself—Kṛṣṇa. The highly fortunate Subhadrā, the one daughter, was your grandmother.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Devotees like Prahlāda and Nārada and the eight Vasus, all were engaged in offering prayers to the Lord with clean hearts and pure words.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 39|Krsna Book 39]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Akrūra also saw His Lordship surrounded by intimate associates like the four Kumāras—Sanaka, Sanātana, Sananda and Sanat-kumāra—and other associates like Sunanda and Nanda, as well as demigods like Brahmā and Lord Śiva. The nine great learned sages were there, and also devotees like Prahlāda and Nārada and the eight Vasus. All were engaged in offering prayers to the Lord with clean hearts and pure words. After seeing the transcendental Personality of Godhead, Akrūra immediately became overwhelmed with joy and great devotion, and all over his body there was transcendental shivering. Although for the moment he was bewildered, he retained his clear consciousness and bowed down his head before the Lord. With folded hands and faltering voice, he began to offer prayers to the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Isopanisad ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nārāyaṇa created Indra. Nārāyaṇa created the eight Vasus. Nārāyaṇa created the eleven Rudras.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Sri Isopanisad - Mantra 13 Pupport|Sri Isopanisad - Mantra 13 Pupport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The words sarvasya pra-bhavaḥ indicate that Kṛṣṇa is the creator of everyone, including Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Śiva. And because these three principal deities of the material world are created by the Lord, the Lord is the creator of all that exists in the material and spiritual worlds. In the Atharva Veda (Gopāla-tāpanī Upaniṣad 1.24) it is similarly said, &amp;quot;He who existed before the creation of Brahmā and who enlightened Brahmā with Vedic knowledge is Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; Similarly, the Nārāyaṇa Upaniṣad (1) states, &amp;quot;Then the Supreme Person, Nārāyaṇa, desired to create all living beings. Thus from Nārāyaṇa, Brahmā was born. Nārāyaṇa created all the Prajāpatis. Nārāyaṇa created Indra. Nārāyaṇa created the eight Vasus. Nārāyaṇa created the eleven Rudras. Nārāyaṇa created the twelve Ādityas.&amp;quot; Since Nārāyaṇa is a plenary manifestation of Lord Kṛṣṇa, Nārāyaṇa and Kṛṣṇa are one and the same.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Uddhava was one of the eight Vasus who desired to associate with the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- January 23, 1974, Hawaii|Morning Walk -- January 23, 1974, Hawaii]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bali Mardana: I was reading yesterday about the talks between Uddhava and Maitreya and Kṛṣṇa, and it described that previously Uddhava was one of the eight Vasus who desired to associate with the Lord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bali Mardana: What is exactly the position of the Vasus?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Vasus, they are demigods. Before appearance of Kṛṣṇa, some of the exalted demigods were ordered to come and arrange for His arrival. So Uddhava arrived, and many others arrived. They were coming from heavenly planets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bali Mardana: Bhīṣmadeva was also one of the Vasus previously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Aṣṭa-vasu.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;From Nārāyaṇa, Indra is born, from Nārāyaṇa the eight Vasus are born, from Nārāyaṇa the eleven Rudras are born, from Nārāyaṇa the twelve Ādityas are born.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Evening Darsana -- May 11, 1977, Hrishikesh|Evening Darsana -- May 11, 1977, Hrishikesh]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Prabhupāda: Here is the one from whom everything emanates. So why don&#039;t you worship Him? Is there any purport?&lt;br /&gt;
Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: Yes. &amp;quot;Purport. A learned scholar who has studied the Vedas perfectly and has information from authorities like Lord Caitanya and who knows how to apply these teachings can understand that Kṛṣṇa is the origin of everything in both the material and spiritual worlds. And because he knows this perfectly, he becomes firmly fixed in the devotional service of the Supreme Lord. He can never be deviated by any amount of nonsensical commentaries or by fools. All Vedic literature agrees that Kṛṣṇa is the source of Brahmā, Śiva and all other demigods. In the Atharva Veda it is said, yo brahmāṇaṁ vidadhāti pūrvaṁ yo vai vedāṁś ca gāpayati sma kṛṣṇaḥ. &#039;It was Kṛṣṇa who in the beginning instructed Brahmā in Vedic knowledge and who disseminated Vedic knowledge in the past.&#039; Then again it is said, atha puruṣo ha vai nārāyaṇo &#039;kāmayata prajāḥ sṛjeyety upakramya. &#039;Then the Supreme Personality Nārāyaṇa desired to create living entities.&#039; Again it is said, nārāyaṇād brahmā jāyate, nārāyaṇād prajāpatiḥ prajāyate, nārāyaṇād indro jāyate, nārāyaṇād aṣṭau vasavo jāyante, nārāyaṇād ekādaśa rudrā jāyante, nārāyaṇād dvādaśādityāḥ. &#039;From Nārāyaṇa, Brahmā is born, and from Nārāyaṇa, the patriarchs are also born. From Nārāyaṇa, Indra is born, from Nārāyaṇa the eight Vasus are born, from Nārāyaṇa the eleven Rudras are born, from Nārāyaṇa the twelve Ādityas are born.&#039; It is said in the same Vedas, brahmaṇyo devakī-putraḥ: &#039;The son of Devakī, Kṛṣṇa, is the Supreme Personality.&#039; Then it is said, eko vai nārāyaṇa āsīn na brahmā na īśāno nāpo nāgni-samau... [break] ...dyāv-āpṛthivī na nakṣatrāṇi na sūryaḥ sa ekākī na ramate tasya dhyānāntaḥ sthasya yatra chāndogaiḥ kriyamāṇāṣṭakādi-saṁjñakā stuti-stomaḥ stomam ucyate. &#039;In the beginning of the creation there was only the Supreme Personality Nārāyaṇa. There was no Brahmā, no Śiva, no fire, no moon, no stars in the sky, no sun. There was only Kṛṣṇa, who creates all and enjoys all.&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Sva-dharma_means&amp;diff=79584</id>
		<title>Sva-dharma means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Sva-dharma_means&amp;diff=79584"/>
		<updated>2009-02-22T06:31:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Sva-dharma means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Madhavananda| Srivas| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|LEC}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|14Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|22Feb09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=14|Con=2|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|16}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dharma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Meaning of Sanskrit Words]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sva-dharma means jāti-dharma.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 1.41-42 -- London, July 29, 1973|Lecture on BG 1.41-42 -- London, July 29, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We must admit that we have created hellish condition of society by producing unwanted children, and disobeying the jāti-dharma or kula-dharma. That one has to admit, everyone. So what is the remedy? Only remedy is to surrender to Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa is canvassing that: &amp;quot;Even you can give up your jāti-dharma, but simply surrender unto Me. I shall give you protection.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
There is another verse in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam: tyaktvā sva-dharmān caraṇāmbujaṁ harer [SB 1.5.17]. Sva-dharma. Sva-dharma means jāti-dharma. So I may be born in a brāhmaṇa or kṣatriya, so I have got sva-dharma. A kṣatriya or brāhmaṇa has got his own regulative principles. So Bhāgavata, Nārada says, Bhāgavata says and Nārada says that if one has given up his jāti-dharma..., because Kṛṣṇa is asking: sarva-dharmān parityajya [Bg. 18.66]. Sarva-dharma means this sva-dharma, jāti-dharma, or so many other dharmas man created for the nice keep-up of the society. Just like we create even in the modern world so many rules and regulations. Take for example that one must keep to the left. Just to keep order in the society. There are so many things. So jāti-dharma, kula-dharma is also like that. Spiritually, it has no value. It, it can help one to be elevated on the spiritual platform. But spiritual advancement does not depend on this jāti-dharma or kula-dharma. It does not depend. Even without following the rules and regulations of jāti-dharma and kula-dharma one can become advanced in spiritual life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sva-dharma means anyone can discover his own religious principle. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.31 -- London, September 1, 1973|Lecture on BG 2.31 -- London, September 1, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sva means &amp;quot;own.&amp;quot; Sva-dharmam: &amp;quot;one&#039;s own occupation.&amp;quot; So according to Vedic civilization, everyone has his own sva-dharma. This has been misinterpreted by the rascals. Sva-dharma means anyone can discover his own religious principle. Yato mata tato patha. Whatever you think is religious principle, that&#039;s all right. This is going on. But that is not the meaning. Sva-dharma means &amp;quot;own occupation.&amp;quot; Actually dharma means which you cannot give up. Dhṛ-dhātu. You have to capture it; to keep your existence you must capture it.&lt;br /&gt;
So because we have got body and soul, two different things, we are combination, body and soul. That is already explained very nicely in so many ways. So actually sva-dharma means the occupation of the soul. Because in the material condition we do not understand what I am—whether I am this body or I am soul. Mostly people they do not know that one is soul, not this body. Body is the dress or outward covering, external covering. Subtle covering and gross covering. But so long one is in the bodily concept of life, so one has got different occupational duty according to the conception of the body. So the nature is being conducted by three modes of nature. Therefore, according to one&#039;s nature there is occupational duty.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sva-dharma means the division, kṣatriya division of the society. The brāhmaṇa division, the kṣatriya division, the vaiśya division and the śūdra division. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.31 -- London, September 1, 1973|Lecture on BG 2.31 -- London, September 1, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sva-dharma means the division, kṣatriya division of the society. The brāhmaṇa division, the kṣatriya division, the vaiśya division and the śūdra division. Everything is required. It is not that śūdra is not required. Śūdra is required, but if you make propaganda simply to make people śūdras, then who will give direction? If there is no head, who will give the direction? So a kṣatriya, kṣatriya has got a very difficult task to see. Kṣatriya means government, the governing division. So the governing division has got a very important duty to see that everyone is following his duty. The brāhmaṇa is following his duty, a kṣatriya is following his duty, vaiśya is following the duty, and śūdra... That is, government&#039;s duty.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When you go deep into the matter, when you understand that &amp;quot;I am not this body; I am soul,&amp;quot; then that is real sva-dharma..&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.31 -- London, September 1, 1973|Lecture on BG 2.31 -- London, September 1, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Unfortunately, the so-called government men, they are also śūdras. The so-called priests, they are also śūdras. The so-called vaiśyas, they are śūdras. The whole world is now full of śūdras. So you cannot expect anything very nice in this situation because everything is being conducted by śūdras. So Kṛṣṇa is advising Arjuna that &amp;quot;This fight is not ordinary fight. It is dharma-yuddha, and you should accept it, you should not hesitate. After all, the soul is never killed. It is the duty, it is the duty of different dharma.&amp;quot; Sva-dharma, sva-dharma means so long one is in the bodily concept of life, this sva-dharma means this brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra. This is sva-dharma. And Arjuna belonged to the kṣatriya; therefore his sva-dharma, his occupational duty, is to fight. So, and real sva-dharma is spiritual sva-dharma. In the spiritual. So when you go deep into the matter, when you understand that &amp;quot;I am not this body; I am soul,&amp;quot; then that is real sva-dharma. And what is the occupation of that sva-dharma? That is to be engaged in the service of the Lord. Jīvera svarūpa haya nitya-kṛṣṇa-dāsa [Cc. Madhya 20.108-109]. Actually that is sva-dharma. Every soul is eternally servant of Kṛṣṇa. That is spiritual sva-dharma. And material sva-dharma means this brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore the sva-dharma changes. Sva-dharma changes as soon as one is elevated to the spiritual platform. That is explained in the Bhagavad-gītā. Sa guṇān samatītyaitān brahma-bhūyāya kalpate [Bg. 14.26]. Who? Brahma-bhūyāya kalpate. One who is engaged in devotional service. A devotee&#039;s position is transcendental. He has no, no more sva-dharma in the bodily concept of life. Because he&#039;s neither brāhmaṇa, neither kṣatriya, nor vaiśya nor śūdra. Caitanya Mahāprabhu has said, &amp;quot;I am not a brāhmaṇa, I am not a śūdra, I am not a kṣatriya, I am not a brahmacārī, I am not a sannyāsī.&amp;quot; In this way He negativated all the eight items because sva-dharma means varṇāśrama dharma. Varṇa and āśrama. Four castes: brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra. And four spiritual order: brahmacārī, gṛhastha, vānaprastha and sannyāsa. So Caitanya Mahāprabhu denied, that &amp;quot;I am not this, I am not this, I am not that, I am not that.&amp;quot; Then what you are? Gopī-bhartuḥ pada-kamalayor dāsa-dāsānudāsaḥ [Cc. Madhya 13.80]. Jīvera svarūpa haya nitya-kṛṣṇa-dāsa [Cc. Madhya 20.108-109]. Gopī-bhartuḥ means this maintainer of the gopīs, Kṛṣṇa. Gopī-bhartuḥ. Gopī-bhartuḥ pada-kamalayoḥ. &amp;quot;I am the servant of the servant of the servant of the servant who is engaged in the service of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sva-dharma means, you are in brahminical quality.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.40 - London, September 13, 1973|Lecture on BG 2.40 - London, September 13, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sva-dharma means, you are in brahminical quality, your work is this. You are in martial spirit—one who is intelligent, for him, studying Vedas, understanding the philosophy, preaching for the good of the society, train them, guide them, this is brāhmaṇa&#039;s business. Brāhmaṇa is not going to work in the factory. That is not brāhmaṇa&#039;s business. But in modern civilization, everyone should go to factory. Never mind whether you are brāhmaṇa or śūdra or a... This is the mistake. Therefore, if I am not fit for a certain thing and if I am engaged in that business, that will be failure. That will be failure. For a particular type of business, occupation, one must have particular type of brain. So therefore this is division. Not that everyone is of the same type. You cannot find. There is not... Because the world is being conducted by the three modes of nature, you cannot find all men of the same category. There must be intelligent class of men, there must be martial spirit, administrative class of men, there must be business minded men. There must be śūdras, they do not know anything, they want to serve only, master. So therefore, scientifically it is divided.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sva-karma or sva-dharma.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.7.20-21 -- Vrndavana, September 17, 1976|Lecture on SB 1.7.20-21 -- Vrndavana, September 17, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Somehow or other you were all engaged in some business. That is called sva-dharma. Sva-dharma means one has selected some business. That is his sva-dharma. Generally, if it is systematic, then sva-dharma means brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra, brahmacārī, gṛhastha, vānaprastha, sannyāsa. This is systematic, sva-dharma. Otherwise, everyone must have some engagement. Suppose a thief, he has taken the occupation or profession of stealing. That is also sva-dharma. But that is not systematic; that is whimsical. So anyone must have some engagement. That engagement is called sva-dharma, his own business occupation. Sva-karma or sva-dharma.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sva-dharma means a particular type of engagement for a particular type of man. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.1.5 -- Los Angeles, August 13, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.1.5 -- Los Angeles, August 13, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sva-dharma means a particular type of engagement for a particular type of man. Everyone has got a particular type of engagement. Suppose you are lawyer. Your particular engagement is study of law or executing legal business. So that is sva-dharma. Similarly a businessman, an engineer, a medical man. So these are particular type of occupation of a particular type of man. So here it is recommended, sva-dharma-pariniṣṭhayā. One who is faithfully engaged in his own business, particular type of business, janma-lābhaḥ paraḥ pumān, his human birth, his human life is successful, janma-lābhaḥ paraḥ pumān, if he&#039;s successful man, then by successfully, properly executing his particular type of business, if he can, at the end of his life, remember Nārāyaṇa, the Supreme Lord, that is the success of life. It doesn&#039;t matter that you have got to chant or dance, but here it is recommended somehow or other, if you can manage to remember or memorize the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa, at the end of your life, that is your success. Etāvān sāṅkhya-yogābhyāṁ sva-dharma-pariniṣṭhayā. Otherwise, your life is failure.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sva-dharma means that the whole human society is divided into four classes—brāhmaṇas, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra—in different names maybe: intelligent class, administrative class, mercantile class, and laborer class.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.9.14 -- Melbourne, April 13, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.9.14 -- Melbourne, April 13, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sva-dharma means that the whole human society is divided into four classes—brāhmaṇas, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra—in different names maybe: intelligent class, administrative class, mercantile class, and laborer class. It may be in different names, but these four classes, division, is there all over the world in different names. So sva-dharma means, intelligent class means they are interested in philosophy, in religion, in uplifting the human society to the proper position. That is intelligent class. And administrator class means they are interested in giving protection to the people. Now it is under nationalism. And give them protection from the enemies, from thieves, from rogues. That is the duty of the kṣatriya. Kṣat. Kṣatta means injury, and tra means one who protects or liberates. &amp;quot;One who protects a human being from being hurt by others&amp;quot;—that is called kṣatriya. And brāhmaṇa means one who knows Brahman, the Absolute Truth. And vaiśya means those who know visampati, the economic problem. And śūdra means laborer. So each word has got meaning. So everyone has got his particular type of occupation, either as intelligent class of men, or as the administrator class of men, or as vaiśyas, traders, or merchants, or as a laborer.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;A man who is performing very perfectly his sva-dharma, but has no Kṛṣṇa consciousness, then what is the gain?&amp;quot; There is no gain.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.14 -- Bombay, November 14, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.14 -- Bombay, November 14, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There are many... Tyaktvā sva-dharmaṁ caraṇāmbujaṁ hareḥ [SB 1.5.17], patet tato yadi, bhajann apakvo &#039;tha. Tyaktvā sva-dharmam. Sva-dharmam means everyone has got his occupational duty, sva-dharmam. Generally, we consider brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra. They have got their sva-dharma. Brāhmaṇa has got his duties, kṣatriya has got his duty. Cātur-varṇyaṁ mayā-sṛṣṭaṁ guṇa-karma-vibhāgaśaḥ [Bg. 4.13]. So sva-dharma means... Suppose one gives up his occupational duty and takes to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, tyaktvā sva-dharmaṁ caraṇāmbujaṁ hareḥ, and takes to the shelter of Kṛṣṇa, but bhajann apakvaḥ, could not mature his devotional service, bhajann apakvo &#039;tha patet tato yadi, and he falls down... This is Nārada&#039;s statement. So he says, &amp;quot;What is the loss even if he falls down? By sentiment he comes to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and even if he falls down, still, where is the loss? And contrary to this, a man who is performing very perfectly his sva-dharma, but has no Kṛṣṇa consciousness, then what is the gain?&amp;quot; There is no gain.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Even if you become very pious by acting as a strict brāhmaṇa or a sannyāsī, but if you do not understand what is Kṛṣṇa, then there is no gain. It is simply waste of time.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.25 -- Bombay, November 25, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.25 -- Bombay, November 25, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If one takes to devotional service, tyaktvā sva-dharmam, giving up his routine duty... Sva-dharma means the brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra. They have got the all..., or brahmacārī, gṛhastha, vānaprastha. They have got their particular duties. But nobody is following any duty. They are creating their own duty. So anyway, somehow or other, if one takes to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, tyaktvā sva-dharmaṁ caraṇāmbujaṁ hareḥ, and practices for some time regularly, then again, due to bad association or by something, he falls down, so śāstra says that &amp;quot;What is the loss? There is no loss. On the other hand, if a person is executing his occupational duties very nicely, but he does not know what is Kṛṣṇa conscious, then what is the gain? There is no gain.&amp;quot; No gain. Even if you become very pious by acting as a strict brāhmaṇa or a sannyāsī, but if you do not understand what is Kṛṣṇa, then there is no gain. It is simply waste of time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sva-dharma means one may be in goodness, one may be in passion, one may be in darkness, and one may be in mixture. So that is divided into four classes of men: the brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, and śūdra.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.28.1 -- Honolulu, June 1, 1975|Lecture on SB 3.28.1 -- Honolulu, June 1, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sva-dharma means one may be in goodness, one may be in passion, one may be in darkness, and one may be in mixture. So that is divided into four classes of men: the brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, and śūdra. So Bhagavad-gītā teaches us that anyone, if he worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead by sva-dharma, by his occupational duty, he also becomes perfect. For example, just like Arjuna. He was a military man, and his sva-dharma, his occupational duty, was to fight. So that fighting capacity he engaged himself in the service of Kṛṣṇa, and he became a devotee.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sva-dharma, means, engaged in one&#039;s occupational duty.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:The Nectar of Devotion -- Bombay, December 28, 1972|The Nectar of Devotion -- Bombay, December 28, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Bhāgavata says that those who are very dutiful, they are called sva-dharma niṣṭhā. Sva-dharma niṣṭhā. According to Vedic culture, there are different divisions of the society. Brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra, brahmacārī, gṛhastha, vānaprastha. So these are called sva-dharma, means, engaged in one&#039;s occupational duty. That is called sva-dharma. Or, in the modern sense, somebody&#039;s engaged in business, somebody&#039;s engaged in other occupation, profession.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sva-dharma means the regulated division of the society.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Adi-lila 1.5 -- Mayapur, March 29, 1975|Lecture on CC Adi-lila 1.5 -- Mayapur, March 29, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In this material world we see many saintly persons. They give up everything, sannyāsa. Sannyāsa means giving up everything for the Supreme. So for simply to relish a little bit of brahma-sukha, these saintly persons, great, great saintly persons, they are giving up everything. Tyaktvā sva-dharmam. Sva-dharma means the regulated division of the society: brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sva-dharma means everyone has got some specific duty.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Class in Los Angeles -- Los Angeles, November 15, 1968|Class in Los Angeles -- Los Angeles, November 15, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sva-dharma means everyone has got some specific duty, occupation. Everyone. So if somebody gives up his specific duty in which he&#039;s engaged, tyaktvā sva-dharmam... Just like many boys and girls, they come here. They were engaged in something else, but all of a sudden they give up and they join this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. So for them, Bhāgavata says, tyaktvā sva-dharmam... Sva means his own occupation, dharma. Now here the dharma is not religion. Occupational duty. Tyaktvā sva-dharmaṁ caraṇāmbujaṁ harer. Suppose after hearing some lectures of this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, he settles, &amp;quot;Now I shall begin Kṛṣṇa consciousness,&amp;quot; and gives up his prescribed duties or occupational duty. Tyaktvā sva-dharmaṁ caraṇāmbujaṁ harer bhajann apakvo &#039;tha patet tato yadi [SB 1.5.17]. Bhajann. Now he begins chanting or regulative principles, but all of a sudden, he falls down. He falls down. He could not prosecute. By some reason or by some circumstances, he falls down. So Bhāgavata says, &amp;quot;What is the wrong with him even if he falls down?&amp;quot; Just see. Even if he falls down due to immature development of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, still, he&#039;s not loser. And Bhāgavata says, ko vārtha āpto &#039;bhajatāṁ sva-dharmataḥ. And what profit will he get, one who is very steadily engaged in his occupational duty? He&#039;s simply a loser because he does not know what is the aim of his life. But here, a person who comes in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, even for a few days if he is with us, he gets the contamination of Kṛṣṇa consciousness so that in his next life he&#039;ll begin again, again, again. So he&#039;s not loser. One injection of Kṛṣṇa consciousness will make him some day perfect in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and he&#039;s sure to go back to Godhead, back to home.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Everyone should be engaged, in his own occupation. That is called svadharmeṇa idanasya.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Reporter from Researchers Magazine -- July 24, 1973, London|Room Conversation with Reporter from Researchers Magazine -- July 24, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So this is government&#039;s duty, that you are claiming that everyone should be employed, everyone should be engaged, in his own occupation. That is called svadharmeṇa idanasya(?). Sva-dharma means the brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra. By quality. Guṇa-karma. By quality and work. So it is the duty of the government to see that a śūdra is employed, is engaged as a śūdra, a vaiśya is employed and engaged as... Just like vaiśya. Vaiśya, it is said that kṛṣi-go-rakṣya-vāṇijyaṁ vaiśya-karma svabhāva-jam [Bg. 18.44]. Now the vaiśyas, they are in the share market speculating.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sva-dharma means to execute the prescribed karma. That is sva-dharma.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Reporter from Researchers Magazine -- July 24, 1973, London|Room Conversation with Reporter from Researchers Magazine -- July 24, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Kṣatriyas, to become king, to fight for the protection of the citizens, to become charitably disposed. Everything is described there. These are the kṣatriya&#039;s karma. These the brāhmaṇa&#039;s karma. These are the, eh, vaiśya&#039;s karma. These are the śūdra&#039;s karma. So sva-dharma means to execute the prescribed karma. That is sva-dharma. Dharma karma. Dharma means karma, but prescribed. You are brāhmaṇa, you have to act as a brāhmaṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_ego&amp;diff=78725</id>
		<title>Real ego</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Real_ego&amp;diff=78725"/>
		<updated>2009-02-14T00:59:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;real ego&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;real egoism&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;real egotism&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Serene| Srivas| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|BG|SB|OB|LEC}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|06Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|14Feb09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=2|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=6|Con=5|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|15}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Real]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ego]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 13 - 18 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When one understands that he is not his body and is spirit soul, he comes to his real ego.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 13.8-12|BG 13.8-12, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; False ego means accepting this body as oneself. When one understands that he is not his body and is spirit soul, he comes to his real ego. Ego is there. False ego is condemned, but not real ego. In the Vedic literature (Bṛhad-āraṇyaka Upaniṣad 1.4.10) it is said, ahaṁ brahmāsmi: I am Brahman, I am spirit. This &amp;quot;I am,&amp;quot; the sense of self, also exists in the liberated stage of self-realization. This sense of &amp;quot;I am&amp;quot; is ego, but when the sense of &amp;quot;I am&amp;quot; is applied to this false body it is false ego. When the sense of self is applied to reality, that is real ego. There are some philosophers who say we should give up our ego, but we cannot give up our ego, because ego means identity. We ought, of course, to give up the false identification with the body.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When one is self-realized and thinks that he is an eternal servitor of the Supreme Lord, that identification is real ego.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.27.13|SB 3.27.13, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The conditioned soul thinks, &amp;quot;I am this body,&amp;quot; but a liberated soul thinks, &amp;quot;I am not this body. I am spirit soul.&amp;quot; This &amp;quot;I am&amp;quot; is called ego, or identification of the self. &amp;quot;I am this body&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Everything in relationship to the body is mine&amp;quot; is called false ego, but when one is self-realized and thinks that he is an eternal servitor of the Supreme Lord, that identification is real ego. One conception is in the darkness of the threefold qualities of material nature—goodness, passion and ignorance—and the other is in the pure state of goodness, called śuddha-sattva or vāsudeva. When we say that we give up our ego, this means that we give up our false ego, but real ego is always present. When one is reflected through the material contamination of the body and mind in false identification, he is in the conditional state, but when he is reflected in the pure stage he is called liberated. The identification of oneself with one&#039;s material possessions in the conditional stage must be purified, and one must identify himself in relationship with the Supreme Lord. In the conditioned state one accepts everything as an object of sense gratification, and in the liberated state one accepts everything for the service of the Supreme Lord. Kṛṣṇa consciousness, devotional service, is the actual liberated stage of a living entity.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Siva indirectly wants to be purified by the mercy of the Lord so that his real egotism can be awakened.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.24.43|SB 4.24.43, Translation and Purport]]: My dear Lord, You are the supreme controller of the worker, sense activities and results of sense activities [karma]. Therefore You are the controller of the body, mind and senses. You are also the supreme controller of egotism, known as Rudra. You are the source of knowledge and the activities of the Vedic injunctions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone acts under the dictation of the ego. Therefore Lord Śiva is trying to purify false egotism through the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Since Lord Śiva, or Rudra, is himself the controller of egotism, he indirectly wants to be purified by the mercy of the Lord so that his real egotism can be awakened. Of course, Lord Rudra is always spiritually awake, but for our benefit he is praying in this way. For the impersonalist, pure egotism is ahaṁ brahmāsmi—&amp;quot;I am not this body; I am spirit soul.&amp;quot; But in its actual position, the spirit soul has devotional activities to perform. Therefore Lord Śiva prays to be engaged both in mind and in action in the devotional service of the Supreme Lord according to the direction of the Vedas.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Teachings of Lord Caitanya ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When the living entity is liberated, he has no false ego, but his real ego again comes into existence.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:TLC 20|Teachings of Lord Caitanya, Chapter 20]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Although the living entity&#039;s mind, intelligence and identity are beyond the range of this material world, when he enters into this material world due to his desire to dominate matter, his original mind, intelligence and body become covered by the material energy. When he is again uncovered from these material or inferior energies, he is called liberated. When he is liberated, he has no false ego, but his real ego again comes into existence. Foolish mental speculators think that after liberation one&#039;s identity is lost, but that is not so. Because the living entity is eternally part and parcel of God, when he is liberated, he revives his original, eternal, part-and-parcel identity.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Everyone is conscious of his activities, ego: &amp;quot;I am doing this.&amp;quot; But this ego, this is called false ego. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.26.23-4 -- Bombay, January 1, 1975|Lecture on SB 3.26.23-4 -- Bombay, January 1, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; God is not impotent. He is fully potent, and His energies are acting. We can experience in our daily life. So this kriyā-śakti begins in three different categories, tri-vidhaḥ. Kriyā-śaktir ahaṅkāras tri-vidhaḥ samapadyata. Ahaṅkāra, ego, identification, &amp;quot;I am.&amp;quot; Everyone is conscious of his activities, ego: &amp;quot;I am doing this.&amp;quot; But this ego, this is called false ego. This material, under the material energy, this ego, is called another way upādhi, designation. The real ego is ahaṁ brahmāsmi: &amp;quot;I am spirit soul.&amp;quot; But on account of being in touch, being born in this material world, my kriyā-śakti, my activities, are being done under different designation, under tri-vidhaḥ. Why under different designation. Because immediately there is creation, the guṇamayī, the three kinds of modes of material nature, they also become manifest, and on account of this, our ego, false ego, association with a particular type of material modes of nature, I am thinking, &amp;quot;I am like this&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I am this.&amp;quot; Just like in this body, I am thinking, &amp;quot;I am a human being&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I am Indian&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I am brāhmaṇa&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I am sannyāsī,&amp;quot; or this or that, so many things. Similarly, when I am in the dog&#039;s body, so I think, &amp;quot;I am dog. My business is barking and give service to the master.&amp;quot; In different bodies different ego. This is called upādhi, upādhi, three kinds of upādhi: sāttvika-upādhi, rājasika-upādhi, tāmasika-upādhi. But originally there was no upādhi. The upādhi begins when the sṛṣṭi, creation, begins under different ego.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;From this false ego, when we come to real ego... What is that real ego? That &amp;quot;I am servant of Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.9.33 -- Mayapur, March 11, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.9.33 -- Mayapur, March 11, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We are prakṛti. Prakṛti means under the control of the puruṣa. That is natural. We cannot conceive equal rights of puruṣa and prakṛti. That is not Vedic conception. Vedic conception is puruṣa, the superior, Supreme, and prakṛti means subordinate. Puruṣa is predominator, and prakṛti is predominated. So we living entities, we are prakṛti. Falsely if we try to become puruṣa, that is māyā. We should remain prakṛti, subservient, predominated. That is this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Because generally the people are misled, thinking himself as puruṣa, &amp;quot;I am the enjoyer.&amp;quot; But that is not the fact. That false ego, that &amp;quot;I am enjoyer,&amp;quot; that is false ego. And real ego is &amp;quot;I am servant of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; So there is no necessity of giving up egotism or egoism, but it must be real. At the present moment we are falsely thinking, &amp;quot;I am this body,&amp;quot; every one of us. There is no argument. The whole material world is going on on the basis of this false conception that &amp;quot;I am this body.&amp;quot; And because I am this body, therefore &amp;quot;I am American,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am Indian.&amp;quot; So this is false ego.&lt;br /&gt;
So from this false ego, when we come to real ego... What is that real ego? That &amp;quot;I am servant of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; Gopī-bhartur pada-kamalayor dāsa-dāsa-dāsa-dāsānudāsaḥ [Cc. Madhya 13.80]. That is real ego. So our, this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is teaching people how to come to the real ego, real constitutional position. The Māyāvādī philosophy, they are also trying to do that, but they&#039;re another false ego: ahaṁ brahmāsmi. Ahaṁ brahmāsmi—&amp;quot;I am Brahman&amp;quot;—that is a fact, but I am not Supreme Brahman, Parabrahman. The Māyāvādī, they take it: &amp;quot;Because I am Brahman, I am Supreme Brahman.&amp;quot; No. Suppose you are all coming from America. You can claim that you are American, but that does not mean you are Mr. Ford, the President. So similarly, this is false ego. If somebody thinks, &amp;quot;Because I am American, therefore I am equal to Mr. Ford,&amp;quot; that is false. That is not... So our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is how to bring back these, I mean to say, insane, crazy fellows to their real consciousness. These crazy fellows, they are thinking, &amp;quot;I am God,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am master,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am this,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am that,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am prime minister,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am president.&amp;quot; This false ego. The real ego is, &amp;quot;I am servant of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; That is the beginning of Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s teaching.&lt;br /&gt;
When Caitanya Mahāprabhu was approached by Sanātana Gosvāmī, his first question was ke āmi: &amp;quot;Who am I?&amp;quot; This is the first education, spiritual education. And the same thing is taught in the Bhagavad-gītā because Arjuna was too much identifying himself in the bodily conception of life: &amp;quot;I belong to this Kurus&#039; family, so if I kill them, then family will be ruined. The women will be widows, and they&#039;ll be corrupted. Then there will be unwanted children, varṇa-saṅkara, and in this way the whole world will be hellish,&amp;quot; and so on, so on, so many, but beginning with the bodily conception of life. All, what was, Arjuna was explaining to Kṛṣṇa, that was... From material point of view, it is very nice. He wanted to become nonviolent. He did not like to kill his family members. He, rather, liked to forego his claim, that &amp;quot;I don&#039;t want. Let them enjoy.&amp;quot; But everything, from material point of view, it was very nice proposal. But this identification with family, with nation, with community, this is all foolishness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our identity is there. We are all servants of God, Kṛṣṇa dāsa. And this is real ego. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Adi-lila 7.109-114 -- San Francisco, February 20, 1967|Lecture on CC Adi-lila 7.109-114 -- San Francisco, February 20, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Guest (1): Well, when you&#039;re chanting it&#039;s dissolved, actually.&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Never.&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (1): Forget yourself?&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. We don&#039;t forget. We always remember that we are servants of God. We don&#039;t forget. We forget this material nonsense. That&#039;s all. But don&#039;t forget ourself. Our identity is there. We are all servants of God, Kṛṣṇa dāsa. And this is real ego. So ego is not dissolved. Ego is there, but it is purified.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Ego has to be purified. Ego has not to be killed. And that cannot be killed.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Adi-lila 7.109-114 -- San Francisco, February 20, 1967|Lecture on CC Adi-lila 7.109-114 -- San Francisco, February 20, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Rūpānuga: Can you ever lose your &amp;quot;I,&amp;quot; the sense of &amp;quot;I&amp;quot;?&lt;br /&gt;
Bhaktijana: Can I ever forget myself?&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: How you can forget yourself?&lt;br /&gt;
Guest (2): Not self.&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: You cannot forget. You simply purify it. In diseased condition, your identification of &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; is different. Sometimes you are in convulsion. You forget... Rather, that is forgetfulness. Sometimes if we are, I mean to say, deranged in brain, we forget everything of our relationship. But when you are cured, you remember, &amp;quot;Oh, I was forgetful in my that delusion. Yes.&amp;quot; So your &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; is always there. This &amp;quot;I,&amp;quot; this &amp;quot;I,&amp;quot; remembering, is purified. So ego has to be purified. Ego has not to be killed. And that cannot be killed, na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre [Bg. 2.20], because it is eternal. How can you kill ego? It is not possible. So you have to purify your ego. The difference between is between false ego and real ego. Just like ahaṁ brahmāsmi, aham... &amp;quot;I am Brahman.&amp;quot; Oh, this is also ego. This is, this Vedic version that &amp;quot;I am Brahman. I am not this matter,&amp;quot; so this ego is purified ego, that &amp;quot;I am this.&amp;quot; So that &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; is always there. Either in illusion or delusion or dream or in healthy stage, the &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; is always there.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When you come to your real ego, then you become happy. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture at Bharata Chamber of Commerce &amp;quot;Culture and Business&amp;quot; -- Calcutta, January 30, 1973|Lecture at Bharata Chamber of Commerce &amp;quot;Culture and Business&amp;quot; -- Calcutta, January 30, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Guest (1): How we can come over the ego?&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: You cannot come over. Now you are in false ego. You have to come to the real ego. Now you are thinking, &amp;quot;I am Indian. I am Hindu. I am businessman.&amp;quot; These are all false ego. When you come to your real ego, that &amp;quot;I am part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa, eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa,&amp;quot; that is your real... Ego, you cannot give up. But this is your false ego. You have to give up your false ego, come to the real ego. That&#039;s... Purify your ego. That is required. [break] ...dhi-vinirmuktaṁ tat-paratvena nirmalam [Cc. Madhya 19.170]. Upādhi. At the present moment, I am thinking like that. &amp;quot;I am Indian,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am American,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am brāhmaṇa,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am śūdra,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am black,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am white&amp;quot;—these are the egoism of this body. But I&#039;m not this body. Ahaṁ brahmāsmi. So when you come to that stage... Brahmā-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā [Bg. 18.54]. When you come to your real ego, then you become happy. And because you are in false ego, you are unhappy. So ego cannot be changed. Because you are eternal, how you can be, ego can be changed? Just like people say, &amp;quot;Give up desires.&amp;quot; How can you desire..., give up desires of a living entity? That is not possible. But I have to purify my desires. That is wanted. Just like if you have got some disease. So if you, some, the physician, they say &amp;quot;Pluck out your eyes,&amp;quot; that is not good treatment. But you treat the eyes nicely and the sight may be good. That is wanted. So this bhakti-mārga means sarvopādhi-vinirmuktam. That is bhakti-mārga. You have to give up your false ego. Sarva upādhi. This is upādhi: &amp;quot;I am this, I am that, and...&amp;quot; This upādhi has created trouble in the world. So we have to come to the real ego. Jīvera svarūpa haya nitya kṛṣṇa dāsa [Cc. Madhya 20.108-109]. That is mukti. Mukti hitvā anyathā rūpaṁ svarūpeṇa vyavasthitiḥ. Now hitvā anyathā rūpam. My ego is going on in a different way. Unnecessarily I am spoiling my life with these designations. But we have to come to the point of our real identity. So nothing can be given up. As living entity, I must be egoistic. Law of identity. How can I say that &amp;quot;I am not&amp;quot;? I am. I am existing. But now I am existing with designations. If I give up my designations, if I become purified, that is my real ego. Sarvopādhi-vinirmuktaṁ tat-paratvena nirmalam [Cc. Madhya 19.170]. One has to become nirmala. And when you become nirmala... Hṛṣīkeṇa hṛṣīkeśa sevanaṁ bhaktir ucyate. That is bhakti. So your senses are there. Now with my senses I am thinking that &amp;quot;I am the head of this familyman,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am head of this community,&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I am..., I have to serve. I have to engage my hand in this way, my eyes in this way, my nose in this way.&amp;quot; Senses are engaged in a upādhi, designated. But when this is, designation is taken away, when you become nirmala, the senses remain, the dress of the senses taken away, at that time, your senses are engaged in the service of the Lord, and that is called bhakti.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;I am American,&amp;quot; this is false ego, and &amp;quot;I am servant of God, Kṛṣṇa,&amp;quot; that is reality, that is real ego.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on Carl Gustav Jung|Philosophy Discussion on Carl Gustav Jung]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hayagrīva: So this persona he&#039;s speaking of is like the false  ego.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: The false ego, so long he is in the material world. Otherwise &amp;quot;I am.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am American,&amp;quot; this is false ego, and &amp;quot;I am servant of God, Kṛṣṇa,&amp;quot; that is reality, that is real ego. We say, therefore, false ego. Ego must be there. That purified ego is, &amp;quot;I am servant of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; Otherwise &amp;quot;I am this,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am that,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am this,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am that.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Ahaṁ brahmāsmi: &amp;quot;I am Brahman.&amp;quot; This is also ego. This is real ego, that &amp;quot;I am spirit soul.&amp;quot; This is not bad. But when one thinks, &amp;quot;I am this body,&amp;quot; he&#039;s a rascal. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- June 5, 1974, Geneva|Room Conversation -- June 5, 1974, Geneva]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yogeśvara: The first thing is that this gentleman doesn&#039;t agree. He doesn&#039;t think that the major problem is ignorance. But this gentleman suggests that there is a danger, there&#039;s a danger in what he calls &amp;quot;spiritual pride,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;spiritual egoism,&amp;quot; that is to say, thinking that we have helped someone and actually...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: But that pride is there. That gentleman is proud that he&#039;s helping someone. That prideness is there. But out of these two kinds of prideness, one prideness which is real, that is welcome. If one is falsely proud, that is useless. But if one is actually proud of doing something, then he... That is good. Just like in the Vedic literature it is recommended that you should feel ahaṁ brahmāsmi: &amp;quot;I am Brahman.&amp;quot; This is also ego. This is real ego, that &amp;quot;I am spirit soul.&amp;quot; This is not bad. But when one thinks, &amp;quot;I am this body,&amp;quot; he&#039;s a rascal. If one thinks that &amp;quot;I am servant of God,&amp;quot; that is real ego. And if one thinks, &amp;quot;I am servant of Satan,&amp;quot; that is not very good.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Real egoism, ahaṁ brahmāsmi. And I&#039;m: &amp;quot;Ahaṁ dog asmi.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- June 6, 1974, Geneva|Morning Walk -- June 6, 1974, Geneva]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Satsvarūpa: ...yesterday said, when you said that one must be pure before he approaches God, they said, &amp;quot;That&#039;s spiritual pride.&amp;quot; They said, &amp;quot;That is not good to say first we have to be pure. Like egoism,&amp;quot; they said.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: They&#039;ll tolerate material egoism, &amp;quot;We are doing this humanitarian service.&amp;quot; That they... And spiritual egoism he&#039;ll not. That I replied, that this is real egoism, ahaṁ brahmāsmi. And I&#039;m: &amp;quot;Ahaṁ dog asmi.&amp;quot; (laughter) That is not very good pride. [break] Why not make one world? That I said to to that man. Why do they not do that? Everything belongs to God.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We make our ego purified. &amp;quot;I am servant of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; That is wanted. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- May 8, 1975, Perth|Morning Walk -- May 8, 1975, Perth]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Paramahaṁsa: But isn&#039;t it better to give up all ego altogether?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Why? Why? That is Māyāvādī philosophy. We make our ego purified. &amp;quot;I am servant of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; That is wanted. Not that to make my egoism zero. That is Māyāvāda. They are disappointed, they think finish this egoism. It cannot be finished. Because you are individual soul, it cannot be finished. Simply it has to be purified. I am thinking Indian, you are thinking American. You are neither American neither Indian. We are all part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa. Direct we have to come to that point. Not to falsely think that I am American, I am Indian, I am cat, I am dog. That has to be finished. But you&#039;ll come to the real egoism, that I am eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa. That &amp;quot;I am&amp;quot; will go on. No that... They are thinking in a way to finish the &amp;quot;I am&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;I am the same.&amp;quot; Wrong thing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;False ego is that &amp;quot;I am Patel.  And real ego is &amp;quot;I am Kṛṣṇa&#039;s servant.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- April 15, 1976, Bombay|Morning Walk -- April 15, 1976, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. But if we think that &amp;quot;I am chanting. I can do all nonsense,&amp;quot; then it is wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: First of all, sir, it is the &amp;quot;I-ness&amp;quot; which must go. And you must surrender your &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; at the sacred feet of...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, no, &amp;quot;I-ness&amp;quot; is there. If I decide, &amp;quot;I shall not do anything which is not for Kṛṣṇa...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: I did not mean that, sir. Your &amp;quot;I-ness&amp;quot; means your ego must be sacrificed at the feet of Kṛṣṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, ego is...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indian (1): How will it go unless the chanting...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: Unless you surrender yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indian (1): Even the chanting will go with that ego.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Ego, ego is there, but false and right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dr. Patel: False ego.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: False ego is that &amp;quot;I am Patel. I am Patel&amp;quot; (laughter) And real ego is &amp;quot;I am Kṛṣṇa&#039;s servant.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indian (1): Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: This is ego.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indian (1): Real ego. That is the reason. That is the reason.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So long I&#039;ll think that &amp;quot;I am Patel. I am master of this man...&amp;quot; (Dr. Patel talking simultaneously) (Hindi) People are, I mean to say, entangled with these all upādhis. So therefore bhakti begins when one is upādhi-less. No more upādhi. Gopī-bhartuḥ pada-kamalayor dāsa-dāsa-dāsānudāsaḥ [Cc. Madhya 13.80]. That is real ego.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When pure consciousness is polluted by material contamination, and identification with the body becomes predominant, this is called false ego.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- July 6, 1976, Washington, D.C.|Room Conversation -- July 6, 1976, Washington, D.C.]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The internal subtle senses are experienced as having four aspects in the shape of mind, intelligence, ego and contaminated consciousness. Distinctions between them can be made only by different functions, since they represent different characteristics.&amp;quot; Purport: &amp;quot;The four internal senses or subtle senses described herein are defined by different characteristics. When pure consciousness is polluted by material contamination, and identification with the body becomes predominant, this is called false ego. Consciousness is the function of the soul, and therefore behind consciousness there is soul. When consciousness is polluted by material contamination, this is called ahaṅkāra.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Bhuṅkte prakṛti-jān guṇān. The same thing. Puruṣaḥ prakṛti-sthaḥ bhuṅkte prakṛti-jān guṇān.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Svarūpa Dāmodara: Is—this ego mentioned here—is it a false ego? That&#039;s what I understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Not real. Real ego is &amp;quot;I am servant of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; Ahaṁ brahmāsmi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rūpānuga: Is there false ego in different modes? Like false ego in the mode of ignorance, false in the mode of passion or goodness?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Mother_material_nature&amp;diff=78483</id>
		<title>Mother material nature</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Mother_material_nature&amp;diff=78483"/>
		<updated>2009-02-12T13:41:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;mother material nature&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler| Visnu Murti| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB|CC|LEC}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first| 10Jan08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Feb09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|17}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=3|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=9|Con=3|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:mother]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Material Nature]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 13 - 18 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Everywhere there are living entities; within the earth there are living entities, even within water and within fire. All these appearances are due to the mother, material nature, and Kṛṣṇa&#039;s seed-giving process.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 14.4|BG 14.4, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In this verse it is clearly explained that the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, is the original father of all living entities. The living entities are combinations of the material nature and the spiritual nature. Such living entities are seen not only on this planet but on every planet, even on the highest, where Brahmā is situated. Everywhere there are living entities; within the earth there are living entities, even within water and within fire. All these appearances are due to the mother, material nature, and Kṛṣṇa&#039;s seed-giving process. The purport is that the material world is impregnated with living entities, who come out in various forms at the time of creation according to their past deeds.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mother material nature has enough foodstuff both for animals and for men, by the grace of the Father Almighty, Śrī Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.10.4|SB 1.10.4, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We are all creatures of material nature. In the Bhagavad-gītā it is said that the Lord Himself is the seed-giving father and material nature is the mother of all living beings in all shapes. Thus mother material nature has enough foodstuff both for animals and for men, by the grace of the Father Almighty, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. The human being is the elder brother of all other living beings. He is endowed with intelligence more powerful than animals for realizing the course of nature and the indications of the Almighty Father. Human civilizations should depend on the production of material nature without artificially attempting economic development to turn the world into a chaos of artificial greed and power only for the purpose of artificial luxuries and sense gratification. This is but the life of dogs and hogs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mother material nature cannot produce any living entity from her material elements unless and until she is impregnated with living entities by the Lord Himself.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.5.26|SB 3.5.26, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The offspring of any living being is born after the father impregnates the mother with semen, and the living entity floating in the semen of the father takes the shape of the mother&#039;s form. Similarly, mother material nature cannot produce any living entity from her material elements unless and until she is impregnated with living entities by the Lord Himself. That is the mystery of the generation of the living entities. This impregnating process is performed by the first puruṣa incarnation, Kāraṇārṇavaśāyī Viṣṇu. Simply by His glance over material nature, the whole matter is accomplished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The living entities take birth in the material world in bodies supplied by the mother, material nature, in terms of their previous work.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.5.50|SB 3.5.50, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The relationship of every living being with the Supreme Lord is certainly one of son and father and not one of equality. Sometimes in love the son is more than the father, but the relationship of father and son is one of the superior and the subordinate. Every living entity, however great he may be, even up to demigods like Brahmā and Indra, is an eternally subordinate servitor of the supreme father. The mahat-tattva principle is the generating source of all the modes of material nature, and the living entities take birth in the material world in bodies supplied by the mother, material nature, in terms of their previous work. The body is a gift of material nature, but the soul is originally part and parcel of the Supreme Lord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Madhvācārya has stated that mother material nature, which is conceived of as the illusory energy, Durgā, has three divisions, namely śrī, bhū and nīlā. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 5.27-28|CC Adi 5.27-28, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Quoting from the revealed scriptures in his commentary on the Bhagavad-gītā (4.6), Madhvācārya has stated that mother material nature, which is conceived of as the illusory energy, Durgā, has three divisions, namely śrī, bhū and nīlā. She is the illusory energy for those who are weak in spiritual strength because such energies are created energies of Lord Viṣṇu. Although each energy has no direct relationship with the unlimited, they are subordinate to the Lord because the Lord is the master of all energies.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The whole creation, the body is supplied by material nature, mother. Therefore she is called &amp;quot;mother.&amp;quot; Material nature is called &amp;quot;mother.&amp;quot; Mother Durgā. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 1.36 -- London, July 26, 1973|Lecture on BG 1.36 -- London, July 26, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The father is Kṛṣṇa. He has given the seed in the womb of this material nature. And the material nature has given the body. Somebody has got the body of fish, somebody has got the body of tree, plant, somebody has got insect, reptile, somebody bird, sometimes beasts, somebody human being, somebody demigod. But all these materials have been supplied by the mother. It is very easy to understand. Just like the child grows, the mother supplies the bodily ingredients. Caitanya Mahāprabhu therefore... This is very scientific. When He took sannyāsa and the mother came... Advaita Prabhu arranged to see for the last time her son. Because a sannyāsī is no more coming home. So at that time, mother became overwhelmed: &amp;quot;Such beautiful body. He has nice hair. Now it is shaven.&amp;quot; So she became very much overwhelmed and was crying. So Caitanya Mahāprabhu immediately fell down on her lotus feet and He said, &amp;quot;My dear mother, this body is yours. My dear mother, this body is yours. This body should have been engaged for your service, but some way or other, I mistake, I have taken this sannyāsī. Kindly excuse Me.&amp;quot; Caitanya Mahāprabhu said that &amp;quot;This body belongs to you. This is your body.&amp;quot; Every son should think like that. This is Vedic culture. Actually, the body supplied, mother. From the very beginning, after sex... These are all described in the Bhāgavata. The two secretions become emulsified, and a body is formed just like a pea, and gradually develops. The ingredients, the energy is supplied by the mother. So the same thing. The whole creation, the body is supplied by material nature, mother. Therefore she is called &amp;quot;mother.&amp;quot; Material nature is called &amp;quot;mother.&amp;quot; Mother Durgā. Sṛṣṭi-sthiti-pralaya-sādhana-śaktir eka. The material nature..., and her name is Durgā.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Just like father and mother, the father giving seeds, similarly, God gives the seeds, and the mother, material nature, gives the body. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.4 -- Nairobi, October 31, 1975|Lecture on BG 7.4 -- Nairobi, October 31, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Don&#039;t take Kṛṣṇa as a foreigner or something else. No. He is your father, original father, seed-giving father. And the material nature is the mother. Just like father and mother, the father giving seeds, similarly, God gives the seeds, and the mother, material nature, gives the body. That you have got experience. The father gives the seed in the womb of the mother, and mother creates the body. Similarly, all living entities, they are coming from Kṛṣṇa. It is not possible to create by chemicals. That is not possible. But one who is not convinced, rascal, he tries to make chemical combination to create living beings. This is foolishness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The mother Durgā is the superintendent of this material world. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.26.5 -- Bombay, December 17, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.26.5 -- Bombay, December 17, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The mother material nature, or Durgā-devī... Durgā means the superintendent of this prison house, material, Durgā. Dur-gā: &amp;quot;You cannot go out.&amp;quot; That is called durgā. Durgā means fort also. Very difficult, dur-gā, to go out. So the superintendent is called Durgā. The mother Durgā is the superintendent of this material world. Sṛṣṭi-sthiti-pralaya-sādhana-śaktir ekā [Bs. 5.44]. Very powerful, she has got ten hands. Ten hands means ten direction: east, west, and north, south, and the four corners, eight, and up and down, ten direction, dik, daśa-dik. So she is watching all sides: &amp;quot;You cannot get out.&amp;quot; Therefore she is called Durgā-devī. Or this material world is called Devī-dhāma, &amp;quot;the place where the Devī, mother Durgā, is the superintendent.&amp;quot; Daivī hy eṣā guṇamayī, māyā [Bg. 7.14]. She is called also Māyā, Daivī-māyā.&lt;br /&gt;
Māyā..., whose māyā? It is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s māyā. Māyā means something wonderful, mystic. Or māyā means illusion. So many, there are meaning. Māyā means affection also. So some way or other, this Durgā-devī, Māyā, is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s māyā. Just like prison house. Prison house is also government house, but it is not as good as the government house. It is government... The proprietor is the government. It is looked after by the government. You can call it government house, but government house is different, rāja-bhavan. Similarly, everything belongs to Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Īśāvāsyam idaṁ sarvam [Īśo mantra 1]. Everything belongs to Him.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;All different types of bodies, they are born of the mother, material nature, and I am the seed-giving father.&amp;quot; This is the fact. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.26.6 -- Bombay, December 18, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.26.6 -- Bombay, December 18, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We are sons of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. That is a fact. Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā, sarva-yoniṣu kaunteya sambhavanti mūrtayo yāḥ: [Bg. 14.4] &amp;quot;All different types of bodies, they are born of the mother, material nature, and I am the seed-giving father.&amp;quot; This is the fact. We living entities... Just like father gives the seed within the womb of the mother, and then the son develops a body from the ingredients supplied by mother&#039;s body, and when the body is completely developed, the child comes out with a particular type of body given by the mother, in the same way, we living entities, we are part and parcel of God.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Just like a child sleeps on the lap of the mother, similarly, we are sleeping on the lap of mother material nature. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.26.20 -- Bombay, December 29, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.26.20 -- Bombay, December 29, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Therefore Vedas, they instruct us that &amp;quot;Don&#039;t sleep! Get up!&amp;quot; Uttiṣṭhata prāpya varān nibodhata jāgrata. Similarly, Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura also sings, kota nidrā jāo māyā-piśācīra kole. Jīv jāgo, jīv jāgo, gauracānda bole. Gauracānda means Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. He says, &amp;quot;O the living entities, you get up! Be awakened!&amp;quot; We may say, &amp;quot;Now we are awakened.&amp;quot; This is not awakened. This is also slumber in darkness of ignorance. Real awakening is when we come to our spiritual consciousness. That is real awakened. Yā niśā sarva-bhūtānāṁ tasyāṁ jāgarti saṁyamī. This is not, this awakening stage, this is not real awakening. Real awakening comes when we understand, ahaṁ brahmāsmi. At the present moment we are not awakened, still sleeping, because we are thinking, every one of us, &amp;quot;I am this body,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am American,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am Indian,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am Hindu,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am Muslim.&amp;quot; In this way we are conscious of the designation. So we have to get out of the designation, and when we shall understand our real identity, not this bodily identity but spiritual soul identity, that is called brahma-bhūtaḥ. Otherwise we are jīva-bhūtaḥ. So long we are identifying with this body, we are still sleeping. Kota nidrā jāo māyā-piśācīra kole. Just like a child sleeps on the lap of the mother, similarly, we are sleeping on the lap of mother material nature. This is our position.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Just like in ordinary way, the father and mother requires to give a birth to a child. Similarly, this material nature is the mother. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.1 -- Los Angeles, January 20, 1969|Lecture on SB 5.5.1 -- Los Angeles, January 20, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Kṛṣṇa says that &amp;quot;All these living entities in 8,400,000&#039;s of species...&amp;quot; He doesn&#039;t mean that only human being. The animals, the birds, beasts, trees, everything—all living entities—they are all sons of God. He says, ahaṁ bīja-pradaḥ. The material nature is the mother. Just like in ordinary way, the father and mother requires to give a birth to a child. Similarly, this material nature is the mother. We have got this body from the mother, material nature. Just like we get the body from the mother&#039;s womb. Father gives the seed and mother gives the body. In the combination we get out. Similarly, ahaṁ bīja-pradaḥ pitā [Bg. 14.4], Kṛṣṇa impregnates this material nature with the living entities, and when there is creation they come out. This is the process.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Is there any mother can produce children without father?&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.113 -- London, July 23, 1976|Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.113 -- London, July 23, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The mother produces children. So many children are coming out of the... Tāsāṁ mahad yonir brahma. Yoni, yoni means mother. So the children are there, the mother is there, and where is the father? A commonsense. Is there any mother can produce children without father? Is there any science can prove that a mother without connection with the father has produced child? No. If you say, &amp;quot;I cannot see the father,&amp;quot; you do not see your fathers. There are many children nowadays who do not know who is father. But that does not mean there is no father. Common sense. There is father. Similarly, we see so many living entities produced by the mother, material nature—there must be father. And the father personally says, ahaṁ bīja-pradaḥ pitā [Bg. 14.4]—&amp;quot;I am the father.&amp;quot; So why these rascals, they say that there is no God? There must be God, and He has got inconceivable potencies. Everything is being done by Him. If you say nature is doing, nature is a machine. Nature is not the doer. Mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ sūyate sa-carācaram [Bg. 9.10].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This body is material; therefore it is the gift of the material mother, material nature. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture to International Student Society -- Boston, December 28, 1969|Lecture to International Student Society -- Boston, December 28, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;The material nature is the mother, and I am the seed-giving father.&amp;quot; Just like without father and mother nobody can appear, similarly, in this material world, whoever has come, every one of us, beginning from Brahmā down to the ant, everyone, the mother is the material nature. The mother supplies this body. So our, this body is material; therefore it is the gift of the material mother, material nature. But I, the spirit soul, that I am part and parcel of the Supreme Lord Kṛṣṇa. Mamaivāṁśo jīva-bhūtaḥ [Bg. 15.7]. &amp;quot;All these living entities, they are My part and parcel.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā that &amp;quot;I am the seed-giving father of all different forms of life, and the mother, material nature is the mother.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion on St. Augustine|Philosophy Discussion on St. Augustine]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā that &amp;quot;I am the seed-giving father of all different forms of life, and the mother, material nature is the mother.&amp;quot; That is actually very logical. Through the matter different varieties of living entities are coming out. From water, from earth, from air, even from fire, ether, everywhere, sarva-gataḥ, life, living entities are visible. Therefore the combination of five elements—earth, water, fire, air—that is the body of the living entities. And the soul is the part and parcel of the Supreme, and the souls are impregnated within this material world by God, and they come out through the womb of the mother, nature or individual mother, whatever you say. The soul is coming out of matter but it is not matter. The living entities, part and parcel of God, assuming different types of body, either you say according to pious or impious activities, or according to his pious and impious desires. Vāsanāḥ. So the desire actually is the cause of higher and lower grades of body, but the soul is the same. Therefore those who are advanced in spiritual consciousness, they see the same soul in, in each and every body. Either in the body of a dog or in the body of a brāhmaṇa, the same soul is existing, but according to different desires and karma one gets a different types of body.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Material nature is the mother. Material nature gives the body. But the soul is part and parcel of God. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Professor Durckheim German Spiritual Writer -- June 19, 1974, Germany|Room Conversation with Professor Durckheim German Spiritual Writer -- June 19, 1974, Germany]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Material nature is the mother. Material nature gives the body. But the soul is part and parcel of God. A soul is given, impregnated in the material nature, and they come out in so many species of life. How easily it is explained. So self-realization we explain that samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu, equality to all living entities. But because they have no spiritual knowledge, they think that humanitarian work means to give all facility to the human being and not to the animals. We are talking of nationalism. National means anyone who has taken birth in that land. That is the definition of nationalism. But they are taking care of the human being who has taken birth in that land, but poor animals, they are being slaughtered. This is their nationalism. So all, everything is going wrong account of wrong conception of life. And that wrong conception of life is that &amp;quot;I am this body.&amp;quot; But when we understand that &amp;quot;I am not this body; I am the active principle within this body,&amp;quot; then this misconception will go out. That is the beginning of spiritual realization, or self-realization.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Human civilizations should depend on the production of material nature without artificially attempting economic development to turn the world into a chaos of artificial greed and power only for the purpose of artificial luxuries and sense gratification. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversations -- July 26, 1975, Laguna Beach|Room Conversations -- July 26, 1975, Laguna Beach]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In the Bhagavad-gītā it is said that the Lord Himself is the seed-giving father and material nature is the mother of all living beings in all shapes. Thus mother material nature has enough foodstuff both for animals and men, by the grace of the father almighty, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. The human being is the elder brother of all living beings. He is endowed with intelligence more powerful than the animals for realizing the course of nature and the indications of the almighty father. Human civilizations should depend on the production of material nature without artificially attempting economic development to turn the world into a chaos of artificial greed and power only for the purpose of artificial luxuries and sense gratification. This is but the life of dogs and hogs.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;All these appearances are due to the mother, material nature, and Kṛṣṇa&#039;s seed-giving process.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Mother and Sons -- June 13, 1976, Detroit|Room Conversation with Mother and Sons -- June 13, 1976, Detroit]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hari-śauri: &amp;quot;All these appearances are due to the mother, material nature, and Kṛṣṇa&#039;s seed-giving process. The purport is that the living entities, being impregnated in the material world, come out and form at the time of creation according to their past deeds.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Now if the child is.... If the father puts the seed in the black wife, the child may come in black body. In the white body, the child may come in white body. So the body is different according to the mother, but the soul is the same. One gets the body according to the body of the mother. But either in the black body or the white body the soul is the same. Paṇḍitāḥ sama-darśinaḥ [Bg. 5.18]. This simple truth they cannot understand, common sense. In one minute it can be understood. The father..., mother is there and the child is there. So there must be father.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Shelter_of_a_devotee&amp;diff=78261</id>
		<title>Shelter of a devotee</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Shelter_of_a_devotee&amp;diff=78261"/>
		<updated>2009-02-11T09:43:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;shelter of a Vaisnava&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;shelter of a devotee&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;shelter of devotees&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Serene| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB|CC|OB|LEC|CON}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|13Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|11Feb09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=6|CC=1|OB=1|Lec=6|Con=2|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|16}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Shelter]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Devotee]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa,  being pleased with Maya for his taking shelter of a devotee, asked him to render service unto King Yudhiṣṭhira by building a wonderful assembly house.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.15.8|SB 1.15.8, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The modern demons are the harmful material scientists who create some material wonders for disturbance in the society. For example, the creation of nuclear weapons has caused some panic in human society. Maya was also a materialist like that, and he knew the art of creating such wonderful things. And yet Lord Kṛṣṇa wanted to kill him. When he was chased both by the fire and by the wheel of Lord Kṛṣṇa, he took shelter of such a devotee as Arjuna, who saved him from the wrath of the fire of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa. Devotees are therefore more merciful than the Lord, and in devotional service the mercy of a devotee is more valuable than the mercy of the Lord. Both the fire and the Lord ceased from chasing the demon as soon as both of them saw that the demon was given shelter by such a devotee as Arjuna. This demon, feeling obliged to Arjuna, wanted to do him some service to show his gratefulness, but Arjuna declined to accept anything from him in exchange. Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, however, being pleased with Maya for his taking shelter of a devotee, asked him to render service unto King Yudhiṣṭhira by building a wonderful assembly house. The process is that by the grace of the devotee the mercy of the Lord is obtained, and by the mercy of the Lord a chance to serve the Lord&#039;s devotee is obtained. The club of Bhīmasena was also a gift of Maya Dānava.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When jarā, or old age, takes shelter of a devotee, Kālakanyā diminishes the devotee&#039;s fear.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.27.24|SB 4.27.24, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Because a devotee rigidly follows the instructions of Nārada Muni, he has no fear of old age, disease or death. Apparently a devotee may grow old, but he is not subjected to the symptoms of defeat experienced by a common man in old age. Consequently, old age does not make a devotee fearful of death, as a common man is fearful of death. When jarā, or old age, takes shelter of a devotee, Kālakanyā diminishes the devotee&#039;s fear. A devotee knows that after death he is going back home, back to Godhead; therefore he has no fear of death. Thus instead of depressing a devotee, advanced age helps him become fearless and thus happy.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;To attain this perfection, one has to take shelter of a devotee and serve him. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.5 Summary|SB 5.5 Summary, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It is stated in this chapter that a human being should not work hard like dogs and hogs for sense gratification. The human life is especially meant for the revival of our relationship with the Supreme Lord, and to this end all kinds of austerities and penances should be accepted. By austere activities, one&#039;s heart can be cleansed of material contamination, and as a result one can be situated on the spiritual platform. To attain this perfection, one has to take shelter of a devotee and serve him. Then the door of liberation will be open. Those who are materially attached to women and sense gratification gradually become entangled in material consciousness and suffer the miseries of birth, old age, disease and death. Those who are engaged in the general welfare of all and who are not attached to children and family are called mahātmās. Those who are engaged in sense gratification. who act piously or impiously, cannot understand the purpose of the soul. Therefore they should approach a highly elevated devotee and accept him as a spiritual master. By his association, one will be able to understand the purpose of life. Under the instructions of such a spiritual master, one can attain devotional service to the Lord, detachment from material things, and tolerance of material misery and distress.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One can take to the shelter of a Vaiṣṇava, for he knows the art of enlightening even śūdras in the highly elevated subject matter spoken in Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.10.18|SB 5.10.18, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sometimes it is very risky to give great philosophical instructions to ordinary people, but Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, for the benefit of the fallen souls of Kali-yuga, has given us a very nice instrument, the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. The general mass of people, although śūdras and less, can be purified by chanting this Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. Then they can understand the exalted philosophical statements of Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement has therefore adopted the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra for the general masses. When people gradually become purified, they are instructed in the lessons of Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Materialistic people like strī, śūdra and dvija-bandhu cannot understand words of spiritual advancement, yet one can take to the shelter of a Vaiṣṇava, for he knows the art of enlightening even śūdras in the highly elevated subject matter spoken in Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Even others addicted to sinful acts can be purified by taking shelter of devotees of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 6.13.8-9|SB 6.13.8-9, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; kirāta-hūṇāndhra-pulinda-pulkaśā&lt;br /&gt;
ābhīra-śumbhā yavanāḥ khasādayaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
ye &#039;nye ca pāpā yad-apāśrayāśrayāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
śudhyanti tasmai prabhaviṣṇave namaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Kirātas, Hūṇas, Āndhras, Pulindas, Pulkaśas, Ābhīras, Śumbhas, Yavanas, members of the Khasa races, and even others addicted to sinful acts can be purified by taking shelter of devotees of the Lord, for He is the supreme power. I beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto Him.&amp;quot; Even such sinful persons can certainly all be purified if they chant the holy name of the Lord under the direction of a pure devotee.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 10.1 to 10.13 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If one takes shelter of a devotee descending from the paramparā system of Nārada (svayambhūr nāradaḥ śambhuḥ [SB 6.3.20]), one can then understand who is an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 10.10.37|SB 10.10.37, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Unless delivered or blessed by a devotee, one cannot realize that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Manuṣyāṇāṁ sahasreṣu kaścid yatati siddhaye. According to this verse of Bhagavad-gītā (7.3), there are so many siddhas or yogīs who cannot understand Kṛṣṇa; instead, they misunderstand Him. But if one takes shelter of a devotee descending from the paramparā system of Nārada (svayambhūr nāradaḥ śambhuḥ [SB 6.3.20]), one can then understand who is an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In this age, many pseudo incarnations are advertised simply for having exhibited some magical performances, but except for persons who are servants of Nārada and other servants of Kṛṣṇa, no one can understand who is God and who is not. This is confirmed by Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura. Chāḍiyā vaiṣṇava-sevā nistāra pāyeche kebā: no one is delivered from the material conception of life unless favored by a Vaiṣṇava. Others can never understand, neither by speculation nor by any other bodily or mental gymnastics.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Antya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Even as dogs we must take shelter of a Vaiṣṇava. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Antya 1.24|CC Antya 1.24, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There are many other instances in which the pet animal of a Vaiṣṇava was delivered back home to Vaikuṇṭhaloka, back to Godhead. Such is the benefit of somehow or other becoming the favorite of a Vaiṣṇava. Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has also sung, kīṭa-janma ha-u yathā tuyā dāsa (Śaraṇāgati 11). There is no harm in taking birth again and again. Our only desire should be to take birth under the care of a Vaiṣṇava. Fortunately we had the opportunity to be born of a Vaiṣṇava father who took care of us very nicely. He prayed to Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī that in the future we would become a servant of the eternal consort of Śrī Kṛṣṇa. Thus somehow or other we are now engaged in that service. We may conclude that even as dogs we must take shelter of a Vaiṣṇava. The benefit will be the same as that which accrues to an advanced devotee under a Vaiṣṇava’s care.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Nectar of Devotion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He is the only shelter of devotees who are attracted to Him by the affection of servitorship.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:NOD 36|Nectar of Devotion 36]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;This Supreme Personality of Godhead from whose bodily pores come millions of universes, permanently rising, who is the ocean of mercy, who is the owner of inconceivable energies, who is always equipped with all perfections, who is the origin of all incarnations, who is the attraction for all liberated persons—this very Supreme Personality of Godhead is the supreme controller and the supremely worshipable. He is all-cognizant, fully determined and fully opulent. He is the emblem of forgiveness and the protector of surrendered souls. He is munificent, true to His promise, expert, all-auspicious, powerful and religious. He is a strict follower of the scripture, He is the friend of the devotees, and He is magnanimous, influential, grateful, reputable, respectable, full of all strength, and submissive to pure love. Surely He is the only shelter of devotees who are attracted to Him by the affection of servitorship.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A devotee means who has taken shelter of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa completely.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.1 -- Hong Kong, January 25, 1975|Lecture on BG 7.1 -- Hong Kong, January 25, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This yoga system is that yogaṁ yuñjan mad-āśrayaḥ, and in the previous verse it is said that mad-gatena antar-ātmanā. If you keep Kṛṣṇa always within your heart in this way, mayy āsakta-manāḥ, the mind being, thus being attached, mayy āsakta, this is yoga. This yoga has to be practiced, how to keep Kṛṣṇa always within your heart. That is first-class yoga. Mayy āsakta-manāḥ pārtha. Yogam, this yogaṁ yuñjan mad-āśrayaḥ. And this yoga practice can be possible by the process: mad-āśrayaḥ. Mad-āśrayaḥ means &amp;quot;one who has taken shelter of Me.&amp;quot; Mat means &amp;quot;Me,&amp;quot; and āśrayaḥ means to take shelter. That means devotee. Or mad-āśrayaḥ means one who has taken the shelter of a devotee. A devotee is also mad-āśrayaḥ. A devotee means who has taken shelter of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa completely. So either you... Of course, it is not possible to take the shelter of Kṛṣṇa directly. That is not possible. May be possible by Kṛṣṇa&#039;s special mercy, but general process is you have to go through the mercy or process of accepting a guru.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you take shelter of a devotee of Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu, then śuddhyanti—you&#039;ll be purified.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.26 -- Vrndavana, November 13, 1976|Lecture on SB 5.5.26 -- Vrndavana, November 13, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; this bhakti-yoga should be practiced not from the nondevotees. Then it will be not possible. Mayy āsakta-manāḥ pārtha yogam..., mad-āśrayaḥ. Not jñānīs&#039; āśraya or yogis&#039; āśraya, no. Then you&#039;ll never be able to see. Mad-āśraya. Either you take shelter of Kṛṣṇa... You cannot take shelter of Kṛṣṇa directly, that is not possible, but one who has taken shelter of Kṛṣṇa, you can take shelter of him. That is mad-āśrayaḥ, one, mat-āśrayaḥ: &amp;quot;a person who has taken shelter of Me.&amp;quot; That means His devotee, a pure Vaiṣṇava, a Vaiṣṇava guru. You have to take shelter of. Then you can practice bhakti-yoga. Then never mind what you are. Kirāta-hūṇāndhra-pulinda-pulkaśā ābhīra-śumbhā yavanāḥ khasādayaḥ, ye &#039;nye ca pāpā yad-apāśrayāśrayāḥ [SB 2.4.18]. If you take shelter of a devotee of Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu, then śuddhyanti—you&#039;ll be purified. Śuddhyanti. How it is possible that...? He&#039;s born in low-grade family, kirāta-hūṇāndhra-pulinda-pulkaśā. How he became so purified that he can see? Now prabhaviṣṇave namaḥ. This is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s influence. He can do that. If you take shelter, upāśrayāśrayāḥ, a devotee of Kṛṣṇa, then Kṛṣṇa is pleased to reveal Himself. That is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s special power, Viṣṇu&#039;s special power. He can be seen even by the kirāta-hūṇāndhra andhra, and He cannot be seen even by the most purified brāhmaṇa. That is His option. He is not exposed to be seen by everyone. That is not possible.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;By accepting a devotee, by taking shelter of a devotee, one who practices this yoga, Kṛṣṇa says in the Seventh Chapter, then &amp;quot;He can understand Me,&amp;quot; asaṁśayam, &amp;quot;without any doubt,&amp;quot; and samagram, &amp;quot;completely.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.14 -- Bombay, November 10, 1970|Lecture on SB 6.1.14 -- Bombay, November 10, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Just like our path, devotional service, we are fully convinced that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. There is no doubt. So others, they are finding who is God, what is God, they have got doubt. And they do not know also completely what is God. But we know what is God: Supreme Personality, Kṛṣṇa, kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam [SB 1.3.28]. Because we have taken the path of devotional service that with firm conviction, and we are making progress in that way. Asaṁśayaṁ samagraṁ māṁ yathā jñāsyasi tac chṛṇu [Bg. 7.1]. Mayā mano buddhiḥ. That is explained in the Bhagavad-gītā. Anyone who, yogaṁ yuñjan mad-āśrayaḥ, by accepting a devotee, by taking shelter of a devotee, one who practices this yoga, Kṛṣṇa says in the Seventh Chapter, then &amp;quot;He can understand Me,&amp;quot; asaṁśayam, &amp;quot;without any doubt,&amp;quot; and samagram, &amp;quot;completely.&amp;quot; Yathā jñāsyasi tac chṛṇu. In other part.... Actually, there are so many parties, especially the impersonalist party, they are also searching after the Absolute Truth, but they have got only vague idea, not complete, perfect idea. It is saṁśayam, with doubts, and asamagram, not complete. That&#039;s a fact. They cannot give you any clear idea of the concept of God. That is not possible.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our process is to take shelter of a devotee. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.9.8 -- Montreal, July 2, 1968|Lecture on SB 7.9.8 -- Montreal, July 2, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you simply offer a devotee a little sweet words, oh, he is very pleased. You see? That is the nature of devotee. Devotee does not want anything from you. They simply want that you... Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura, he said... He has got a nice song that &amp;quot;If you simply chant Hare Kṛṣṇa, oh, I become sold to you.&amp;quot; Nityānanda Prabhu also says like that. So to please a devotee is very nice. Therefore our process is to take shelter of a devotee. Directly we don&#039;t approach Kṛṣṇa. Gopī-bhartur pāda-kamalayor dāsa-dāsanudāsa. Therefore in Vṛndāvana you will see everyone is praising Rādhārāṇī because Rādhārāṇī is very quickly pleased. And as soon as Rādhārāṇī is pleased, Kṛṣṇa is automatically pleased. This is the process.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Initiation Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;If they take shelter of a Vaiṣṇava,&amp;quot; śudhyanti, &amp;quot;they become purified.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Sannyasa Initiation -- Bombay, November 18, 1975|Sannyasa Initiation -- Bombay, November 18, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So you are taking this pledge for serving in front of Kṛṣṇa, Vaiṣṇava, guru, and fire. So you shall be very much cautious not to forget your duty. You have got good opportunity. You are going to Africa to deliver these persons. Śukadeva Gosvāmī says, kirāta-hūṇāndhra-pulinda-pulkaśā ābhīra-śumbhā yavanāḥ khasādayaḥ, ye &#039;nye ca pāpā [SB 2.4.18]. These groups of men are considered very fallen, kirāta, the black men. They are called niṣāda. Niṣāda was born of Vena, King Vena. So they are habituated to steal; therefore they have been given a separate place, African jungles. That is there in the Bhāgavatam. So, but everyone can be delivered. Kirāta-hūṇāndhra-pulinda-pulkaśā ābhīra-śumbhā yavanāḥ khasādayaḥ ye &#039;nye ca pāpā. These are known (as) sinful life. But Śukadeva Gosvāmī says, &amp;quot;There may be others which is not mentioned here.&amp;quot; Ye &#039;nye ca pāpā yad-apāśrayāśrayāḥ: &amp;quot;If they take shelter of a Vaiṣṇava,&amp;quot; śudhyanti, &amp;quot;they become purified.&amp;quot; So you have to become very rigid Vaiṣṇava; then you will be able to deliver them. Śudhyanti. How they can be purified without taking another birth? Yes. Prabhaviṣṇave namaḥ. Because Vaiṣṇava is going to deliver them, by the power of Viṣṇu they become empowered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Unless one who gets the shelter of a Vaiṣṇava, he will perpetually remain in darkness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Philosophy Discussion with Hayagreva Dasa|Philosophy Discussion with Hayagreva Dasa]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If somebody wants to forget Kṛṣṇa persistently—in spite of Kṛṣṇa&#039;s instruction, devotee&#039;s instruction, one does not care, he persists to become a demon—Kṛṣṇa is within the heart of everyone, so He gives him chance to become more and more so that he completely forgets his relationship with God. That is explained in another place, kṣipāmy ajasram anta yoniṣu. In the Sixteenth Chapter. (aside:) You can find out. So that this rascal, life after life, remains a rascal. That is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s punishment, that he is kept in perpetual darkness. But it is the mercy of Kṛṣṇa&#039;s devotee, a Vaiṣṇava, he is more  compassionate, that &amp;quot;This rascal, he is in perpetual darkness. Let me try to relieve.&amp;quot; Therefore Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura says, vaiṣṇava ṭhākura tomāra kukkura. &amp;quot;Vaiṣṇava devotee, kindly accept me as your dog.&amp;quot; Because as Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura says, chāḍiyā vaiṣṇava sevā: &amp;quot;Unless one who gets the shelter of a Vaiṣṇava, he will perpetually remain in darkness.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One who takes āśraya, shelter of a devotee, Kṛṣṇa does not give him up. Kṛṣṇa accepts him.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- December 12, 1970, Indore|Room Conversation -- December 12, 1970, Indore]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And there is Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura-Prārthanā. Āśraya laiyā bhaje, kṛṣṇa nāhi tare tyāge: &amp;quot;One who takes āśraya, shelter of a devotee, Kṛṣṇa does not give him up. Kṛṣṇa accepts him.&amp;quot; Yasya prasādād bhagavat-prasādaḥ... **. Because if that person who is giving shelter, if he&#039;s pleased, Kṛṣṇa is immediately... If he recommends a fool, &amp;quot;Oh, Kṛṣṇa, here is a devotee,&amp;quot; Kṛṣṇa will accept immediately. It doesn&#039;t matter whether he&#039;s a fool or rascal. Because he is recommended by representative, he will be accepted. Yasya pra... This is the meaning of yasya prasādad bhagavat-pra... Without his recommendation there is no entry in Kṛṣṇa&#039;s kingdom. Yasya-prasādad na gatiḥ kuto &#039;pi. If he displeases Kṛṣṇa&#039;s representative he has no entrance to the Kṛṣṇa&#039;s kingdom, however learned he may be or whatever he may be. Immediately rejected.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our another process is to take the shelter of a devotee first. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Jesuit -- May 19, 1975, Melbourne|Room Conversation with Jesuit -- May 19, 1975, Melbourne]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jesuit: And do you believe that God is pleased by your prayer and helps them because of your prayer?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That depends on God. God is fully independent. He may not like. You cannot force Him. But it is our duty to request Him. You cannot force Him. If He likes... If He does not like, that is His will, because He is the supreme will. But God likes. If a devotee requests Him something, He likes to accept. That is God&#039;s mercy. He takes the devotee&#039;s prayer very seriously. Therefore our another process is to take the shelter of a devotee first. Because even one is inferior, not to be accept by God, but if a devotee requests, &amp;quot;God, kindly accept this fellow,&amp;quot; God accepts. Mercy of saintly... Kṛpā-siddha. The Sanskrit word is kṛpā-siddha. He becomes perfect by the mercy of devotee.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Guru-puja&amp;diff=78235</id>
		<title>Guru-puja</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Guru-puja&amp;diff=78235"/>
		<updated>2009-02-11T06:20:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;guru puja&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Kanupriya| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB|CC|LEC|CON|LET}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|11Feb09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=2|OB=0|Lec=3|Con=1|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|8}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Guru]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Puja]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Worship]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 8 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The original guru is Vyāsadeva because he is the speaker of Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, wherein everything spoken relates to Kṛṣṇa. Therefore guru-pūjā is known as Vyāsa-pūjā. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 8.24.48|SB 8.24.48, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The bona fide guru is he who has accepted Kṛṣṇa as guru. This is the guru-paramparā system. The original guru is Vyāsadeva because he is the speaker of Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, wherein everything spoken relates to Kṛṣṇa. Therefore guru-pūjā is known as Vyāsa-pūjā. In the final analysis, the original guru is Kṛṣṇa, His disciple is Nārada, whose disciple is Vyāsa, and in this way we gradually come in touch with the guru-paramparā.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nityānanda Prabhu arranged for the Vyāsa-pūjā of the Lord on the night of the full moon. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 17.16|CC Adi 17.16, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; By the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Nityānanda Prabhu arranged for the Vyāsa-pūjā of the Lord on the night of the full moon. He arranged for the Vyāsa-pūjā, or guru-pūjā, through the agency of Vyāsadeva. Since Vyāsadeva is the original guru (spiritual master) of all who follow the Vedic principles, worship of the spiritual master is called Vyāsa-pūjā.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mālā, chanting with beads; and guru-pūjā, worship of the spiritual master. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 1.35|CC Madhya 1.35, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The subject matter of the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa, by Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī, was collected by Śrīla Gopāla Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī and is known as a vaiṣṇava-smṛti. This vaiṣṇava-smṛti-grantha was finished in twenty chapters, known as vilāsas. In the first vilāsa there is a description of how a relationship is established between the spiritual master and the disciple, and mantras are explained. In the second vilāsa, the process of initiation is described. In the third vilāsa, the methods of Vaiṣṇava behavior are given, with emphasis on cleanliness, constant remembrance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the chanting of the mantras given by the initiating spiritual master. In the fourth vilāsa are descriptions of saṁskāra, the reformatory method; tilaka, the application of twelve tilakas on twelve places of the body; mudrā, marks on the body; mālā, chanting with beads; and guru-pūjā, worship of the spiritual master.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We have to stick to these principles to keep ourselves on the transcendental platform, rising early in the morning, offer maṅgala ārati, then gradually, one after another, attending class, guru-pūjā, and so on.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.61 -- Vrndavana, August 28, 1975|Lecture on SB 6.1.61 -- Vrndavana, August 28, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We have to stick to these principles to keep ourselves on the transcendental platform, rising early in the morning, offer maṅgala ārati, then gradually, one after another, attending class, guru-pūjā, and so on, so on. Up to till you go to bed, you should always be engaged. Then you will be above these three guṇas. Just like this boy, Ajāmila. He is attracted because all of a sudden he fell down on the platform of passion. There are three platforms: sattvic, rajasic, tamasic. So if you keep yourself on the sattvic platform, there is also chance to falling down on the passion and ignorance. But if you keep yourself in the śuddha-sattva platform... Śuddha-sattva platform means devotional service. Sattvaṁ viśuddhaṁ vasudeva-śabditam. Śuddha platform means... That is called vasudeva. As Vasudeva can beget a child whose name is Kṛṣṇa, similarly, if you keep yourself on the vasudeva platform, sattvaṁ viśuddhaṁ vasudeva-śabditam, then Kṛṣṇa will take birth. Kṛṣṇa will take birth. So our these rules and regulation, restriction, means to keep one on the vasudeva platform. We should remember always that. And if you keep yourself on vasudeva platform, these things will not entice you. Otherwise we shall be enticed and fallen down.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arrival Addresses and Talks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This guru-pūjā which we are doing, it is not self aggrandizement; it is real teaching.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Arrival Address -- New York, July 9, 1976|Arrival Address -- New York, July 9, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So you have got this opportunity, Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Everything is explained in the Bhagavad-gītā, what is what. Do not lose this opportunity. Do not be foolish, misled by so-called scientists or philosophers or politicians. Take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. And that is possible only guru-kṛṣṇa-kṛpāya [Cc. Madhya 19.151]. By the mercy of guru and by the mercy of Kṛṣṇa you can achieve all success. This is the secret.&lt;br /&gt;
yasya deve parā bhaktir&lt;br /&gt;
yathā deve tathā gurau&lt;br /&gt;
tasyaite kathitā hy arthāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
prakāśante mahātmanaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
[ŚU 6.23]&lt;br /&gt;
So this guru-pūjā which we are doing, it is not self aggrandizement; it is real teaching. You sing daily, what is that? Guru-mukha-padma-vākya āra nā kariyā aikya **. Bas, this is translation. I tell you frankly, whatever little success is there in this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, I simply believed what was spoken by my Guru Mahārāja. You also continue that. Then every success will come.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This guru-pūjā essential. As the Deity worship essential... It is not cheap adoration. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- Bombay, April 1, 1977|Lecture -- Bombay, April 1, 1977]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One who has got this divya-jñāna, vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti sa mahātmā, that is mahātmā. But that is very, very rare. Otherwise, mahātmā like me, they are loitering in the street. That is. So you should always remember this word, divya-jñāna hṛde prakāśito. And because the spiritual master enlightens the divya-jñāna, one feels obliged to him. Yasya prasādād bhagavat-prasādo yasya prasādān na gatiḥ kuto &#039;pi **. So this guru-pūjā essential. As the Deity worship essential... It is not cheap adoration. It is the process of enlightening the divya-jñāna.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Guru-pūjā, that you are doing daily. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- July 11, 1976, New York|Morning Walk -- July 11, 1976, New York]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: Today is the disappearance day of Sanātana Gosvāmī.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Oh.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: It is also guru-pūrṇimā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Today?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: :Yes. Is there some special celebration or significance?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Guru-pūjā, that you are doing daily. (reads sign) &amp;quot;Model sailboat.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;I have no objection to your worshiping my murti for Guru Puja. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sudama -- Allahabad 13 January, 1977|Letter to Sudama -- Allahabad 13 January, 1977]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Please accept my blessings. I have received your letter dated Jan. 3rd and have noted the contents. It is nice that you are enthusiastically engaged in New York. I have no objection to your worshiping my murti for Guru Puja. But for placing in the temple there must be a pair of murtis, (my Guru Maharaja must be there) as in Krsna-Balarama Mandir, and they must be permanently installed. This may be done in accord with the temple authorities. Or else you may worship one murti of myself privately in your room.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Business_of_Krsna_consciousness&amp;diff=76638</id>
		<title>Business of Krsna consciousness</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Business_of_Krsna_consciousness&amp;diff=76638"/>
		<updated>2009-02-01T14:23:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;business of krsna consciousness&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB|LEC}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|19Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|01Feb09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=17|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Business]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Krsna Consciousness]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 7 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One should engage himself in the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.13.26|SB 7.13.26, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One should not enjoy sex life like hogs, and eat everything, even to the limit of stool. A human being should eat prasāda offered to the Deity and should enjoy sex life according to the Vedic injunctions. He should engage himself in the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he should save himself from the fearful condition of material existence, and he should sleep only to recover from fatigue due to working hard.&lt;br /&gt;
The learned brāhmaṇa said that since everything is misused by fruitive workers, he had retired from all fruitive activities.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Always think of Kṛṣṇa, become Kṛṣṇa&#039;s devotee, worship Kṛṣṇa and offer your respect, obeisances to Kṛṣṇa. That&#039;s all. This is Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.12 -- Hyderabad, November 17, 1972|Lecture on BG 2.12 -- Hyderabad, November 17, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Question: What is the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness society?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Always thinking of Kṛṣṇa. As Kṛṣṇa says. Man-manā bhava mad-bhakto mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru [Bg. 18.65]. These four principles. Always think of Kṛṣṇa, become Kṛṣṇa&#039;s devotee, worship Kṛṣṇa and offer your respect, obeisances to Kṛṣṇa. That&#039;s all. This is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. They are doing that. Nothing more, nothing less. These four principles.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Why you stop your business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness simply by saying that Kṛṣṇa is nirākāra? &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.3 -- Bombay, March 29, 1971|Lecture on BG 7.3 -- Bombay, March 29, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Simply glorify Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa is so great, Kṛṣṇa is so kind, Kṛṣṇa is so beautiful, Kṛṣṇa is so opulent, Kṛṣṇa is so powerful. Why you make Kṛṣṇa as imperson? He has got so many qualities, transcendental qualities. What would you gain simply by saying that Kṛṣṇa is nirākāra, finish all business? No. Try to understand Kṛṣṇa, how much powerful He is, how much strong He is, how beautiful he is, how learned, wise He is, and hear from Him. The śāstras are there. Why you stop your business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness simply by saying that Kṛṣṇa is nirākāra? Kṛṣṇa is not nirākāra. How He can be nirākāra? Sac-cid-ānanda-vigraha. Īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ sac-cid-ānanda-vigrahaḥ [Bs. 5.1].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you engage yourself in the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, naturally you&#039;ll be always thinking of Kṛṣṇa. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 8.14-15 -- New York, November 16, 1966|Lecture on BG 8.14-15 -- New York, November 16, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; f you enter in any of the spiritual planets, then that spiritual happiness and exchange of pleasure you can attain. Therefore the Lord says, Kṛṣṇa, ananya-cetāḥ satataṁ yo māṁ smarati nityaśaḥ: &amp;quot;A person without any deviation...&amp;quot; Ananya-cetāḥ. Without any consideration of jñāna, yoga, or any other process... Simply devotional process, simply surrendered process... &amp;quot;My Lord, I am Your eternal servant. Please give me Your service. Let me engage. Let me be engaged in Your service.&amp;quot; This is called ananya-cetāḥ. Ananya-cetāḥ satatam. Satatam means always, twenty-four hours, cent percent, without any deviation. This is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. If anyone is engaged in such Kṛṣṇa consciousness, twenty-four hours and cent percent, then yo māṁ smarati nityaśaḥ, always remembering... Suppose if you are engaged in some work, naturally you&#039;ll be thinking of that particular work. When you go to your office and work, oh, you have to think always of the office business. That is quite natural. Similarly, if you engage yourself in the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, naturally you&#039;ll be always thinking of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore it is said, yo māṁ smarati nityaśaḥ: &amp;quot;Always remembering Me.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;To execute this business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness is so easy and happy and whatever you do, a little, it is your permanent asset. It will never be spoiled.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 9.2 -- Melbourne, April 20, 1976|Lecture on BG 9.2 -- Melbourne, April 20, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; These boys, these American, European, they are all Western country, belong to the Western country. Why they are sticking to this Kṛṣṇa consciousness? Because they are feeling directly happiness. There is no doubt about it. Ask any one of them. This is pratyakṣāvagamaṁ dharmyam. And susukham. To execute this dharma, this transaction, it is very, very happy. Don&#039;t you see? What is their business? They are not going to the factories to work twelve hours. They are simply chanting and dancing. This is their business. And when they are hungry, they are taking very nutritious prasādam. This is called susukham. Very happy. They haven&#039;t got to work in the factory, in the mine, in the sea for extracting oil or coal. They haven&#039;t got. We have no such business. We are simply engaged in chanting, dancing, and eating Kṛṣṇa prasādam. Susukham. Pratyakṣāvagamam. Practically you can perceive. And how happy it is, you can perceive. Kartum avyayam. To execute this business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness is so easy and happy and whatever you do, a little, it is your permanent asset. It will never be spoiled.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa consciousness is so nice that, if once adopted, he&#039;ll not degrade like ordinary man.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.5.18 -- New Vrindaban, June 22, 1969|Lecture on SB 1.5.18 -- New Vrindaban, June 22, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Actually, there is no happiness in the material world. Kṛṣṇa says, duḥkhālayam aśāśvatam: [Bg. 8.15] &amp;quot;This place is full of misery, full of misery.&amp;quot; Now, how you can make it happy? Caitanya-caritāmṛta also says that dvaite bhadrābhadra sakali samāna. In this material world it is our mental creation: &amp;quot;This is happiness. This is distress.&amp;quot; Actually, it is all distress. After all, we have to die. After all, we have to finish this business. So what is happiness or distress? Bhāgavata also says that &amp;quot;Don&#039;t bother yourself to make yourself happy by working day and night without trying for Kṛṣṇa consciousness. This is simply waste of time.&amp;quot; There is no question of happiness in this material world. If you actually want to be happy, ānandamayo &#039;bhyāsāt (Vedānta-sūtra 1.1.12), if you want to be placed in real happiness, that is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Tasyaiva hetoḥ prayateta kovido na labhyate [SB 1.5.18].&lt;br /&gt;
So this chance we have got in this human form of life. I can execute the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness very nicely. In other form of life I cannot do that. Even if I try, it is not possible. That the dog cannot because it is not a human being. But we can because we are... So why should we lose this chance? Tasyaiva hetoḥ prayateta.&lt;br /&gt;
na vai jano jātu kathañcanāvrajen&lt;br /&gt;
mukunda-sevy anyavad aṅga saṁsṛtim&lt;br /&gt;
smaran mukundāṅghry-upagūhanaṁ punar&lt;br /&gt;
vihātum icchen na rasa-graho janaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa consciousness is so nice that, if once adopted, he&#039;ll not degrade like ordinary man. This is stated here clearly.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Always busy in some business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That is wanted. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.7.19 -- Vrndavana, September 16, 1976|Lecture on SB 1.7.19 -- Vrndavana, September 16, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Ordinary person must be physically engaged. That is not physical, that is also transcendental. Always busy in some business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That is wanted. Not that, &amp;quot;Oh, I have become a great scholar and I have now learned how to become a great Vaiṣṇava. I chant sixty-four rounds, and think of my wife somewhere, and then good-bye to Govindajī and leave Vṛndāvana.&amp;quot; These rascaldom do not follow. Govindajī drives such rascals away from Vṛndāvana. So Vṛndāvana, one who is living in Vṛndāvana, he must be very anxious how to spread the glories of Vṛndāvana-candra all over the world. That is wanted. Not that Vṛndāvana-candra is my private property and I sit down in a place and lick up. No, that is not wanted. That is not wanted. That is condemned by my Guru Mahārāja.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Simply we have to prepare ourself to see Kṛṣṇa, to understand Kṛṣṇa. That is the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.28 -- Los Angeles, April 20, 1973|Lecture on SB 1.8.28 -- Los Angeles, April 20, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Therefore the conclusion is that matter cannot develop out of itself. No. That is not possible. The superior energy must touch it. Then it will be, will, active. There are so many machines. That is matter. Inferior energy. Unless a operator comes to touch the machine, it will not act. First-class motor car, very costly motor car machine, but unless a driver comes, it will stand for millions of years there. There is no use. This common sense is lacking. The matter cannot work independently unless the superior energy, living entity, touches it. This is common sense. So how these rascal scientists say that life develops from matter? No. How it can be concluded? There is no such instances. They falsely say that... They do not have sufficient knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
So these universes, they have also developed on account of Kṛṣṇa&#039;s presence. Therefore Brahma-saṁhitā says: aṇḍāntara-stha-paramāṇu-cayāntara-s... They are studying now atoms. So many things are going on, electrons, protons, Why? Because the Kṛṣṇa is there. This is really science. So Kṛṣṇa has no past, present and future. He is eternal time. He has no beginning. He has no end. And He is equal to everyone. Samaṁ carantam [SB 1.8.28]. Simply we have to prepare ourself to see Kṛṣṇa, to understand Kṛṣṇa. That is the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Don&#039;t think that &amp;quot;In old age we shall take up this business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;quot; By the example of Parīkṣit Mahārāja, we can take the lesson that we do not know when we shall die, but before death we have to become competent in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.1.1-5 -- Boston, December 22, 1969|Lecture on SB 2.1.1-5 -- Boston, December 22, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The successful life means to make our consciousness changed into Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That is success. Labdhvā su-durlabham idaṁ bahu-sambhavānte. We have got this after many, many births, mānuṣyam, this human form of life. Therefore the śāstra says, tūrṇaṁ yateta. I am very glad. You all young boys and girls, you are fortunate. I am not bluffing you. Actually you are fortunate. You have come to the right place, where you can learn Kṛṣṇa consciousness. This is the greatest boon of life. Tūrṇaṁ yateta. The śāstra says that &amp;quot;Very quickly you should try to finish this business.&amp;quot; Because Parīkṣit Mahārāja, he was aware that he was going to live for seven days. But we do not know whether our life is still for seven days or seven minutes. Any moment. There is no guarantee. Don&#039;t think that &amp;quot;In old age we shall take up this business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;quot; By the example of Parīkṣit Mahārāja, we can take the lesson that we do not know when we shall die, but before death we have to become competent in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. What is that competency? Always, twenty-four hours, thinking of Kṛṣṇa. That&#039;s all. This is competence.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Don&#039;t waste your time. Finish your business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness perfectly. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.3 -- Stockholm, September 9, 1973|Lecture on SB 5.5.3 -- Stockholm, September 9, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Therefore, if you are intelligent, within this short duration of life, you make your Kṛṣṇa consciousness perfectly done and go back to Kṛṣṇa. Don&#039;t live here, don&#039;t come here again. Take that philosophy. Tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma naiti mām eti kaunteya [Bg. 4.9]. If one becomes Kṛṣṇa conscious, then after leaving this body, tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma naiti, punar janma naiti, no more birth in this material world. Then were does he go? So? Finished? No: mām eti, &amp;quot;He comes to Me.&amp;quot; So Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is so important. Just try to understand. Don&#039;t waste your time. Finish your business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness perfectly. Whatever little duration of life you have got... That is stated here: nūnaṁ pramattaḥ kurute vikarma yad indriya-prītaya āpṛṇoti na sādhu manye [SB 5.5.4]. In this way, to waste time, is not at all good. Na sādhu manye. Why it is not good? Yata ātmano &#039;yam asann api kleśada āsa dehaḥ: Because we have got this miserable condition of life, this body... This is due to our past action. Now if you create again the same action, then you&#039;ll have to accept another body. Then your, this miserable condition of life will continue. Will continue. Just finish it.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Best thing is that let us finish our business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness and go back to home, back to Godhead, so that we haven&#039;t got to come again to this nonsense material world. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.47 -- Detroit, June 13, 1976|Lecture on SB 6.1.47 -- Detroit, June 13, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; so far the Kali-yuga is concerned, the future is very dark. There, everything is described in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. The future of this Kali-yuga, as it will advance, Kali-yuga... We have only passed five thousand years out of thirty-two hundred thousands of years. We have only passed five thousand years, and the miserable condition, situation, will degrade more and more, more and more. So if you have to take again birth in this material world, then we&#039;ll have to suffer more and more. Best thing is that let us finish our business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness and go back to home, back to Godhead, so that we haven&#039;t got to come again to this nonsense material world. That is wanted. Yad gatvā na nivartante tad dhāma paramaṁ mama [Bg. 15.6]. This should be the aim of life, that we are not going to take advantage of this so-called advance of material civilization. We have no business. Āra nare vaka (indistinct). We should make it a determination that we have enough of this material civilization; we are not any more concerned about it. We are interested in Kṛṣṇa, how to go back to home, back to Godhead, Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Let me enjoy now sense, and later on we shall see the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.6.6 -- New Vrindaban, June 22, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.6.6 -- New Vrindaban, June 22, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We are acting, working for some good achievement. So our achievement, means the human form of achievement is mukunda-caraṇāmbujam. Mukunda means Kṛṣṇa. How to get shelter of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. That is the supreme achievement. Therefore Prahlāda Mahārāja advises, tato yateta kuśalaḥ kṣemāya bhavam āśritaḥ. Those who are fallen in this material world, somehow or other... It is not our place. This is a rotten place, but somehow or other we have fallen. Bhavam āśritaḥ, we have, instead of taking shelter of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, we have taken shelter of this material world. Therefore it is called bhavam āśritaḥ. For them it is imperative that śarīraṁ pauruṣaṁ yāvan na vipadyeta puṣkalam. So long we are young, very strong body, senses are working nicely, this opportunity should be utilized for advancing Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Therefore a calculation is there. One may think, &amp;quot;Yes, that&#039;s all right, but I&#039;ll live at least one hundred years. So let me enjoy now sense, and later on we shall see the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;quot; No. Prahlāda Mahārāja is warning: Yes, you have maximum. But nobody now is living hundred years. Everyone knows. This is the symptom of Kali-yuga.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;But if you remain in the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, then there is excuse. Otherwise, everyone is become obliged.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.6.9 -- New Vrindaban, June 25, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.6.9 -- New Vrindaban, June 25, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If we become pure devotee of Kṛṣṇa, then my love will be extended to everyone. Not only my society, but to everyone. It is not that &amp;quot;This is my children, that is other&#039;s children.&amp;quot; All children. All human being. Not my countrymen—all other countrymen. Not only human beings, but even animals also. That is sneha. It is not that &amp;quot;I am safe, and let the animals be killed in the slaughterhouse.&amp;quot; No, that is not love. Love means for everyone. Samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu. Equality to all living entities. That is real love. That is real concern, Kṛṣṇa consciousness. A lover of Kṛṣṇa will hesitate to kill even one ant. You know the story, Mrgrari. That is love. Because one has got... Just like this child. If I like I can kill him, there is no difficulty. But does it mean that I shall kill him? No. Similarly, a small ant, anyone can kill. No. Here is a living entity, part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa. Samaḥ sarveṣu—he should not be unnecessarily killed. We should be careful, not that &amp;quot;Trample over the ants and let them be killed.&amp;quot; No, everything should be carefully done. Of course, we cannot stop this, but we should be careful, and if it is done, then if we remain Kṛṣṇa conscious, Kṛṣṇa will excuse. Yajñārthe karmaṇo &#039;nyatra. Therefore the business should be, if we walk at all, we shall walk for Kṛṣṇa. Then if some ant is killed—not knowingly, unknowingly—then we are untouched by these sinful activities. Otherwise, we are immediately noted down, &amp;quot;Here is a man, he has killed, he has...&amp;quot; The nature&#039;s law is so minute. Every minute, the account is there. But if you remain in the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, then there is excuse. Otherwise, everyone is become obliged. If I take from you one cent, I have to pay you with four cents, with interest, compound interest. This is the law of karma. We are... Just like taking money from others. Unless we spend it for Kṛṣṇa, then we shall be obliged to return.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;My business is to serve Him, nothing more.&amp;quot; This is called pure devotion. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.7.25-28 -- San Francisco, March 13, 1967|Lecture on SB 7.7.25-28 -- San Francisco, March 13, 1967]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Anyone who takes to this business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness...&amp;quot; Māṁ ca yo avyabhicāreṇi bhakti. Avyabhicāreṇi means without any material contamination, pure devotional service: &amp;quot;The Supreme Lord is my Lord. I am His eternal servant. My business is to serve Him, nothing more.&amp;quot; This is called pure devotion. Either you call Kṛṣṇa or Jehovah, or whatever name you like, you give, but God is one. So if you simply become to this consciousness, that &amp;quot;I am eternal servant of God, and my business is to serve God...&amp;quot; And in relationship with Kṛṣṇa, or God, there is other service. Just like we are giving this service. Kṛṣṇa consciousness we are spreading, why? It is not a business. But because we have established our relationship with Kṛṣṇa, or God, we want to propagate it. Therefore Kṛṣṇa consciousness does not mean to be aloof from this material world, but his activities are different. He is not in that activity which will create anxiety. Here we are preaching Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Oh, there is no business. We don&#039;t expect anything from you. But if you accept it, then our mission is nice.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You have to execute your business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.9.10 -- Montreal, July 10, 1968|Lecture on SB 7.9.10 -- Montreal, July 10, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;Yes, I understand there are pains and pleasures like that, but they have to be tolerated. You cannot be disturbed. You have to execute your business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. If there is any trouble, you must know no trouble or no happiness exists because this is material. It has come. It will go. So for the time being, don&#039;t be mad after happiness and don&#039;t be mad after miseries.&amp;quot; Āgamāpāyina: &amp;quot;They come and go.&amp;quot; Just like nowadays it is very hot. This season will change, and again we will be disturbed by cold. So disturbance will continue, either heat or cold due to this material body, mātrā-sparśā, due to this skin attachment. So we have to tolerate.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Those who have taken very seriously to this business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, they are already free. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.9.10 -- Montreal, July 12, 1968|Lecture on SB 7.9.10 -- Montreal, July 12, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So those who have taken very seriously to this business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, they are already free. I was just going to explain the word īhā. Īhā means endeavor. This īhā has been explained by Rūpa Gosvāmī very nicely. He says, īhā yasya harer dāsye. Īhā means endeavor. One who has engaged... Everyone is endeavoring. Nobody is idle. Everyone is trying something, do something, endeavoring something for higher position or higher distinction. So many things. The endeavor is there. That is the symptom of life. A living entity means he is always active. Resistance and activity. These are the symptoms of life. So īhā, this activity, endeavor... Rūpa Gosvāmī says īhā yasya harer dāsye. Anyone who has engaged in endeavors simply for Kṛṣṇa, Hari, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead, karmaṇā manasā vaca... The same thing as Prahlāda Mahārāja says. Prāṇa, mana, vaca. Because these things required for endeavoring. We require our mind, attention. If you want to do, you have to have clear attention; you must engage your body, you must engage your words. So Rūpa Gosvāmī says, īhā yasya harer dāsye karmaṇā manasā vacā nikhilāsv apy avasthāsu. He may remain in anywhere, in any stage of life. It doesn&#039;t matter whether he is European, American, Indian, brāhmaṇa, śūdra, white, black, or this or that. It doesn&#039;t matter. But if he has simply engaged his endeavor for the service of the Lord, he is a liberated person.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One should be engaged twenty-four hours in the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Pandal Lecture -- Delhi, November 13, 1971|Pandal Lecture -- Delhi, November 13, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One should be engaged twenty-four hours in the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That is possible. It is not that it is impossible. You can engage yourself in Kṛṣṇa consciousness twenty-four hours without any cessation, but you have to know how to do it. That is being taught in Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. But you can do it. And as soon as you take to it, teṣāṁ satata-yuktānām bhajatāṁ prīti-pūrvakam [Bg. 10.10]. Kṛṣṇa should be worshiped with prīti, love, not officially. Of course, in the beginning, we have to be officially. In the beginning, we have to act by the direction of the spiritual master, by the direction of the śāstras. But when you practice it by the direction of guru and śāstra, sādhu guru śāstra vā, then gradually you become attached to it.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you believe in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, even if you are not successful to finish the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness in this life, next life your birth is guaranteed as human being.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Town Hall Lecture -- Auckland, April 14, 1972|Town Hall Lecture -- Auckland, April 14, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you believe in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, even if you are not successful to finish the business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness in this life, next life your birth is guaranteed as human being, either in a very rich family or in a very pure family. Śucīnāṁ śrīmatāṁ gehe yoga-bhraṣṭo sanjāyate [Bg. 6.41]. Yoga-bhraṣṭaḥ. Just like every one of us, we are trying to be successful in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Suppose that due to some reason we fall down. There is possibility because māyā, illusory nature, is very, very strong. So we may become victim. So there is no... This question was raised by Arjuna, and it was replied by Kṛṣṇa. So there is no question of wrong. A person who is in Kṛṣṇa consciousness... Everyone should try to finish this business. Why one should wait for another life? We have got this opportunity. Let us finish. And what is the difficulty to remain always thinking of Kṛṣṇa? Sadā tad-bhāva-bhāvitaḥ [Bg. 8.6]. And the process is very simple. That I already explained: Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. So adopt this process. Then your... In this life you get Kṛṣṇa. But even if you are not successful, then a Kṛṣṇa conscious person is guaranteed next life human form of life, and that is also either in very rich family or... Śucīnāṁ śrīmatāṁ gehe [Bg. 6.41].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Simple_example&amp;diff=76622</id>
		<title>Simple example</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Simple_example&amp;diff=76622"/>
		<updated>2009-02-01T13:47:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;simple example&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rati| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|18Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|01Feb09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:simple]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Example]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A simple example of the interaction of elements occurs when we mix soda and acid and the movement of effervescence is produced.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.11.17|SB 4.11.17, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; How the external energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead works within this material world is explained in this verse. Everything is happening by the energy of the Supreme Lord. The atheistic philosophers, who do not agree to accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the original cause of creation, think that the material world moves by the action and reaction of different material elements. A simple example of the interaction of elements occurs when we mix soda and acid and the movement of effervescence is produced. But one cannot produce life by such interaction of chemicals.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Māyāvādī philosophers think the universal form of the Lord to be real and His personal form illusory, their mistake can be understood by a simple example. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.18.31|SB 5.18.31, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Māyāvādī philosophers think the universal form of the Lord to be real and His personal form illusory. We can understand their mistake by a simple example. A fire consists of three elements: heat and light, which are the energy of the fire, and the fire itself. Anyone can understand that the original fire is the reality and that the heat and light are simply the fire&#039;s energy. Heat and light are the formless energies of fire, and in that sense they are unreal. Only the fire has form, and therefore it is the real form of the heat and light. As Kṛṣṇa states in Bhagavad-gītā (9.4), mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁ jagad avyakta-mūrtinā: &amp;quot;By Me, in My unmanifested form. this entire universe is pervaded.&amp;quot; Thus the impersonal conception of the Lord is like the expansion of heat and light from a fire. In Bhagavad-gītā the Lord also says, mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ: the entire material creation is resting on Kṛṣṇa&#039;s energy, either material, spiritual or marginal, but because His form is absent from the expansion of His energy, He is not personally present. This inconceivable expansion of the Supreme Lord&#039;s energy is called acintya-śakti. Therefore no one can understand the real form of the Lord without becoming His devotee.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Greatest_boon&amp;diff=76530</id>
		<title>Greatest boon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Greatest_boon&amp;diff=76530"/>
		<updated>2009-02-01T09:01:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;greatest boon&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rati| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB|OB|LEC|CON|LET}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|01Feb09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=3|CC=0|OB=2|Lec=9|Con=2|Let=3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|19}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Greatest]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Boon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A devotee son in the family is the greatest boon or blessing of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.19.2|SB 1.19.2, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; By suffering personally he would be restrained from future sins, and at the same time the sin which he had committed would be counteracted so that his descendants would not suffer. That is the way a responsible devotee thinks..The family members of a devotee also share the effects of a devotee&#039;s service unto the Lord. Mahārāja Prahlāda saved his demon father by his personal devotional service. A devotee son in the family is the greatest boon or blessing of the Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Caitanya, therefore, has given the greatest boon: in this age one simply has to chant the holy name of God to attain perfection in spiritual life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.21.7|SB 3.21.7, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the Sixth Chapter of Bhagavad-gītā it is clearly said that one who constantly engages in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is the topmost yogī. The Personality of Godhead, Hari, also fulfills the desires of His surrendered devotee. One has to surrender unto the lotus feet of the Personality of Godhead, Hari, or Kṛṣṇa, in order to achieve real success. Devotional service, or engagement in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, is the direct method, and all other methods, although recommended, are indirect. In this age of Kali the direct method is especially more feasible than the indirect because people are short-living, their intelligence is poor, and they are poverty-stricken and embarrassed by so many miserable disturbances. Lord Caitanya, therefore, has given the greatest boon: in this age one simply has to chant the holy name of God to attain perfection in spiritual life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This great Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is the greatest boon to human society because it is teaching everyone to think always of Kṛṣṇa by executing devotional service. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.29.76-77|SB 4.29.76-77, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; he root cause of one&#039;s association is the mind. This great Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is the greatest boon to human society because it is teaching everyone to think always of Kṛṣṇa by executing devotional service. In this way, at the end of life, one may be transferred to the association of Kṛṣṇa. This is technically called nitya-līlā-praviṣṭa, entering into the planet Goloka Vṛndāvana. Bhagavad-gītā (18.55) explains:&lt;br /&gt;
bhaktyā mām abhijānāti&lt;br /&gt;
yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ&lt;br /&gt;
tato māṁ tattvato jñātvā&lt;br /&gt;
viśate tad-anantaram&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;One can understand the Supreme Personality as He is only by devotional service. And when one is in full consciousness of the Supreme Lord by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.&amp;quot; After the mind is completely absorbed in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, one can enter the planet known as Goloka Vṛndāvana. To enter the association of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one has to understand Kṛṣṇa. The process of understanding Kṛṣṇa is devotional service.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The material mode of passion is also Your creation, so when You passionately glance upon me, I accept it as the greatest boon of my life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 60|Krsna Book 60]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; “My dear lotus-eyed husband, You are self-satisfied. You do not care whether or not I am beautiful or qualified; You are not at all concerned about it. Therefore Your nonattachment for me is not at all astonishing; it is quite natural. You cannot be attached to any woman, however exalted her position and beauty. Whether You are attached to me or not, may my devotion and attention be always engaged at Your lotus feet. The material mode of passion is also Your creation, so when You passionately glance upon me, I accept it as the greatest boon of my life. I am ambitious only for such auspicious moments.”&lt;br /&gt;
After hearing Rukmiṇī’s statement and her clarification of each and every word He had used to arouse her anger of love toward Him, Kṛṣṇa addressed Rukmiṇī as follows: “My dear chaste wife, My dear princess, I expected such an explanation from you, and only for this purpose did I speak all those joking words, so that you might be cheated of the real point of view. Now My purpose has been served. The wonderful explanation you have given of My every word is completely factual and approved by Me. O most beautiful Rukmiṇī, you are My dearmost wife. I am greatly pleased to understand how much love you have for Me. Please take it for granted that no matter what ambition and desire you might have and no matter what you might expect from Me, I am always at your service. And it is a fact also that My devotees, My dearmost friends and servitors, are always free from material contamination, even though they are not inclined to ask Me for such liberation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Renunciation Through Wisdom ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa consciousness is the greatest boon to humanity.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:RTW 2.9|Renunciation Through Wisdom 2.9]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The only way to cure this mental disease is to wholeheartedly follow Lord Caitanya&#039;s instruction to chant the holy names of Kṛṣṇa. This will cleanse the heart of all impurities. Until this esoteric truth is propagated widely, the world will remain deprived of the panacea that cures all mental diseases. Our honorable prime minister should seriously consider this. If the number of Lord Kṛṣṇa&#039;s devotees even slightly increases, there will immediately be a resurgence of peace and prosperity in the world. For man to rise to the glorious heights of a demigod, he needs only to revive his latent Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Thus Kṛṣṇa consciousness is the greatest boon to humanity.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Rūpa Gosvāmī says, &amp;quot;You are the greatest of all charitable persons because You are offering the greatest boon.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.62-72 -- Los Angeles, December 19, 1968|Lecture on BG 2.62-72 -- Los Angeles, December 19, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Guest: I am interested in atheism.&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: (without hearing or noticing guest) This is the gift of Lord Caitanya. Namo mahā-vadānyāya. Therefore Rūpa Gosvāmī says, &amp;quot;You are the greatest of all charitable persons because You are offering the greatest boon.&amp;quot; Kṛṣṇa-prema-pradāya te [Cc. Madhya 19.53]. &amp;quot;You are offering love of Kṛṣṇa, which will get me to the kingdom of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; This is the greatest gift to the human society. But the foolish persons they do not understand it. What can I do? Daivī hy eṣā guṇamayī [Bg. 7.14]. The māyā is very strong. If we say that &amp;quot;Here is a small booklet, Easy Journey to Other Planets,&amp;quot; they&#039;ll not take it. They will make plan of how to go in other planet by sputniks, which is impossible. You cannot go anywhere. That is our conditioned life. Conditioned means you must stay here. You must stay here. Who is allowing to go other planet? For coming to, to take the permanent visa of your country, I had to fight so much, and you are going to moon planet? There is no visa? They will allow you only to enter? It is so easy thing? But they foolishly think that simply &amp;quot;I am the monarch of all I survey.&amp;quot; That&#039;s all. This planet is the monarch, and all other planets they&#039;re all subservient. They will satisfy our senses. This is foolishness. All right. Chant Hare Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The greatest boon to make human life successful. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.24 -- Los Angeles, August 27, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.24 -- Los Angeles, August 27, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Our aim of life, the human form of life, is meant for understanding the Absolute Truth: athāto brahma jijñāsā. That is the Vedānta-sūtra says. Brahma—what is brahma? What is Absolute Truth? This inquisitiveness must be there in human life, then it is human being. Otherwise, he is animal. The animal does not inquire what is Absolute Truth, neither the Vedānta-darśana and all these Vedic scriptures are meant for the animals. They&#039;re meant for human being. A human being has got the brain, he can understand, he can be trained up to become a brāhmaṇa. These are the opportunities.&lt;br /&gt;
So, Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is giving this great opportunity to the human society. They&#039;re training them how to become a brāhmaṇa, we are giving them all important Vedic literature, translated into English and other. This is the greatest boon to make human life successful. But if the people want to remain in darkness, then what can we do? But not that everyone wants to remain in darkness. So many people are coming forward and taking this movement seriously. They are first-class men.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;That greatest boon is described in Bhagavad-gītā, saṁsiddhiṁ paramāṁ gatāḥ, highest perfection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.5.15 -- New Vrindaban, June 19, 1969|Lecture on SB 1.5.15 -- New Vrindaban, June 19, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;quot;And if anyone does not take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, devotional service, simply engages in his, mean, prescribed duties as a brāhmaṇa or kṣatriya or a śūdra, and he&#039;s very strict moralist, he may get, he may not get also.&amp;quot; There is... Because this life, as it is stated in the Bhagavad-gītā, yes, Vedas, Upaniṣad, kṣurasya dhara iti duratyayā.(?) The people do not understand that how we are stationed. Any little difference, we may fall down. As there is chance of falldown from Kṛṣṇa consciousness, there is chance of falldown from any position. This human life, human form of life, should be very carefully and cautiously utilized. This verse I was explaining yesterday, labdhvā sudurlabham idaṁ bahu-sambhavānte [SB 11.9.29].&lt;br /&gt;
So Nārada Muni advises that &amp;quot;Induce everyone to be engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Never mind if he, even if he falls down. There is no loss.&amp;quot; This is the principle. If he becomes successful, oh, the greatest boon. That greatest boon is described in Bhagavad-gītā, saṁsiddhiṁ paramāṁ gatāḥ, highest perfection. Highest... Saṁsiddhim. Saṁsiddhim means perfection. Paramām, the supreme.&lt;br /&gt;
mām upetya punar janma&lt;br /&gt;
duḥkhālayam aśāśvatam&lt;br /&gt;
nāpnuvanti mahātmānaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
saṁsiddhiṁ paramāṁ gatāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
[Bg. 8.15]&lt;br /&gt;
So if we become successful in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, we achieve the greatest success of life, but even if we fall down, oh, there is no loss. Because we are going to get birth in śucīnām, in nice brāhmaṇa family, or rich mercantile family where it is supposed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Actually you are fortunate. You have come to the right place, where you can learn Kṛṣṇa consciousness. This is the greatest boon of life. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.1.1-5 -- Boston, December 22, 1969|Lecture on SB 2.1.1-5 -- Boston, December 22, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; e. We have got this after many, many births, mānuṣyam, this human form of life. Therefore the śāstra says, tūrṇaṁ yateta. I am very glad. You all young boys and girls, you are fortunate. I am not bluffing you. Actually you are fortunate. You have come to the right place, where you can learn Kṛṣṇa consciousness. This is the greatest boon of life. Tūrṇaṁ yateta. The śāstra says that &amp;quot;Very quickly you should try to finish this business.&amp;quot; Because Parīkṣit Mahārāja, he was aware that he was going to live for seven days. But we do not know whether our life is still for seven days or seven minutes. Any moment. There is no guarantee. Don&#039;t think that &amp;quot;In old age we shall take up this business of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;quot; By the example of Parīkṣit Mahārāja, we can take the lesson that we do not know when we shall die, but before death we have to become competent in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. What is that competency? Always, twenty-four hours, thinking of Kṛṣṇa. That&#039;s all. This is competence.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you utilize it properly then you can achieve the greatest boon. What is that? Kṛṣṇa consciousness. You can achieve the greatest boon.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.6.1 -- Montreal, June 10, 1968|Lecture on SB 7.6.1 -- Montreal, June 10, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Prahlāda Mahārāja is stressing that this God consciousness or Kṛṣṇa consciousness should be learned from the very beginning of life. Kaumāra ācaret prājña. Prājña means one who is intelligent. So children, they have no intelligence. They have intelligence, but they have to be put into intelligence by the guardians. So if the guardian, if the father and mother is intelligent, if the teacher is intelligent, if the government policy is intelligent, then the process should be to teach the small children from the very beginning of life God consciousness, Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Otherwise this world is going to hell. It has already gone and it will go. The result will be that I&#039;ll kill you, you&#039;ll kill me. So both of us will be killed. And this human form, or the facility of this human form of life, which was given to us by grace of God or by the mercy of material nature, Prahlāda Mahārāja says that &amp;quot;Don&#039;t misuse it. Don&#039;t misuse it like animals, simply eating, sleeping, and mating and defending.&amp;quot; Durlabhaṁ mānuṣaṁ janma. Don&#039;t be assured that your next life is going again to be a human form of life. It may be... There are 8,400,000 species of life and according to my work I may enter into any type of body. Durlabhaṁ. Therefore this rare opportunity that we have got this human form of life, mānuṣaṁ durlabhaṁ janma, durlabhaṁ mānuṣaṁ janma tad apy adhruvam. And it will not exist for very long time. But if you utilize it properly then you can achieve the greatest boon. What is that? Kṛṣṇa consciousness. You can achieve the greatest boon. So Prahlāda Mahārāja is recommending that &amp;quot;From the very childhood, my dear friends, you learn what is God consciousness or Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Otherwise, if you advance in age, then you&#039;ll be more complicated, more complicated.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;By chanting this Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma...&amp;quot; Kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya. It was especially mentioned, kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya [SB 12.3.51], simply by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, one can become... This is the greatest boon in this age.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.337-353 -- New York, December 25, 1966|Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 20.337-353 -- New York, December 25, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the midst of so many difficulties of this age, there is one boon, and that boon is one can become liberated from this material entanglement altogether simply by chanting this Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma...&amp;quot; Kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya. It was especially mentioned, kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya [SB 12.3.51], simply by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, one can become... This is the greatest boon in this age. Although there are so many difficulties, full of miseries, increase in the greatest volume... The world is, material world is miserable. Just like cold season, this winter season, today we are feeling most inconvenienced. Similarly, this material world is always miserable. But still, in this age it is most miserable, in this age of Kali. But the boon is, the first-class boon is that even there are so many miserable conditions, in the midst of all those disadvantages, one can become free from all contamination.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Festival Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is the greatest boon to the human form of life. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Ratha-yatra and Press Conference -- San Francisco, July 4, 1970|Ratha-yatra and Press Conference -- San Francisco, July 4, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is the greatest boon to the human form of life. When Lord Kṛṣṇa was present, He advised this Kṛṣṇa conscious movement in the shape of Bhagavad-gītā. Unfortunately, there are many scholars, academic scholars of Bhagavad-gītā, but because they do not come in the disciplic succession from Kṛṣṇa, they misinterpret the real sense of Bhagavad-gītā and mislead the whole human society to the darkest region of ignorance.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you have approached Kṛṣṇa, then even the greatest fear will not agitate you. That is a fact. So such a thing is Kṛṣṇa. Try to achieve this greatest boon, Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- Seattle, October 4, 1968|Lecture -- Seattle, October 4, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; There are many instances in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Just like in the Bhagavad-gītā the Pāṇḍavas were placed in so many distressed condition, but they were never faltering. They never asked Kṛṣṇa, &amp;quot;My dear Kṛṣṇa, You are my friend. You are our friend, the Pāṇḍavas. Why we are undergoing so much severe test of difficulties?&amp;quot; No. They never. Because they were confident that &amp;quot;In spite of all these difficulties, we shall come out victorious because Kṛṣṇa is there. Because Kṛṣṇa is there.&amp;quot; This confidence. This is called śaraṇāgati, surrender. There are six points of surrender unto Kṛṣṇa. One point of surrender is to believe that &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa will protect me.&amp;quot; Just like a small child has got full faith in his mother: &amp;quot;My mother is there. There is no danger.&amp;quot; Confident. I have seen it. Everyone. I have got... I&#039;ll narrate one practical experience. In Calcutta, in my younger days, I was traveling in tram, and my youngest son, he was with me. He was only two years old, or two or two and a half years old. So the conductor, out of joke, asked him, &amp;quot;Give me your fare.&amp;quot; So he first of all said like this: &amp;quot;I have no money.&amp;quot; So the conductor said, &amp;quot;Then you get down.&amp;quot; He immediately said, &amp;quot;Oh, here is my father.&amp;quot; (makes some gesture) (laughter) You see. &amp;quot;You cannot ask me to get down. My father is here.&amp;quot; You see? So this is the psychology. If you have approached Kṛṣṇa, then even the greatest fear will not agitate you. That is a fact. So such a thing is Kṛṣṇa. Try to achieve this greatest boon, Kṛṣṇa. And what Kṛṣṇa says? Kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati [Bg. 9.31]. &amp;quot;My dear Kaunteya, son of Kuntī, Arjuna, declare in the world that My devotees will never be vanquished.&amp;quot; Will never be vanquished.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This valuable life by changing simply your ordinary consciousness to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, the greatest boon offered to the human society by Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture at Engagement -- Columbus, may 19, 1969|Lecture at Engagement -- Columbus, may 19, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; o our proposal is that in this life you have got this opportunity, the informations are there, the scientific methods are there—take advantage. Fully utilize your, this valuable life by changing simply your ordinary consciousness to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, the greatest boon offered to the human society by Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. If you take advantage of it, then sarve sukhino bhavantu—then you&#039;ll become happy. It is not a mental concoction; it is very authorized. It is accepted by great stalwart scholars and ācāryas like Śaṅkarācārya, Rāmānujācārya, Madhvācārya, Viṣṇu Svāmī, those who practically guided the whole destiny of Indian civilization—even Lord Buddha, he was Indian—but all of them accepted these authorized scriptural... Don&#039;t try to manufacture. There are so many things in store, in Vedic knowledge, and they&#039;re all summarized in the Bhagavad-gītā. Try to understand. It is not very expensive or very difficult, but you have to understand it with full brain, then your life will be successful.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One has to attain after many, many births, we are simply saying is surrender to Kṛṣṇa. This is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That&#039;s all. This is the greatest boon or, what is called, greatest reward or contribution to the human society.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Allen Ginsberg -- May 11, 1969, Columbus, Ohio|Room Conversation with Allen Ginsberg -- May 11, 1969, Columbus, Ohio]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So one who is trained fully to agree with Kṛṣṇa, they are accepted as associates. Bhagavad-gītā says, bahūnāṁ janmanām ante jñānavān māṁ pradadyate: [Bg. 7.19] after many, many births of cultivating knowledge in spiritual life, a fully conversant, wise person surrenders unto Me. Bahūnāṁ janmanaṁ ante: after many, many births. How he surrenders? Vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti: [Bg. 7.19] oh! Kṛṣṇa is everything. The Vedānta-sūtra gives hint, janmādy asya yataḥ [SB 1.1.1], what is Brahmā, what is supreme? Athāto brahma jijñāsā, to inquire about Brahmān, the Supreme. The answer is Brahman is that or He who is the original source of everything. We have to find out who is the original source, so that requires wisdom. So when one is perfectly wise after many, many births, cultured, he sees, &amp;quot;Ah, here is the original, Kṛṣṇa,&amp;quot; vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ [Bg. 7.19], that mahātmā, great soul, is very rare to be seen, who has surrendered. So our... We are giving the shortcut process: what one has to attain after many, many births, we are simply saying is surrender to Kṛṣṇa. This is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That&#039;s all. This is the greatest boon or, what is called, greatest reward or contribution to the human society.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Why should we sacrifice the greatest boon of human life? &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- June 28, 1976, New Vrindaban|Room Conversation -- June 28, 1976, New Vrindaban]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ṛṣi Kumāra: There&#039;s no enjoyment out there. It&#039;s all illusion. I think I tried everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: I was surprised that &amp;quot;How Ṛṣi Kumāra can fall down like this?&amp;quot; I had so confidence of this boy from the very beginning. He was so nice, so pure. And māyā is so strong. But could not do very well, māyā, very long. Thank Kṛṣṇa and... So stay with us. Kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati [Bg. 9.31]. This is Kṛṣṇa&#039;s mercy, special mercy. So always be calm and chant and pray to Kṛṣṇa. Don&#039;t spoil this life. It is so valuable. Viṣayaḥ khalu sarvataḥ syāt. The sense gratification can be available in every life, cats and dogs also. Why should we sacrifice the greatest boon of human life?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This Krishna Consciousness movement in your country is the greatest boon to you all.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Boys and Girls -- New York 21 April, 1968|Letter to Boys and Girls -- New York 21 April, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Please accept my blessings and my message unto you is that this Krishna Consciousness movement in your country is the greatest boon to you all. Please take full advantage of this movement and be successful within this life. Everyone of us had to pass through many millions of years in the chain of evolutionary process from aquatic to plant life. from plant to reptile life, then to the species of birds, beasts, uncivilized human beings and now this is the golden opportunity with these nice American bodies. You have high intelligence, opulences, birth in the families of the rich nation. Use this opportunity for making life successful and go back to Krishna, back to Home. It is a very scientific movement authorized by the Vedas and accepted by all great acaryas.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This human form of life is very rare. . Although it is also perishable, it can give us the greatest boon; therefore we shall utilize this body from the very beginning of life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Boys and Girls -- New York 21 April, 1968|Letter to Boys and Girls -- New York 21 April, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; y cleansing the temple and growing flowers their attention in this way be always in Krsna consciousness. That will save them from the clutches of maya.&lt;br /&gt;
kaumara acaret prajno dharman bhagavatan iha&lt;br /&gt;
durlabham manusam janma tad apy adhruvam arthadam&lt;br /&gt;
[SB 7.6.1]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;From the very beginning of childhood one should learn how to behave and practice Krsna consciousness, because this human form of life is very rare. . Although it is also perishable, it can give us the greatest boon; therefore we shall utilize this body from the very beginning of life.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This human form of life is very rare. . Although it is also perishable, it can give us the greatest boon; therefore we shall utilize this body from the very beginning of life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Dayananda -- Bombay 16 October, 1973|Letter to Dayananda -- Bombay 16 October, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; y cleansing the temple and growing flowers their attention in this way be always in Krsna consciousness. That will save them from the clutches of maya.&lt;br /&gt;
kaumara acaret prajno dharman bhagavatan iha&lt;br /&gt;
durlabham manusam janma tad apy adhruvam arthadam&lt;br /&gt;
[SB 7.6.1]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;From the very beginning of childhood one should learn how to behave and practice Krsna consciousness, because this human form of life is very rare. . Although it is also perishable, it can give us the greatest boon; therefore we shall utilize this body from the very beginning of life.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Complete_celibacy&amp;diff=76098</id>
		<title>Complete celibacy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Complete_celibacy&amp;diff=76098"/>
		<updated>2009-01-29T12:04:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;complete celibacy&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rati| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|BG|SB|CC|LEC|CON|LET}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|25Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|29Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=4|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=6|Con=1|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|14}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Complete]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Celibacy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In the Vedic system of knowledge, students, from the very beginning, are taught to vibrate oṁ and learn of the ultimate impersonal Brahman by living with the spiritual master in complete celibacy.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 8.11|BG 8.11, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the Vedic system of knowledge, students, from the very beginning, are taught to vibrate oṁ and learn of the ultimate impersonal Brahman by living with the spiritual master in complete celibacy. In this way they realize two of Brahman&#039;s features. This practice is very essential for the student&#039;s advancement in spiritual life, but at the moment such brahmacārī (unmarried celibate) life is not at all possible. The social construction of the world has changed so much that there is no possibility of one&#039;s practicing celibacy from the beginning of student life. Throughout the world there are many institutions for different departments of knowledge, but there is no recognized institution where students can be educated in the brahmacārī principles.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;According to Vedic principles, the first part of life should be utilized in brahmacarya for the development of character and spiritual qualities. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.22.19|SB 3.22.19, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Kardama Muni expressed his desire for a very beautiful wife to Emperor Svāyambhuva and accepted the Emperor&#039;s daughter for marriage. Kardama Muni was in the hermitage practicing complete celibacy as a brahmacārī, and although he had the desire to marry, he did not want to be a householder for the whole span of his life because he was conversant with the Vedic principles of human life. According to Vedic principles, the first part of life should be utilized in brahmacarya for the development of character and spiritual qualities. In the next part of life, one may accept a wife and beget children, but one should not beget children like cats and dogs.&lt;br /&gt;
Kardama Muni desired to beget a child who would be a ray of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One should beget a child who can perform the duties of Viṣṇu, otherwise there is no need to produce children. There are two kinds of children born of good fathers: one is educated in Kṛṣṇa consciousness so that he can be delivered from the clutches of māyā in that very life, and the other is a ray of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and teaches the world the ultimate goal of life. As will be described in later chapters, Kardama Muni begot such a child-Kapila, the incarnation of the Personality of Godhead who enunciated the philosophy of Sāṅkhya. Great householders pray to God to send His representative so that there may be an auspicious movement in human society. This is one reason to beget a child. Another reason is that a highly enlightened parent can train a child in Kṛṣṇa consciousness so that the child will not have to come back again to this miserable world. Parents should see to it that the child born of them does not enter the womb of a mother again. Unless one can train a child for liberation in that life, there is no need to marry or produce children. If human society produces children like cats and dogs for the disturbance of social order, then the world becomes hellish, as it has in this age of Kali.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Thus trained in brahmacārī life from the beginning of childhood, they were very conversant with the highest perfection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.1.26|SB 5.1.26, Translation and Purport]]: Three among these ten—namely Kavi, Mahāvīra and Savana—lived in complete celibacy. Thus trained in brahmacārī life from the beginning of childhood, they were very conversant with the highest perfection, known as the paramahaṁsa-āśrama.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The word ūrdhva-retasaḥ in this verse is very significant. Ūrdhva-retaḥ refers to one who can control sex life and who instead of wasting semen by discharging it, can use this most important substance accumulated in the body to enrich the brain. One who can completely control sex life is able to work wonderfully with his brain, especially in remembering. Thus students who simply hear Vedic instructions once from their teacher could remember them verbatim without needing to read books, which therefore did not exist in former times.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 8 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One should observe complete celibacy, sleep on the floor, bathe three times a day.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 8.16.48|SB 8.16.48, Translation]]: From pratipat until the thirteenth day of the next bright moon [śukla-trayodaśī], one should observe complete celibacy, sleep on the floor, bathe three times a day and thus execute the vow.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 9 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;After mother Sītā entered the earth, Lord Rāmacandra observed complete celibacy.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 9.11.18|SB 9.11.18, Translation]]: After mother Sītā entered the earth, Lord Rāmacandra observed complete celibacy and performed an uninterrupted Agnihotra-yajña for thirteen thousand years.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The regulative principles therefore enjoin that before a common man goes to a holy place of pilgrimage, he should observe complete celibacy.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 11.112|CC Madhya 11.112, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; he regulative principles therefore enjoin that before a common man goes to a holy place of pilgrimage, he should observe complete celibacy. As soon as one enters a holy place, he must observe fasting for the day, and after shaving his head clean, he must take a bath in a river or ocean near the holy place. These methods are adopted to neutralize the effects of sinful activities. Visiting a holy place of pilgrimage means neutralizing the reactions of a sinful life. Those who go to holy places of pilgrimage actually unload the reactions of their sinful lives, and consequently holy places are overloaded with sinful activities left there by visitors.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmacārī means complete celibacy. No sex life, no amusement. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.40-45 -- Los Angeles, December 13, 1968|Lecture on BG 2.40-45 -- Los Angeles, December 13, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Therefore according to Vedic civilization, a boy is trained to become brahmacārī. Brahmacārī. Brahmacārī means complete celibacy. No sex life, no amusement. Because just to train him not to be attracted by this material sense enjoyment. Then he&#039;ll be able to grasp what is spiritual life. Therefore restriction. But if from the very childhood, in the school, college, the boys and girls are allowed to enjoy sex life, then it is very difficult to understand or to enter into spiritual life. Bhogaiśvarya-prasaktānām. If we teach our children simply for sense enjoyment, how they can be spiritually advanced? The result will be confusion. Therefore in your country the hippies are there—confusion. They have been brought up in material sense enjoyment very nicely, but still, there is confusion, frustration, because he&#039;s hankering after something better. So that is spiritual happiness. That is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. So one has to understand this point and voluntarily he has to accept this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, and then he&#039;ll find happiness. This is sure. Those who have taken to it, just ask them, just argue with them, and see actually. This is happiness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One who is leading complete celibacy, complete free from sex life, he is called brahmacārī.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 6.11-21 -- New York, September 7, 1966|Lecture on BG 6.11-21 -- New York, September 7, 1966]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Brahmacārī, there are two kinds of brahmacārīs. One who is leading complete celibacy, complete free from sex life, he is called brahmacārī. Another brahmacārī is gṛhastha-brahmacārī. He has got his wife, but he has no other understanding with any other woman. And that wife also only, I mean to say, relationship is performed under regulation, he is also brahmacārī. One who has his relationship with wife under rules and regulation and does not know any other woman, he is also brahmacārī.  That is also called brahmacāri-vrata. And one who lives complete celibacy life, that he is also brahmacārī. So that brahmacāri-vrata is essential for yogi. Brahmacāri-vrata. Now, yata-cittasya... yogam ātmanaḥ, that mind should not be agitated. He says, &amp;quot;The mind should not be agitated.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Vedic system of civilization is seventy-five percent life of celibacy. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.3.19 -- Los Angeles, June 15, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.3.19 -- Los Angeles, June 15, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Vedic system of civilization is seventy-five percent life of celibacy. In the brahmacārī system there is no connection with woman. Student life. Student life, if one remains brahmacārī, he becomes determined. His brain becomes very receptive. Therefore, in the brahmacārī system, complete celibacy, no connection with woman. So up to twenty-five years, if he does not discharge semen, he becomes very stout, strong, and his health is built up for whole life, and he becomes so intelligent that anything he will hear, he will remember immediately. Then after brahmacārī system, if one cannot remain brahmacārī, naiṣṭhika-brahmacārī, then the spiritual master allows him to marry. That is gṛhastha-āśrama. So when one is complete, fit for sex life, he begets children, male children, and after twenty-five years, the child becomes grown up, so he retires. In this way, brahmacārī, gṛhastha, vānaprastha, and sannyāsa. The whole aim is Viṣṇu, how to go back to home, back to Godhead.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete celibacy. These things Kṛṣṇa has said everything, how to become a yogi, how to become a jñāni, how to become a karmi. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.5 -- Vrndavana, October 27, 1976|Lecture on SB 5.5.5 -- Vrndavana, October 27, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Plan-making is already there. Kṛṣṇa has given plan gradually. The last plan is sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja [Bg. 18.66]. This is real plan. This is Kṛṣṇa has given so many plans: karma-yogi, dhyāna-yogi, this yogi, that. But everywhere He has concluded that the real plan is how to become Kṛṣṇa conscious. That is real plan. Yoginām api sarveṣām mad-gatenāntarātmānā śraddhāvān... [Bg. 6.47]. You are trying to be yogi, that&#039;s all right. This is haṭha-yoga. Go to a secluded place, sit down in this way, looking. Not sleeping. Eyes half-open. See to the point of your nose. So on, so on. Complete celibacy. These things Kṛṣṇa has said everything, how to become a yogi, how to become a jñāni, how to become a karmi. But everywhere He has concluded about Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Complete celibacy means one should not think of even sex life. Smaraṇam. Or talk of sex life. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.11 -- New York, July 25, 1971|Lecture on SB 6.1.11 -- New York, July 25, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The tapasya life begins from celibacy, brahmacaryeṇa. Śukadeva Gosvāmī recommends. Brahmacarya is described in the śāstras that smaraṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ keliḥ prekṣaṇaṁ guhyam āsanam(?). Sex life, smaraṇam, thinking of sex life, that is against brahmacarya. Complete celibacy means one should not think of even sex life. Smaraṇam. Or talk of sex life. Our modern literature, newspaper and everything, simply full with talks of sex life. But this is against brahmacarya life. Smaraṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ keli. And actually indulging in sex life. Prekṣaṇam: looking, overlooking a nice boy or nice girl, that is also against brahmacarya. Guhyam āsanam: whispering between girls and boys, that is also against brahmacārī. Guhyam āsanaṁ saṅkalpam. Then determination of sex life. Vyavasāya: endeavoring how to effect sex life. So when we can stop all these activities, that is real brahmacarya. It is very difficult at the present age. Etan maithunyam aṣṭāṅgaṁ pravadanti manīṣinaḥ vikārita brahmacaryam eda astanam lakṣaṇam iti(?). So brahmacarya means that you cannot think of sex life, you cannot talk of sex life, you cannot whisper about sex life, or you cannot endeavor for sex life. These eight types of activities in sex indulgence are against brahmacārī life. But here it is prescribed that if you want to make solution of the problems of life, then you adopt, you have to adopt a life of tapasya, austerity, which begins from brahmacārī.&lt;br /&gt;
To summarize this brahmacarya life in this age, we have given a simple formula, that &amp;quot;No illicit sex.&amp;quot; Sex is there. Sex is not bad. In the Bhagavad-gītā it is said, dharmāviruddhaḥ kāmo &#039;smi: &amp;quot;Sex life which is not against the religious principles of life, that is I am.&amp;quot; Kṛṣṇa says. So dharmāviruddha, according to Vedic civilization, one should have sex indulgence only once in a month. That is the prescription.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Brahma-samhita Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If we keep this period complete celibacy, brahmacārī, then you can live up to hundred years. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on Brahma-samhita, Verse 33 -- New York, July 19, 1971|Lecture on Brahma-samhita, Verse 33 -- New York, July 19, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sometimes we paint picture: &amp;quot;God is the original person. Then He must be very old. He must have grown so much white, gray hairs.&amp;quot; No. The Vedic knowledge says, advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam ādyaṁ purāṇa-puruṣam [Bs. 5.33]. The oldest man, but nava-yauvanaṁ ca, always just like a young man, sixteen to twenty years old. That is called nava-yauvana. When a man or woman comes to sixteen years, that is the beginning of youthful life. So sixteen to twenty years, this is very nice—in full energy. And that is the time for growth, intelligence. Unfortunately, we spoil this period, so we become less intelligent, life becomes shorter. If we spoil this period, then our life will be shortened. And if we keep this period complete celibacy, brahmacārī, then you can live up to hundred years. So this period is very nice. It is called nava-yauvana, just new youthful life. So Kṛṣṇa you&#039;ll find all new, always new youthful. You&#039;ll never find Kṛṣṇa&#039;s picture as old.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You have to select a solitary place, you have to sit in a certain posture, you have to regulate your life, complete celibacy, eating, sleeping... There are so many rules and regulations that that sort of meditation is absolutely impossible for the present way of life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Radio Interview -- March 12, 1968, San Francisco|Radio Interview -- March 12, 1968, San Francisco]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interviewer: So many of the people are going to him for meditation. Is meditation part of your philosophy?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. But meditation as this Maharshi or any other swami or..., are professing, that is not exactly the process of meditation. The standard meditation is described in Bhagavad-gītā. That is very difficult job. You have to select a solitary place, you have to sit in a certain posture, you have to regulate your life, complete celibacy, eating, sleeping... There are so many rules and regulations that that sort of meditation is absolutely impossible for the present way of life. For the present generation, the chanting, vibration of holy name of God, is recommended in the scriptures. It is said that meditation was possible in the Satya-yuga, when people were cent percent pure. And they are... For the present, mostly, people are impure. So they cannot execute meditation as it is described in the standard scriptures.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Student life means complete celibacy, but that is not observed in your country, rather they are indirectly encouraged by distribution of contraceptive pills.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Satsvarupa -- Montreal 8 August, 1968|Letter to Satsvarupa -- Montreal 8 August, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding the location of your temple: I can understand that the students are not very happy neighbors. Practically they are not students. Because the system in your country to allow the boys and girls enjoying sex life from the very early age makes them most irresponsible and careless. Student life means complete celibacy, but that is not observed in your country, rather they are indirectly encouraged by distribution of contraceptive pills. If things are allowed to go on like this, the future of the Western world is very dark. By such unrestricted association of young boys and girls, is gradually turning them to be victims of the hippy and communist philosophy. So far I have considered it is very difficult to turn the people&#039;s face toward spiritual advancement. There is so much protest all over the world in the Catholic church on account of the Pope&#039;s refusal to sanction the contraceptive method. Even if you change the locality, you cannot expect very good audience. But still, wherever we may remain, we have to chant and distribute Prasadam, and I think the best method is to do it in the public parks.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Spiritual_advancement_means&amp;diff=76005</id>
		<title>Spiritual advancement means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Spiritual_advancement_means&amp;diff=76005"/>
		<updated>2009-01-28T14:32:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;spiritual advancement means&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;spiritually advanced means&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;spiritually advancement means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Jamuna Priya| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|LEC|CON|LET}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|22Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|28Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=10|Con=5|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|17}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Spiritual Advancement]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Means]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritual advancement means stopping material activities and entering into spiritual activities. This is the process of bhakti-yoga.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 11.8|CC Madhya 11.8, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Thus there is a spiritual nature beyond this material world, and that spiritual nature exists eternally. Spiritual advancement means stopping material activities and entering into spiritual activities. This is the process of bhakti-yoga. In the material world, the via media for sense gratification is mainly a woman. One who is seriously interested in spiritual life should strictly avoid women. A sannyāsī should never see a man or a woman for material benefit. In addition, talks with materialistic men and women are also dangerous, and they are compared to drinking poison.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritual advancement means for person who is not envious.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.1 -- Ahmedabad, December 6, 1972|Lecture on BG 2.1 -- Ahmedabad, December 6, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Arjuna was not a coward, neither he was less heroic than the other side. But out of compassion, because he was devotee... Devotees, they are para-duḥkha-duḥkhī. The, the symptom of a devotee is they are unhappy by seeing others unhappy. That is the symptom of devotee. Generally, a person, if he sees somebody happy, he becomes happy. Mātsaratā. That is the world situation. If I see my brother is very happy, he has improved in his material condition, then I become unhappy: &amp;quot;He has advanced so much, and I could not do so.&amp;quot; This is material civilization. Envious, gṛhamedhī. Everyone is envious. Either you take person to person or neighbor to neighbor, their sympathy is lip sympathy. Actually, everyone is envious. Businessman to businessman, nation to nation. This is material world. Therefore spiritual advancement means for person who is not envious. Not envious.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritual advancement means first of all to know spiritual identification.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.28 -- London, August 30, 1973|Lecture on BG 2.28 -- London, August 30, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So spiritual body is existing, and spiritual advancement means first of all to know spiritual identification of myself. Just like Sanātana Gosvāmī went to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu after retiring from his ministership. So he first of all said that, ke āmi, kene āmāya jāre tāpa-traya: &amp;quot;Actually, I do not know what I am, and why I am subjected to the miserable condition of life.&amp;quot; Therefore the miserable condition of life is this body. Because I get... In dream also. When I get another body, sometimes we find that on top of the very tall bamboo or tall mountain I am just now, I&#039;m falling down . And I&#039;m afraid, I sometimes cry, &amp;quot;Now, I am now falling down.&amp;quot; So this body, this material body, which body I belong to, which I am... Actually, I do not belong to any of these bodies. I have got a separate spiritual body.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritual advancement means minimizing material activities. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 3.1-5 -- Los Angeles, December 20, 1968|Lecture on BG 3.1-5 -- Los Angeles, December 20, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Just like there is examination. One student says, &amp;quot;Oh, I have studied so much.&amp;quot; But when the examination was taken, he failed. So what does it mean that he studied? That means he did not study, that&#039;s all. The test is that spiritual advancement means minimizing material activities. Bhaktiḥ pareśānubhavo viraktir anyatra syāt [SB 11.2.42]. Automatically they will be detestful for material engagement. Spiritual advancement means that.&lt;br /&gt;
Just like a hungry man, if you give him to eat, as soon as he begins to eat, immediately he&#039;ll feel satisfaction, and when he is fully fed, he&#039;ll say, &amp;quot;No, I don&#039;t want any more.&amp;quot; So similarly, spiritual advancement means proportionately one should be detestful to material engagement. That is the test.&lt;br /&gt;
So if anyone is advancing by meditation or bhakti-yoga or Kṛṣṇa consciousness, one has to give evidence that he is now being proportionately detached from this material engagement. That is the test. This is not for only the meditators. It is for you also. How far you are advancing in Kṛṣṇa consciousness you test yourself—how far you have become detached from material consciousness. That&#039;s all. The proportionately you have advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, the proportionately you&#039;ll not like material engagement. If you have advanced cent percent, then cent percent you become detached. That is the way.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritually advanced means gradually you forget that I am this material body. I am Kṛṣṇa&#039;s. I am Brahman. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 13.1-2 -- Bombay, December 29, 1972|Lecture on BG 13.1-2 -- Bombay, December 29, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Similarly you can make your body spiritually stronger. As you make your body materially strong, similarly you can make your body... Because this is kṣetra. Kṣetra means the field, or the land. You, in the land by tilling the land, by cultivating the land, you can produce nice grain also, and inferior grain also. As you work. Because the land is in your possession. You can cultivate as you like. Similarly this body is land, and I am the tiller. I am the kṛṣaka, or agriculturist. So by using the land, I can become spiritually advanced, or I can become materially advanced. It is up to me. Spiritually advanced means gradually you forget that I am this material body. I am Kṛṣṇa&#039;s. I am Brahman. That is spiritually advanced. And material advance means &amp;quot;I am this body.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am American.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am Indian.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am brāhmaṇa.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am kṣatriya.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am man, woman.&amp;quot; This is materially advanced. Both ways. This human form of life... Because it is not animal life. Always remember that I&#039;m not animal. I&#039;m now human being.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritual life does not mean you have to grow four hands and four legs. No. Simply you have to give up these tendencies of vyavāyāmiṣa-madya-sevā. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.7.11 -- Vrndavana, September 10, 1976|Lecture on SB 1.7.11 -- Vrndavana, September 10, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Unless one is strongly in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, that long habit of enjoying spirit cannot be given up. This is, loke vyavāyāmiṣa-madya-sevā nityā hi jantoḥ. Jantu, animals. Anyone who is addicted to vyavāya, sex life, āmiṣa, meat-eating, madya-sevā, intoxication... That is the natural tendency of anyone in this material world. Vyavāyāmiṣa-madya-sevā nityāḥ. So spiritual advancement means to give up this āmiṣa-madya-sevā. That is spiritual life. Spiritual life does not mean you have to grow four hands and four legs. No. Simply you have to give up these tendencies of vyavāyāmiṣa-madya-sevā. Therefore śāstra gives you training how to... Therefore here it is said, harer guṇākṣipta-matir bhagavān bādarāyaṇiḥ. (aside:) Don&#039;t do that. Don&#039;t divert attention. If you cannot understand, you can go play there. Harer guṇākṣipta. So you cannot be mad after harer guṇa unless you give up your madness of material enjoyment. So long we are mad after material happiness, then we do anything wrong&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;spiritual advancement means ultimately to approach Kṛṣṇa. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.4.1 -- Los Angeles, June 24, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.4.1 -- Los Angeles, June 24, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Because you are a living entity, you are part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa, so actually you are trying to go to Kṛṣṇa. Just like a child is crying. The idea is that the child wants mother. Or mother&#039;s breast milk. That is his demand. But sometimes we do not know. We try to make the child comfortable in different ways. Similarly, all of us are searching after Kṛṣṇa. That is the fact. Kṛṣṇa, being the Supreme, we are all, being parts and parcels, our natural tendency is to approach Kṛṣṇa. Manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ. Mama vartmānuvartante manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ. In the Bhagavad-gītā you&#039;ll find this. Mama vartmānu... &amp;quot;They are all trying to come to Me.&amp;quot; But they are being hampered by different types of māyā. So the spiritual advancement means ultimately to approach Kṛṣṇa. This is very nicely explained by Caitanya Mahāprabhu.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Unless you bring the senses under control, there is no question of spiritual advancement.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.50 -- Detroit, June 16, 1976|Lecture on SB 6.1.50 -- Detroit, June 16, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So the spiritual process, spiritual advancement means that at the present moment we are all servants of the senses or of the mind. Mind is the master of the senses, central point. Therefore if you can control the mind, then you can control the senses. So among the senses, the tongue is the most formidable, very difficult to control. So Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura said, tār madhye jihvā ati, lobhamoy sudurmati ta &#039;ke jetā koṭhina saṁsāre. Of all the senses, the tongue is the strongest enemy, always proposing, &amp;quot;Eat this, eat this, eat this, eat this, eat this.&amp;quot; Just see, for tongue, only one person eats little bit of beef only, not much. No, I have seen. A piece of beef. But for the satisfaction of the senses, thousands of innocent animals are being killed. Just see. They cannot control this, a bit of beef. They cannot control. If they decide that we shall not... We are prohibiting, &amp;quot;No meat-eating.&amp;quot; So this is controlling the sense. Because unless you bring the senses under control, there is no question of spiritual advancement.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritual life does not mean artificially increasing the necessities of life. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.12.4 -- Bombay, April 15, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.12.4 -- Bombay, April 15, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So this is called anartha. Anartha means things which are not wanted. This is the distinction between East and West. If I can lie down... The Eastern civilization is that &amp;quot;If I can lie down on the floor, where is the necessity of a bedstead or a cot? There is no. If I can lie down, keeping, resting my head on the arms, why there is necessity of pillow? If I can, say, drink water with my palms like this, what is the use of any waterpot?&amp;quot; Minimize. Minimize. Spiritual life does not mean artificially increasing the necessities of life. Nidrāhāra-vihāraka. Even the most important necessities of life, āhāra... Everyone has to eat something. Āhāra-nidrā-bhaya-maithunaṁ ca. These are bodily necessities: eating, sleeping, sex, and taking precaution from danger. These are bodily necessities. But spiritual advancement means, as Rūpa Gosvāmī and other Gosvāmīs showed us example, they conquered over this, nidrāhāra-vihārakādi-vijitau **—to conquer over sleeping, to conquer over eating, to conquer over sex, and to conquer over fearing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritual advancement means all goodness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- Seattle, October 11, 1968|Lecture -- Seattle, October 11, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; By Kṛṣṇa consciousness. You can avoid all rubbish things by simply keeping your consciousness in Kṛṣṇa. That&#039;s all. It is a very simple thing. Satataṁ kīrtayanto māṁ yatantaś ca dṛḍha-vratāḥ [Bg. 9.14]. That is stated in the Bhagavad-gītā. Those who are great souls, they&#039;re always chanting, glorifying the Lord. So there is no opportunity of engaging the mind in something else which is nonsense. We are teaching our student, &amp;quot;Chant Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma...&amp;quot; He is being practiced to this. He cannot avoid it. Even if he goes on the street he&#039;ll chant Hare Kṛṣṇa. His samādhi... He hasn&#039;t got to attain samādhi; the samādhi is going with him, samādhi. It is so nice thing, and easy. They are not practicing breathing exercise or sitting exercise. No. They are ordinary boys and girls. But simply by chanting they are making practical progress. Their health, their character, their mode of living—everything is increasing, developing. And spiritual advancement means all goodness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;To become spiritually advanced means, &amp;quot;Just try to question about Kṛṣṇa and try to understand the answers about Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- Jakarta, February 27, 1973|Lecture -- Jakarta, February 27, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sūta Gosvāmī was very much engladdened that they had questioned about Kṛṣṇa. The question was, &amp;quot;Who has taken charge of the religious system after departure of Kṛṣṇa from this planet?&amp;quot; This is the question. So because the question was about Kṛṣṇa, therefore Sūta Gosvāmī was explaining bhāgavata-dharma in that (indistinct) assembly. He became very much engladdened, &amp;quot;Ah, you have put questions about Kṛṣṇa. Very nice.&amp;quot; Because if we simply question about Kṛṣṇa, and hear the answers about Kṛṣṇa, our life (indistinct) life. This is the (indistinct). To become spiritually advanced means, &amp;quot;Just try to question about Kṛṣṇa and try to understand the answers about Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; Then your life is successful. It is so nice.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritually advancement means to be transferred to the spiritual world. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation With David Lawrence -- July 12, 1973, London|Room Conversation With David Lawrence -- July 12, 1973, London]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Husband is the guardian of the wife. So he&#039;s responsible for her spiritual advancement. As much as the father is responsible for the spiritual advancement of his child, the spiritual master is responsible... Anyone who is claiming to be superior, he should be responsible for the inferior&#039;s spiritual advancement of life. So the conclusion is that they should not claim to become such and such unless they are able to save the subordinate from the imminent danger of death. Because death is there so long one is not spiritually advanced. As soon as one is spiritually advanced, he goes to the spiritual world, transferred. Mad-yājino &#039;pi yānti mām [Bg. 9.25]. Spiritually advancement means to be transferred to the spiritual world. So this is the main business of the father, of the husband, of the spiritual master, of the king, of the guardian, of kinsmen. Everyone should be alert: &amp;quot;Whether I am helping my subordinate in the spiritual advancement of life.&amp;quot; Because that will save him from the repetition of birth and death.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritual advancement means these material things given up. That is spiritual advancement. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- April 12, 1974, Bombay|Morning Walk -- April 12, 1974, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Spiritual advancement means these material things given up. That is spiritual advancement. That is... The example is given, bhaktiḥ pareṣānubhavoḥ viraktir anyatra syāt. As soon as one develops real bhakti, he will be averse to all these material things. That is the first sign. &amp;quot;No more these things.&amp;quot; Bhaktiḥ pareṣānubhavo viraktir anyatra syāt [SB 11.2.42]. Just like if you are hungry and if you are given some food, if you are satisfied, then the same food will be denied by you. &amp;quot;No, no, no. I don&#039;t want anymore.&amp;quot; Full satisfaction. Just like Dhruva Mahārāja said, svāmin kṛtārtho &#039;smi varaṁ na yāce [Cc. Madhya 22.42]. When he fully became perfect and Nārāyaṇa was present before him, He asked him, &amp;quot;What benediction you want? You take.&amp;quot; He said, svāmin kṛtārtho &#039;smi: &amp;quot;Simply by seeing You, by Your presence, I am fully satisfied. No more benediction. I don&#039;t want any benediction.&amp;quot; This is bhakti. Bhaktiḥ pareṣānubhavo viraktir anyatra syāt. [break] ...ca lābha-santuṣṭau. No more demand. &amp;quot;Whatever by Kṛṣṇa&#039;s grace comes, that&#039;s all right. And not comes, it doesn&#039;t matter.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you come to the spiritual platform, the test is that you have no material necessities.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Garden Conversation with Dr. Gerson and devotees -- June 22, 1975, Los Angeles|Garden Conversation with Dr. Gerson and devotees -- June 22, 1975, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So if you come to the spiritual platform, the test is that you have no material necessities. So long you are diseased, you require medicine, but when you are not diseased there is no need of medicine. It is the healthy state. So so long we are materially diseased, we require all these material necessities. So when you are on the spiritual platform there is no material (indistinct). Nidrāhāra-vihārakādi-vijitau **, then you conquer over even our prime necessities, eating, sleeping, mating, and defense, the prime necessities the primary necessities, you don&#039;t require. You will sleep less, you will eat less, there is no need of mating, (indistinct), very less. So the lesser, lesser you become, that means spiritual. Bhaktiḥ pareśānubhavo viraktir anyatra [SB 11.2.42]. Your spiritual advancement means you become reluctant, disgusted with this, no more. Just like Yamunācārya, he explains his position,&lt;br /&gt;
yadavadhi mama cetāḥ kṛṣṇa-padāravindayor&lt;br /&gt;
nava-nava-(rasa-)dhaman(y udyataṁ) rantum āsīt&lt;br /&gt;
tad-avadhi bata nārī-saṅgame smaryamāṇe&lt;br /&gt;
bhavati mukha-vikāraḥ suṣṭhu niṣṭhīvanaṁ ca&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Since I have begun my Kṛṣṇa consciousness the more I advance I become very much detestful for sex life. As soon as I think of sex life I spite on it.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritual advancement means that heart disease is cured. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversations -- September 10, 1974, Vrndavana|Room Conversations -- September 10, 1974, Vrndavana]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
So advanced spiritual life means he becomes dhīra. He is no more disturbed by these material laws, and he becomes free of all lusty desires. This is spiritual perfection. So long you have got lusty desires, any position immediately you will try to same way snatch (indistinct). Never satisfied. Hṛd-rogaḥ kāmam, that is the heart disease. It has been described as heart disease. Lusty desire within the heart. Just like one who has got heart disease, he succumbs to that disease, similarly, all these living entities they have succumbed—what is called, succumb?—by lusty desires. By spiritual advancement means that heart disease is cured. Then you will be... Then there is no more envious that &amp;quot;I shall become superior. I shall become Kṛṣṇa. I shall become God.&amp;quot; These are different symptoms of the same material disease.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sleeping is waste of time. Therefore spiritual advancement means minimizing sleeping. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Garden Conversation -- June 10, 1976, Los Angeles|Garden Conversation -- June 10, 1976, Los Angeles]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Sleeping is waste of time. Therefore spiritual advancement means minimizing sleeping. Nidrāhāra-vihārakādi-vijitau **. About the Gosvāmīs&#039; life it is said they conquered over nidrā-āhāra. If you eat extraordinarily, then you will sleep also extraordinarily. If you eat frugally, as much minimum required, then you can conquer over sleep. Eating, sleeping. Sleeping depends on eating. Atyāhāra. Atyāhāraḥ prayāsaś ca prajalpo niyamāgrahaḥ [NoI 2]. The people in the material world.... Atyāhāra means collecting more than necessity. One, somebody has got millions of dollars; still, he is working hard day and night to increase the bank balance. Why? You have got sufficient money; now you engage your life for spiritual advancement and take little food. God has given you enough. Why you are wasting your time in collecting money and eating more? That is misuse. Therefore Rūpa Gosvāmī says, atyāhāraḥ prayāsaś ca prajalpo niyamāgrahaḥ. Āhāra means eating, and āhāra means collecting. So these are against bhakti principles. Collecting more than necessity or eating more than necessity.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Detachment from material activities, means attachment for spiritual activities, devotional service. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Makhanlal -- Los Angeles 3 June, 1970|Letter to Makhanlal -- Los Angeles 3 June, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The transcendental symptoms of ecstasy certainly are auspicious, but they are not for advertising to others. One should not advertise directly or indirectly that one is feeling like this. They should be checked. Otherwise one will gradually become sahajiya or one who takes spiritual advancement as something materially manifest. Actual spiritual advancement means detachment for everything material. So our activities are nothing material. Detachment from material activities, means attachment for spiritual activities, devotional service. After all, our energy has to be utilized, so when it is materially detached it means with greater enthusiasm our spiritual activities increase.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Only_business_(Letters)&amp;diff=75853</id>
		<title>Only business (Letters)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Only_business_(Letters)&amp;diff=75853"/>
		<updated>2009-01-27T06:33:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Only business&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|LET}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|25Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=17}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|17}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Only]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Business|1]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Letters]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1968 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our only business is to present Krishna Consciousness to the ignorant mass of people.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Janardana -- New York 26 April, 1968|Letter to Janardana -- New York 26 April, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Our only business is to present Krishna Consciousness to the ignorant mass of people, and if such people agree to hear in consideration of our important position in the material world, it is a great opportunity to place our submission, and thereby our mission is fulfilled. Acaryas in the disciplic succession of Lord Caitanya teach us that we shall try to place the message of Lord Caitanya very humbly to the people in general and that will make us successful in our service to the Lord. I sincerely bless you that your future hopes to present Krishna Consciousness in terms of French custom may be crowned with success.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Our only business is to spread Krishna Consciousness to the best of our possibility.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Hamsaduta -- Allston, Mass 14 May, 1968|Letter to Hamsaduta -- Allston, Mass 14 May, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Now our principle business and aim is to preach this Krishna Consciousness movement, and wherever we get the opportunity, we should take advantage of it. Now, it is up to you, to settle up—whether you should go to Germany or travel about here in this country. If you have got at least 6 members for your party, then I would advise you to travel in this country with the Sankirtana party. But if you have no members to assist you, then you can try to open a center in Germany, as our good friend Subala is trying, struggling alone in Sante Fe, and still pulling on. Our only business is to spread Krishna Consciousness to the best of our possibility, and Krishna has given us discrimination and judgment. So, Krishna is within you, you chant and ask Him, Krishna and He will give you proper instruction.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1969 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;His only business is to hover on the mental speculative plane.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sri Balmukundji -- Los Angeles 18 January, 1969|Letter to Sri Balmukundji -- Los Angeles 18 January, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; yasya asti bhakti bhagavati akincana&lt;br /&gt;
sarvair gunais tatra samasate surah&lt;br /&gt;
harav abhaktasya kuto mahata gunah&lt;br /&gt;
manorathena asato dhavato bahih&lt;br /&gt;
[SB 5.18.12]&lt;br /&gt;
The purport is that if somebody acquires Krishna Consciousness, then all of the good qualities of the demigods develop in his person. On the other hand, what is the value of all kinds of material qualifications for a person who is not in Krishna Consciousness? His only business is to hover on the mental speculative plane, and he is sure to come back down to the platform of the material external energy.&lt;br /&gt;
So I am very glad and proud that you have so much appreciated the character, discipline and devotional service to the Lord of my six young disciples who are working there with faith and confidence. You will be pleased to know that all of my disciples are trained from the beginning to build up character, and such character is built up by following the restrictions of no illicit sexual connections, no meat-eating, no intoxication, and no gambling. So this Krishna Consciousness movement is meant for a complete overhauling of the whole social, political, religious, moral, educational, and hygienic principles. Human society without following these principles cannot rise to the spiritual platform.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Your only business is how to become pure devotee of Lord Krishna. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Krsna dasa -- Hawaii 15 March, 1969|Letter to Krsna dasa -- Hawaii 15 March, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When Krishna Himself was present He was being attacked by Maya&#039;s agent almost everyday during His childhood. When He was just born, within three months, he was attacked by Putana. When He was a little grown then He was attacked by Sakatasura, then by Trnavarta, then Agha, Makasu, then Kaliya, then Godavarsu, and so on. So the Maya&#039;s agents does not let go even Krishna, then what to speak of Krishna&#039;s devotees. They will act in their own way, but as Krishna miraculously saved Himself from the hands of all these demons, similarly, He will always save His devotees. He has declared in the Gita, &amp;quot;My Dear Son of Kunti, just declare it to the whole world that my devotees will never be vanquished.&#039;&#039; Therefore your only business is how to become pure devotee of Lord Krishna. Then everything is all right.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;My only business is to give pleasure to the Lord in pure Krishna Consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Visala -- West Virginia 16 June, 1969|Letter to Visala -- West Virginia 16 June, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; All living entities are the servants of Krishna, but the living entities who have fallen into this conditioned life are forgetful of their eternal relationship with the Lord. The role of the bona fide Spiritual Master is to lead the conditioned souls out of forgetfulness and back into pure consciousness of serving the Lord in transcendental loving service. In material consciousness one is identifying himself with his particular body, and he is forgetting that he is spirit soul, servant of Krishna. Then by the association and instructions of the purified servants of Krishna, the living entity gradually comes to remember that I am not part of this miserable material world, but I too am the eternal servant of Krishna, and my only business is to give pleasure to the Lord in pure Krishna Consciousness. In this way, such devotee becomes himself eligible to lead other back to the path of devotional service and thus he too may become a Spiritual Master. This process is called parampara, or the line of disciplic succession.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our only business - Sankirtana Party, chant Hare Krishna, give some talk on Bhagavad-gita As It Is, and distribute Prasadam. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Jayapataka -- Los Angeles 1 August, 1969|Letter to Jayapataka -- Los Angeles 1 August, 1969]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You have mentioned that you have been invited to attend some &amp;quot;World Brotherhood Conference,&#039;&#039; and if it is convenient, you may go there with your Sankirtana Party, chant Hare Krishna, give some talk on Bhagavad-gita As It Is, and distribute Prasadam. That is our only business, and we can do these activities anywhere; it doesn&#039;t matter on the street or in some &amp;quot;World Brotherhood Conference.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;You asked me to pray for the devotees, and that is the only business of my life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Gajendra -- Los Angeles 27 January, 1970|Letter to Gajendra -- Los Angeles 27 January, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; To sit down in a corner without preaching risk and to make a show of chanting Hare Krishna Mantra is condemned by my Spiritual Master and He has written a very nice song in this connection, which I am recording. The substance is that to become very dear to Krishna or Balarama or in other words to Lord Caitanya and Nityananda is to take the task of preaching work very seriously at all risk. Please always remember this and you will be successful.&lt;br /&gt;
So I see in your letter that you are also being bold in Krishna&#039;s service in the matter of the preaching work.&lt;br /&gt;
You asked me to pray for the devotees, and that is the only business of my life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our only business is to remain steadfast devotee to Krsna in all conditions. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Ekayani -- Los Angeles 3 May, 1970|Letter to Ekayani -- Los Angeles 3 May, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Our only business is to remain steadfast devotee to Krsna in all conditions. That is the instruction given in Siksastaka, wherein it is said, &amp;quot;My Lord, whatever You like You can do, but unconditionally You are my only object of worship.&#039;&#039; That is pure devotion.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Is our only business, to invent something new programme? &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Ekayani -- Bombay 3 December, 1972|Letter to Ekayani -- Bombay 3 December, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; lease accept my blessings. I beg to acknowledge receipt of your letter dated November 1, 1972, and I have noted the contents with great concern. I do not know why these things inventions are going on. That is our only business, to invent something new programme? We have already got our Vaisnava standard. That is sufficient for Madhvacarya, Ramanujacarya, it was sufficient for Lord Caitanya, six Gosvamis, for Bhaktivinode Thakura, for my Guru Maharaja Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati, for me, for all big big saints and acaryas in our line—why it shall be inadequate for my disciples so they must manufacture something? That is not possible. Who has introduced these things, that women cannot have chanting japa in the temple, they cannot perform the arati and so many things? If they become agitated, then let the brahmacaris go to the forest, I have never introduced these things.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1973 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Krsna Consciousness movement as this is our only business in this human form of life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Rajiblocan -- Calcutta 31 January, 1973|Letter to Rajiblocan -- Calcutta 31 January, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding the question of your wife&#039;s initiation, that is certainly approved by me. You may arrange with Kirtanananda Maharaja for receiving beads duly chanted upon by him. Now both of you cooperate for pushing on this Krsna Consciousness movement as this is our only business in this human form of life.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Book and prasadam distribution, Sankirtana and Deity worship is our only business.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Jagadisa -- Los Angeles 3 December, 1973|Letter to Jagadisa -- Los Angeles 3 December, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Thank you for the report of the progress of Temples in your Canadian Zone. Now that we have opened some Centers, they must be maintained and our work go on. Book and prasadam distribution, Sankirtana and Deity worship is our only business so these programs must remain energetic. Your number one duty is to see that they are continuously carried on with enthusiasm. One thing is that we shall not open any more Centers for the time being. We have so many programs which require manpower and resources so we now must consolidate our energy.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We are servants of Krishna, so our only business is to try to satisfy Him.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Pancadravida -- Bombay 24 November, 1974|Letter to Pancadravida -- Bombay 24 November, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Try your best to establish a center in Bangkok, and the men here who have to leave India for visa difficulty, they can go to Bangkok and remain there and get the visas from there. Here now there is visa difficulty, so a center in Bangkok will be good. Manasvi can go to Bangkok to assist you. He speaks Hindi and can be valuable. He has already told Brahmananda that he will go.&lt;br /&gt;
So take this as Krishna&#039;s desire, and we are servants of Krishna, so our only business is to try to satisfy Him.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;His only business is to acquire money.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Jamuna -- Perth, Australia 11 May, 1975|Letter to Jamuna -- Perth, Australia 11 May, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Your husband recently came to Delhi and Vrndavana and he has sold so many properties of ISKCON through the Mukutwalla. His only business is to acquire money. He is collecting money like anything and is not contributing to the society. So what can I do? I did not say anything to him. I am simply praying to Krishna for his welfare.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;His only business is to revive his eternal relation with God and work on that fundamental basis so that he can achieve the ultimate goal of life. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Mr. K. C. Nigam -- Perth, Australia 11 May, 1975|Letter to Mr. K. C. Nigam -- Perth, Australia 11 May, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am very glad that you are holding some spiritual conference, but my only request is to follow the standard method of spiritual consciousness. One must know first of all, what is the spiritual basis. Anyone who is accepting this body as the self, he is no better than the cats and dogs. One must know what the spirit soul is within this body. He is eternal part and parcel of God, therefore, his only business is to revive his eternal relation with God and work on that fundamental basis so that he can achieve the ultimate goal of life. The whole thing is instructed in the Bhagavad-gita and if we accept the teachings of Bhagavad-gita, as it is without unnecessary commentary on it, then our spiritual movement will be successful. But, if we manufacture something out of our own concoction, it will never be successful.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our only business is to be fixed up in devotional service by pleasing the spiritual master. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sons and Daughters -- Bombay 14 August, 1976|Letter to Sons and Daughters -- Bombay 14 August, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you feel at all indebted to me then you should preach vigorously like me.  That is the proper way to repay me.  Of course, no one can repay the debt to the spiritual master, but the spiritual master is very much pleased by such an attitude by the disciple.  In the Bhagavad-gita it is said, vyavasayatmika buddhir ekeha kuru nandana [Bg. 2.41], &amp;quot;Those who are on this path are resolute in purpose, and their aim is one.&amp;quot;  Our only business is to be fixed up in devotional service by pleasing the spiritual master.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our only business is to go back to home, back to Godhead.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Madhava -- Vrindaban 3 October, 1976|Letter to Madhava -- Vrindaban 3 October, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Simply keep faith that whatever we describe, that is a fact. After all, we are an insignificant creature in the universe, so whether you take the modern scientists or Sukadeva Goswami, it is inconceivable. It is best to keep faith in Sukadeva Goswami, because actually our only business is to go back to home, back to Godhead. So whether Sukadeva Goswami or the modern scientists are right or wrong, it is nothing interesting to us.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This is our only business—to endeavor to serve Krishna at every moment. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Gurudasa -- Mayapur 18 March, 1977|Letter to Gurudasa -- Mayapur 18 March, 1977]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Krishna conscious Katha contest and the workshops appear to be very nice. This is our only business—to endeavor to serve Krishna at every moment. The whole world is busy for sense gratification, it is anthill civilization. So much endeavor for what? We also work hard because we know the goal of life—to please Krishna. So if by these workshops service to Krishna has been increased in everyone, then they are very nice.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Father_means&amp;diff=75296</id>
		<title>Father means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Father_means&amp;diff=75296"/>
		<updated>2009-01-20T08:28:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;father means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rati| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|LEC|CON}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=10|Con=5|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|15}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Father]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Means]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our material father is... Material father means we see the material body. We do not see the soul of the father, neither the father sees the soul of the son.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.11 -- Mauritius, October 1, 1975|Lecture on BG 2.11 -- Mauritius, October 1, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The father is a soul, I am soul, my brother is a soul, so we are related on the spiritual platform in relationship with God because soul is not matter. Our material father is... Material father means we see the material body. We do not see the soul of the father, neither the father sees the soul of the son. Everyone under illusion we are simply seeing the body and accepting as kinsman. So this illusion was to be removed by Kṛṣṇa, and therefore He said, aśocyān anvaśocas tvam [Bg. 2.11]. &amp;quot;You are lamenting over the body. Oh, it is very regrettable. You are lamenting.&amp;quot; Aśocyān anvaśocaḥ. What is this body? It is simply lump of matter. As soon as the soul is out of this body, what is the value of this lump of matter? It will be thrown in the street, and somebody will kick on the face. Nobody will care.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mother means yoni, and father means bīja. Yathā yoni yathā bījam. Our birth is taking place according to the mother and the father. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.12 -- Vrndavana, August 4, 1974|Lecture on BG 4.12 -- Vrndavana, August 4, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; We have got different types of body. Not that everyone&#039;s body of the same type. Why? Why the scientists cannot reply this? But Bhagavad-gītā replies. What is the reply? The reply is kāraṇaṁ guṇa-saṅgaḥ asya sad-asad-yoni-janmasu. We have got different types of body from different types of mother. So kāraṇaṁ guṇa-saṅgaḥ asya. Mother means yoni, and father means bīja. Yathā yoni yathā bījam. Our birth is taking place according to the mother and the father. Yathā bījaṁ yathā yoni. So we are getting different types of body, human body or animal body or demigod body. This is due to kāraṇam.&lt;br /&gt;
What is the reason? Kāraṇaṁ guṇa-saṅgaḥ asya. We are associating with different modes of material nature by our karma, activities. Therefore there are divisions of karma. Cātur-varṇyaṁ mayā sṛṣṭaṁ guṇa-karma-vibhāgaśaḥ [Bg. 4.13]. That is also creation of God, cātur-varṇyam, guṇa-karma. It is very subtle subject matter. According to guṇa and karma, we are getting bodies, and we are preparing also next body according to this guṇa and karma. So if we change our guṇa and karma, then we can again regain our spiritual body. This is the process.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So Kṛṣṇa likes to be related with His devotee as father and mother. Here, in this material world, we try to make our relationship with the Supreme as father.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.21 -- New York, April 13, 1973|Lecture on SB 1.8.21 -- New York, April 13, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So Kṛṣṇa likes to be related with His devotee as father and mother. Here, in this material world, we try to make our relationship with the Supreme as father, but Kṛṣṇa wants to become the son. Therefore nanda-gopa-kumārāya [SB 1.8.21]. He takes pleasure to become a devotee&#039;s son. Ordinary men, they want God as father, but that is not very pleasing to Kṛṣṇa. Father means... To become father means always botheration: &amp;quot;Give me this, give me this, give me this.&amp;quot; You see. Of course, Kṛṣṇa has got immense potencies to supply. Eko yo bahūnāṁ vidadhāti kāmān. He can supply everyone as much he wants. He&#039;s supplying food to the elephant. He&#039;s supplying food to the ant. Why not to the human being? But these rascals, they do not know. They&#039;re working day and night like ass to find out bread. And if he goes to church, there also: &amp;quot;Give me bread.&amp;quot; They are only bread problem. That&#039;s all. Although the living entity is the son of the richest opulent person, but he has created his bread problem. This is called ignorance. He thinks that &amp;quot;If I do not solve my bread problem, if I do not drive my trucks day and night...&amp;quot;Whoosh, whoosh, whoosh, whoosh, whoosh, whoosh, whoosh, whoosh, whoosh, whoosh, whoosh, whoosh, whoosh. whoosh. Such a nonsense civilization. You see. Bread problem. Where is bread problem? Kṛṣṇa can supply. If He can supply food to the elephant in Africa... There are millions and millions of African elephants, you know, and they are supplied food.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;But the Vaiṣṇava conception is not to accept God as father or mother but as son. Son means to give. Father means to take from him, and son means to take from the father. So if you become father of God, then your business will be to give, not to take.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.32 -- Mayapura, October 12, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.8.32 -- Mayapura, October 12, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Just like Arjuna is addressed by Kṛṣṇa, bhakto &#039;si priyo &#039;si: [Bg. 4.3] &amp;quot;You are My devotee and very dear friend.&amp;quot; So our business is, somehow or other, to become very dear to Kṛṣṇa, as a servant, as a friend, or as father, mother, or as lover. Some way or other, you become... Make Kṛṣṇa your dear as master or as son or as father or... Father, they are taki..., doing, everyone. Even ordinary person, if he is God conscious, he takes Kṛṣṇa as supreme father. Just like the Christians, they take that &amp;quot;O Father, give us our daily...&amp;quot; Father means to ask Him, &amp;quot;Give me, give me, give me, give me.&amp;quot; Nobody wants to give father, but wants to take from father. Sometimes our students, when they spend extravagantly and I point out, he says, &amp;quot;My father has sent money.&amp;quot; Sometimes. &amp;quot;My father has sent money.&amp;quot; Yes. &amp;quot;Why did you stay at Ashoka Hotel?&amp;quot; &amp;quot;My father sent money.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Why not ask your father to send money? Why you are collecting by making life member?&amp;quot; So means idea of father... Father means that &amp;quot;Whenever I want to stay in Ashoka Hotel, he&#039;ll send money,&amp;quot; not that &amp;quot;I will send money to father. He may stay at Ashoka Hotel.&amp;quot; Nobody thinks like that. &amp;quot;Father may send money, and I shall stay in Ashoka Hotel.&amp;quot; This is the idea of father. Father means to exploit him, to exploit.&lt;br /&gt;
So the father conception of God, mother conception of God, is not bad. Just like in Bengal especially, they have got mother conception. Mother conception means the same thing, to exploit, take from mother, or father. But the Vaiṣṇava conception is not to accept God as father or mother but as son. Son means to give. Father means to take from him, and son means to take from the father. So if you become father of God, then your business will be to give, not to take. That is Vaiṣṇava conception.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The father means he will simply give to the son. And son means he will simply take. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.38 -- Bombay, December 7, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.38 -- Bombay, December 7, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So don&#039;t be attached to this illusion. Tamasi mā. Tamasi means ignorance. In ignorance, if you accept somebody as son or wife or friend, that is darkness. It is not actual fact. It is ignorance. Tamasi mā jyotir gama: &amp;quot;Go to the light.&amp;quot; Have real friendship, real fatherhood, real lover, real beloved, real son. So if... And another point is that a devotee, real devotee, he doesn&#039;t want to be the son of God. He wants to be the father of God. Why? The father means he will simply give to the son. And son means he will simply take. So just like in the Christian philosophy it is said, &amp;quot;O God, give us our daily bread.&amp;quot; This is one philosophy. That&#039;s a fact. God is giving. Eko yo bahūnāṁ vidadhāti kāmān. God is feeding everyone. That&#039;s a fact. But a devotee does not want to take anything from God. He does not worship God for his daily bread. One who asks daily bread from God, they are pious, but they are not devotees.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When one becomes perfectly spiritually realized, then he understands what is his relationship with Kṛṣṇa and he begins his service in that relationship as father, as friend, as guru, or as servant.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.38 -- Bombay, December 7, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.38 -- Bombay, December 7, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Pure devotees, as we have explained yesterday, they do not want anything from God. Even liberation they do not want, what to speak of this material... Therefore the philosophy of becoming the father of Kṛṣṇa is very perfect. Because one hasn&#039;t got to ask like the son asks from the father, &amp;quot;Father, give me this, give me this.&amp;quot; Because devotee want..., doesn&#039;t want to ask anything from. Then how he can become son? Son business is to ask from father. Therefore they do not aspire to become the son of Godhead, but they aspire to be father of God. This is perfection-Nanda Mahārāja, father, Vasudeva, father. Kṛṣṇa will always ask. Just like Kṛṣṇa is always asking to suck the breast of mother Yaśodā. Always demanding. And if she refuses, He&#039;ll create disturbance. And mother Yaśodā is always thinking that &amp;quot;If I do not feed Kṛṣṇa nicely, He&#039;ll die.&amp;quot; This is love. This is love. Therefore it is said that yeṣām ahaṁ priya ātmā sutaś ca. The devotee accept Kṛṣṇa as suta, as son, not as father. Father means exacting.&lt;br /&gt;
So in this way, if we actually establish... Establish means reestablish. It is already established. We have got different types of relationship. That is called svarūpa-siddhi. Svarūpa-siddhi. When you are perfect in spiritual life, you will understand what is your relationship with Kṛṣṇa automatically. That is called svarūpa-siddhi. You have got original relationship with Kṛṣṇa. Nitya-siddha kṛṣṇa-bhakti. Caitanya-caritāmṛta. That is a... Just like you are son of some gentleman. That is a fact. It is not that the son becomes father or father becomes son. No. The son is son; the father is father. Similarly, we have got an eternal relationship with Kṛṣṇa, either as father, or as lover, or as servant, like that. So that is self-realization. When you will be perfect in love, in loving Kṛṣṇa, then in what status of life you will love, that you will under... That will be revealed. That is called svarūpa-siddhi. So svarūpa-siddhi is not something artificial. When one becomes perfectly spiritually realized, then he understands what is his relationship with Kṛṣṇa and he begins his service in that relationship as father, as friend, as guru, or as servant, like that.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A good boy surrenders to his father means whatever he earns, the money, at the end of month he puts in the hand of the father.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.9.8 -- Montreal, July 2, 1968|Lecture on SB 7.9.8 -- Montreal, July 2, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So after understanding Bhagavad-gītā, if one becomes faithful that &amp;quot;I shall devote my life for service of Kṛṣṇa,&amp;quot; then he is eligible to enter into the study of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. That means Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam begins from the point where Bhagavad-gītā ends. Bhagavad-gītā ends at the point: sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja [Bg. 18.66], one has to surrender fully unto Kṛṣṇa, giving up all other engagements. Always remember, all other engagement means not that you have to give up. You... Try to understand that Kṛṣṇa said that &amp;quot;You give up everything and surrender unto Me.&amp;quot; So that does not mean that Arjuna gave up his fighting capacity. Rather, he took to fighting more vigorously. So &amp;quot;Give up all other engagement&amp;quot; means don&#039;t take the fruit of your engagement. Give up. Just sacrifice the fruit of the engagement. That is to be given to Kṛṣṇa. This is surrender. Just like a good boy surrenders to his father means whatever he earns, the money, at the end of month he puts in the hand of the father: &amp;quot;Oh, this is my month&#039;s earnings&amp;quot;; similarly, we have to sacrifice the fruits of our labor to Kṛṣṇa. This is the beginning of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Although nobody can become Kṛṣṇa&#039;s father, because He is the original father-aham ādir hi devānām [Bg 10.2]—but He agrees to become the son of His devotee. This is called devotional dealing. Śānta, dāsya sākhya, vātsalya-rasa. This is the dealing of vātsalya-rasa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Adi-lila 7.7 -- Mayapur, March 9, 1974|Lecture on CC Adi-lila 7.7 -- Mayapur, March 9, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Although nobody can become Kṛṣṇa&#039;s father, because He is the original father-aham ādir hi devānām [Bg 10.2]—but He agrees to become the son of His devotee. This is called devotional dealing. Śānta, dāsya sākhya, vātsalya-rasa. This is the dealing of vātsalya-rasa. The father... Nobody can become father of Kṛṣṇa. That is not possible. He is the father. Ahaṁ bīja-pradaḥ pitā [Bg. 14.4]. He is the original father. Then how nandātmaja? How Nanda Mahārāja can become the father of Kṛṣṇa? No. That father means he wanted to become the best servant of Kṛṣṇa. When I become father of my child, I am the best servant of the child, actually. You see the children moving, and the mother is taking care. So the mother is the best servant of the child. So this is Vaiṣṇava philosophy. They want to become one with the God, but we keep ourself always servant of God, and to become the best servant of God is also to become His father and mother.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Arrival Addresses and Talks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; If you like to serve Kṛṣṇa, you can serve Him as servant. Next, you can become friend of Kṛṣṇa, as a boyfriend or girlfriend. Next, you can become father and mother of Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Arrival Lecture -- Gainesville, July 29, 1971|Arrival Lecture -- Gainesville, July 29, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So why should we desire for any other life? We should desire to go back to Kṛṣṇa, tyaktva dehaṁ punar janma [Bg. 4.9], then you&#039;ll not get any material body. Then punar janma naiti, he does not get this material body. Then what happens to him? Mām eti: &amp;quot;He comes to Me.&#039;&#039; Kṛṣṇa says in Bhagavad-gītā. And as soon as you go there, you become associate of Kṛṣṇa in so many loving relationships. You can serve Kṛṣṇa passively, as Vṛndāvana land, as tree, as water, so many, as flowers, as fruits. This is called śānta rasa. And next you can serve Kṛṣṇa. If you like to serve Kṛṣṇa, you can serve Him as servant. Next, you can become friend of Kṛṣṇa, as a boyfriend or girlfriend. Next, you can become father and mother of Kṛṣṇa. Yaśodā and Nanda, Nanda Mahārāja, there&#039;re serving Kṛṣṇa, accepting Kṛṣṇa as their on, because the son is served. Son takes service from the parents. So devotees, they do not like to accept Kṛṣṇa as father. They would like to have Kṛṣṇa as their son. Father means to exact &amp;quot;Father give me this. I want. Mother give me this&#039;&#039;—to take service. And to accept God as son means to give service.&lt;br /&gt;
So devotees, they want to give service only. They do not want in exchange from Kṛṣṇa anything. That is pure love. Caitanya Mahāprabhu was teaching like that.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Father is giving food even to the disobedient son. He is so kind. So God is always kind upon us. But we are suffering because we have forgotten God. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- London, August 23, 1973|Lecture -- London, August 23, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Therefore Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā that sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja [Bg. 18.66]. This is dharma. We have created so many dharmas or duties, so-called duties, social duty, political duty, humanitarian duty, so many. But we are violating God. So many humanitarians, philanthropists, they are thinking of good welfare for the human being, but they are not thinking any welfare for the poor animals. They are being sent to the slaughterhouse under some plea. So they are all punishable because every living being is the son of the Supreme Person. Bhagavad-gītā says. We also address the Supreme Being, God, as &amp;quot;Father.&amp;quot; Father means every one of us, we are sons. But we are disobedient son. One who is obedient son, he is perfect. One who is disobedient son, he is imperfect. Therefore we have to ask. Father is giving food even to the disobedient son. He is so kind. So God is always kind upon us. But we are suffering because we have forgotten God. This is our position. Therefore God comes, Kṛṣṇa comes, and teaches us Bhagavad-gītā, how to become God conscious, how to become obedient to God. And at last He says, sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja [Bg. 18.66].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;As soon as you speak of father means he must have a son, or most. And as soon as a son, he must have a father. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Professor Durckheim German Spiritual Writer -- June 19, 1974, Germany|Room Conversation with Professor Durckheim German Spiritual Writer -- June 19, 1974, Germany]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Professor Durckheim: Is something not very agreeable. It&#039;s all the authority like this, the not understanding, the not loving, the authority. You see? There are so many fathers who say in their family, &amp;quot;I don&#039;t know what you are talking about freedom. In my house everybody can do what I like.&amp;quot; So they are very much under this spell today. So I just say this because it&#039;s very funny also in this trend of development of religion of today...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: It is not religion. It is fact. It is not... Religion is sometimes explained as sentiment, but this is fact, that father and son... Without father there is no existence of son, and without son there is no meaning of father. This is science. This is not religion. This is science. As soon as you speak of father means he must have a son, or most. And as soon as a son, he must have a father. So this is a question of &amp;quot;must,&amp;quot; not sentiment.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;He was neither Muslim nor Hindu. He was an intelligent barrister coming from the… His father, means not real father, his father was Parsi, and he kept one Mohammedan girl. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- Durban, October 13, 1975 (New-2003)|Morning Walk -- Durban, October 13, 1975 (New-2003)]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Victim of European propaganda. He used to take “Anything Indian, bad. Anything Indian, bad.” Not only he. Later on, all the so-called educated persons, they took it for granted that “Whatever is done in London, that is first-class, and whatever is Indian original, that is all bad.” And they controlled the native princes. So many things. It is a big history, how they killed India’s original culture. And then Hindu-Muslim riots, friction, fighting between Hindus and Muslims and dividing them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: You said that the British instigated the Muslims.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: How did they do that?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Oh, you… Nowadays you pay somebody, and he will do anything. So they appointed this Jhinna. He found that he is a very, intelligent lawyer. He was in the Congress. So there was dissension. There must be. So once this Jhinna was to be the president of the Congress, and the Patel, he frustrated. So Jhinna became angry, and at this moment the Britishers took it. He was a very intelligent barrister. So he instigated that, “You form a party, Muslim league. And whatever money is required for propaganda, we shall pay.” So regular subscription was raised from all big, big British companies, mercantile, to pay him: “Whatever money, you organize the Muslims against the Hindus.” And he did it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: Jhinna, he was Muslim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: He was neither Muslim nor Hindu. He was an intelligent barrister coming from the… His father, means not real father, his father was Parsi, and he kept one Mohammedan girl.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;To accept Kṛṣṇa as father means &amp;quot;My father is there. I have no anxiety.&amp;quot; And if you accept Kṛṣṇa as your son, then you are full of Kṛṣṇa anxiety. This is the philosophy.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- April 26, 1976, Melbourne|Morning Walk -- April 26, 1976, Melbourne]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Guru-kṛpā: So some people say that &amp;quot;When I go on saṅkīrtana to sell books I become in too much anxiety if I&#039;m not doing well, so I&#039;d rather not do it.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, that is Kṛṣṇa anxiety. He does not know. Let him know that that is Kṛṣṇa anxiety. Yaśodā, mother Yaśodā, became mother of Kṛṣṇa so that she would always remain in anxiety for Kṛṣṇa, whether Kṛṣṇa is safe. That is mother&#039;s anxiety. Therefore she became mother. How to become in Kṛṣṇa anxiety? This philosophy nobody knows. Everyone takes Kṛṣṇa as the father. Father means I&#039;m anxiety-less: &amp;quot;Father, you supply my wants.&amp;quot; And to become father of Kṛṣṇa means to purchase anxiety for Kṛṣṇa. This philosophy they do not know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee (2): They say, that man the other night, he said...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: To accept Kṛṣṇa as father means &amp;quot;My father is there. I have no anxiety.&amp;quot; And if you accept Kṛṣṇa as your son, then you are full of Kṛṣṇa anxiety. This is the philosophy. And these Māyāvādīs, they cannot understand. They think that Kṛṣṇa is born of this father and mother, how He is God? But they do not know the philosophy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: They talk of śānti.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Mother Yaśodā is always anxious. &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa is crawling. Whether He is falling down in some water or some monkey has come, hurting Him, or...?&amp;quot; Always. Or &amp;quot;He is touching some fire.&amp;quot; Always anxiety. And besides that, the demons are coming. So this is perfection. Always remain in anxiety for Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When we say father, means all-kindness, all-mercifulness, all taking care. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- May 30, 1976, Honolulu|Morning Walk -- May 30, 1976, Honolulu]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hari-śauri: But practically speaking, we can see that at a certain stage the children have to take care of the father and mother, and not the other way around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That&#039;s all right. Grown-up children will take care, but the beginning is that without your parents&#039; care you could not succeed. You would have died.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hari-śauri: :This is Freud&#039;s argument, that at a certain stage he can leave that care and venture out for himself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: He can leave the father&#039;s care. But how can he deny father?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee (5): He denies the father. He denies the God the father. He says that&#039;s a wish fantasy for ......&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: :Fantasy? Father is not fantasy. He is fact. You are grown up. You can leave the protection of the father. But how can you deny father? Then you are a rascal. It is not good to live independent of father. If the rich, opulent, very kind, very merciful, why shall I leave? A father is generally, even though he&#039;s personally a bad man, he&#039;s still, he&#039;s kind, merciful to the son. That he is, actually. A rogue, he loves—just like Ajāmila. He was a rogue, but he was taking care of the youngest child. This is nature, we study that even the father is a rogue, he&#039;s kind to his children. So practically he does all nonsense things, but giving protection to the family. So why should he give up the protection of father? When we say father, means all-kindness, all-mercifulness, all taking care. Immediately. In Bengali there is a word, putra davitra hoy, kumāra(?) (indistinct) (indistinct) A son may be bad, but his mother is never bad. Son may be bad, mother.... Son may be bad, but the mother or father is never bad. The father may also be bad, but the mother is never bad.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;According to our Vedic literature, one should not become a father unless he can deliver his son from the cycle of birth and death.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation with Clergymen -- June 15, 1976, Detroit|Conversation with Clergymen -- June 15, 1976, Detroit]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: &amp;quot;Father&amp;quot; means responsibility. According to our Vedic literature, one should not become a father unless he can deliver his son from the cycle of birth and death. Pitā na sa syāj na mocayed yaḥ samupeta-mṛtyum. At the present moment we are in the cycle of birth and death in the conditioned stage. So it is the duty of the father how to save the son from the cycle of birth and death. This is responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scheverman: The last word I didn&#039;t..., the cycle of?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Birth and death.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Krsna_society&amp;diff=75290</id>
		<title>Krsna society</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Krsna_society&amp;diff=75290"/>
		<updated>2009-01-20T06:43:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;krishna society&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;krsna society&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Serene| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|LEC|CON|LET}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|04Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=7|Con=5|Let=4}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|16}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Krsna]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Society]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In our Kṛṣṇa society we are not very much anxious for economic development or sense gratification. We are simply interested how to develop our Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.1.2 -- London, August 15, 1971|Lecture on SB 1.1.2 -- London, August 15, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So this liberation should be the ultimate goal of life, how to get this liberation, go back to home, back to Godhead. That should be our mission. Not for this so-called economic development. That is already fixed up. Just like... In our Kṛṣṇa society we are not very much anxious for economic development or sense gratification. We are simply interested how to develop our Kṛṣṇa consciousness. But the economic question becomes automatically solved. It is not that we are serving, we have no sense gratification. The married couples are there. Nothing is prohibited; everything is there. But it is adjusted, adjusted. Not like cats and dogs. It must be adjusted according to rules and regulations. That is required. That is religious life, that is pious life, and then you become advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and ultimately you get liberation.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We, the members of the Kṛṣṇa society, we have renounced all material activities. That&#039;s all. That is renouncement. Our activities are surrounding only about Kṛṣṇa. We do not do anything except Kṛṣṇa business.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.7 -- New Vrindaban, September 5, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.7 -- New Vrindaban, September 5, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The religion means first-class religion means one who has learned to love God. That is first-class religion. And how to love God, how to practice that love? That is bhakti-yoga. Vāsudeve bhagavati bhakti-yogaḥ prayojitaḥ, janayaty āśu vairāgyam [SB 1.2.7]. Vairāgyam, the word, two things required in human life, knowledge and renunciation. Renunciation-try to understand what is renunciation—just like we, the members of the Kṛṣṇa society, we have renounced all material activities. That&#039;s all. That is renouncement. Our activities are surrounding only about Kṛṣṇa. We do not do anything except Kṛṣṇa business. We are publishing magazine, that is Kṛṣṇa. We are publishing books, that is Kṛṣṇa. We are going to the press, that is for Kṛṣṇa. We are going to the market, that is for Kṛṣṇa. We are cooking, that is for Kṛṣṇa. We are living, only for Kṛṣṇa. We are dancing for Kṛṣṇa. We are chanting for Kṛṣṇa. So we have renounced... The same things are there in the material life, publishing book or going to the press, typing, or microphone, or dancing, chanting, these are... But they are not for Kṛṣṇa, that is for sense gratification.&lt;br /&gt;
So vairāgya means no more working for sense gratification, that is vairāgya. That is renouncement. Only for working Kṛṣṇa, for the satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa, that is called vairāgya. And to attain this vairāgya, renouncement, one requires sufficient knowledge. That is called jñāna. So this knowledge and renouncement-two things required in human life. Just like in your country, some of the younger generation, they have renounced. That&#039;s a good qualification, but they have no knowledge. Renouncement and knowledge must be combined.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our members of the Kṛṣṇa society, because they have given up these four sinful activities, they can see how one is influenced by Kali. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.16.17 -- Los Angeles, January 12, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.16.17 -- Los Angeles, January 12, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Suppose if you are not yourself in healthy condition, you cannot understand what is unhealthy condition. If you are not a scientist, you cannot see how the other thing is not scientific. If you are not yourself a medical man, you cannot understand what is the disease. So Mahārāja Parīkṣit, because he was addressed, rājarṣi, pūrveṣāṁ vṛttim anvaham... He was following strictly the occupational duty of his forefathers. Anu, ahani, day to date, not forgetting even for a single moment. Therefore he could see that what is that Kali. The Kali, we have, I mean, avoiding Kali: no illicit sex, no gambling, no intoxication, and no meat-eating. These are Kali. You will understand from this chapter gradually. These four things are representative of Kali. Now at the present moment, all over the world, Kali&#039;s influence is going on. Everyone, almost everyone, 99.9 percent. You cannot say cent percent because there are some saintly persons. So take it, 99.9 percent, all under the influence of Kali. Illicit sex life, gambling, intoxication and meat-eating. So how these people can see what is Kali? He is himself under the influence of Kali.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore, Parīkṣit Mahārāja&#039;s situation, vartamānasya, tasyaivaṁ vartamānasya, how he was being situated, in what position he was. Just like not to go so far as to go to Parīkṣit Mahārāja. Even those who are neophytes, trying to be beyond the range of Kali-yuga, our members of the Kṛṣṇa society, because they have given up these four sinful activities, they can see how one is influenced by Kali. So this is the position. Therefore he could see. Now because the so-called leaders, so-called presidents, they are themself agent of Kali, how they can stop this illicit sex, meat-eating, gambling, and intoxication? They cannot do. So you have to take shelter of the śāstra, and then you will be able to avoid it. Otherwise, it is not possible.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our conception of brahmacāriṇī is in the Kṛṣṇa society.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.1.2-5 -- Montreal, October 23, 1968|Lecture on SB 2.1.2-5 -- Montreal, October 23, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So at the present moment we cannot strictly follow; neither we are strictly following; neither it is possible to strictly follow. As far as possible, that&#039;s all. Our conception of brahmacāriṇī is in the Kṛṣṇa society, because... Especially in India, there is no brahmacāriṇī. But here, in your country, the boys and girls mix very freely, but just to restrict such free mixing, we think that the unmarried girls should remain separately. That is the contemplation. Actually, in the Vedic system there is no brahmacāriṇī system. Or get yourself married. That is our proposal, that we do not allow illicit sex life. That is impediment. That will not enhance your spiritual interests.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Nārāyaṇa society or Kṛṣṇa society, the same thing.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.17 -- Honolulu, May 17, 1976|Lecture on SB 6.1.17 -- Honolulu, May 17, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; A devotee cannot be bad character. Because Kṛṣṇa is paraṁ brahma paraṁ dhāma pavitram [Bg. 10.12]—pavitra means pure—so impure cannot approach Him. That is not possible. If you want to enter fire, you must be fire. And if you are not fire, then you will burn. So first of all we have to revive, because Kṛṣṇa... The example is given that Kṛṣṇa is the big fire and we are sparks of fire. We are also fire, very small. The sparks of fire can play, can remain within fire, and it is beautiful: &amp;quot;Phat! Phat!&amp;quot; There is spark. You have seen while fire is going on. It is very beautiful. And as soon as this &amp;quot;Phat! Phat!&amp;quot; falls down, separate from the..., it is extinguished. No more fire. It is black charcoal, that&#039;s all. So if we want happiness, then we have to dance with Kṛṣṇa. But you cannot dance Kṛṣṇa if I am not pure. Kṛṣṇa is pavitraṁ paramaṁ bhavān. Pavitra means the supreme pure. If you want to take pleasure in the company of Kṛṣṇa and dance rasa dance, then you have to become pure, purified. That is sarvopādhi vinirmuktam [Cc. Madhya 19.170], to free from all designation. Nārāyaṇa parāyaṇa. Nārāyaṇa society or Kṛṣṇa society, the same thing.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Festival Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Everyone who will join this Krishna Society movement, he is more than a brāhmaṇa. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:His Divine Grace Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Prabhupada&#039;s Appearance Day, Lecture -- Atlanta, March 2, 1975|His Divine Grace Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Prabhupada&#039;s Appearance Day, Lecture -- Atlanta, March 2, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; It doesn&#039;t matter whether one is born in India or outside India. No. When Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, pṛthivīte āche yata nagarādi-grāma, &amp;quot;As many towns and cities and villages are there,&amp;quot; He did not say it to make a farce. He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. So sometimes I am very much criticized that I am making foreigners a brāhmaṇa. The caste brāhmaṇas in India, they are very much against me. But this is not fact. When Caitanya Mahāprabhu said that all over the world His message will be broadcast, does it mean that it will be simply a cinema show? No. He wanted that everyone should become perfect Vaiṣṇava. That is His purpose. It is not to make a farce, some lecturing and..., or some mutual praising society. No. It is Krishna Society. Everyone who will join this Krishna Society movement, he is more than a brāhmaṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Philosophy Discussions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our society is being controlled by me.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Ref: Lecture-Philosophy Discussion B.F. Skinner|Ref: Lecture-Philosophy Discussion B.F. Skinner]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Just like in the Western countries, the social (indistinct), the killing of animals—it is taken not bad. In other societies it is taken as bad. How is that? There are two contradictory societies. One society says that nonviolence is nice, better, but another society says no, violence is better. Then how will I (indistinct)? Which society is good, which society bad? How you will decide?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee: He has no way of deciding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. There is no way. If you come to the Vedic life, then you will know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: So we should propose this to Skinner: &amp;quot;We will accept your process if you take direction from us.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee: He accepts that there should be some process, but he doesn&#039;t know what it is. He obviously has not...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: The process is, just like we say, Vedic injunction: sa gurum eva abhigacchet. He must approach guru.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Atreya Ṛṣi: His idea is that the process should be man-controlled. Our society is being controlled by man.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: It is man-controlled. It is man-controlled. Our society is being controlled by me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: He says that the best way to release the beneficial energy in the people is to build a world in which people are naturally good and in which they are rewarded for wanting what is good for their culture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. This is Kṛṣṇa society. The atheists, let him study, let him come, let him understand.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee: His critics... The critics of this theory that we can condition everyone to a certain program are very fearful that someone unscrupulous will be driving us on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. That we cannot take, I mean, to accept guru as unscrupulous. Therefore we take paramparā. He is coming directly from God. He is perfect. Therefore this paramparā system is bona fide. We cannot accept any rascal to become guru. Guru must be in the paramparā system. He is receiving the knowledge directly from God, Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Because he is not Kṛṣṇa conscious, therefore his knowledge is imperfect.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- December 13, 1970, Indore|Room Conversation -- December 13, 1970, Indore]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are simply busy with this temporary nature, then you are losing time. The temporary relationship will... Just like I came here; now, tomorrow I am going. So, say, for fortnight the relation was there. Now you&#039;ll have another relation. Similarly, after this body I do not know what relation, what father, mother, I will get and what relation will be established. What community will be established I do not know. And then I will forget. Now those who are Indian, but suppose in his last birth he was Chinaman. He has forgotten. Now he&#039;s fighting for India&#039;s cause. If the Chinaman is fighting for China&#039;s cause. This is disease. Therefore Caitanya Mahāprabhu teaches, jīvera svarūpa haya nitya kṛṣṇa dāsa [Cc. Madhya 20.108-109]. We are ready to serve all the dayitas(?), but eternal servitude is Kṛṣṇa. That we have to establish. Then tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma naiti mām eti [Bg. 4.9]. Then, after leaving this body, he has no more to accept this material body and create another society, another family, another relationship, another atmosphere. So because we are not Kṛṣṇa conscious, in Kṛṣṇa society, therefore we are dividing. Suppose one animal is born in India or in America. We don&#039;t take him as &amp;quot;my brother. He is also born in the same national.&amp;quot; No. He kills it. He gives protection only to the animal with hands and legs, not to the animals who are four-legged. Because he is not Kṛṣṇa conscious, therefore his knowledge is imperfect. Paṇḍitaḥ sama-darśinaḥ [Bg. 5.18]. We are fighting between the different religions because there is no Kṛṣṇa religion, no eternal religion, temporary religion. &amp;quot;I am Christian,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am Hindu ,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I am Muslim.&amp;quot; Therefore, to solve all the problems the Kṛṣṇa consciousness: sarva-dharmān parityajya mām ekaṁ [Bg. 18.66]. Take to Kṛṣṇa; everything will be solved. So they are reading Bhagavad-gītā but they do not know this. Therefore we have to preach. For thirteen years they are attending this Bhagavad-gītā class or Gītā Bhavan, but nobody knows that this is the Gītā, this is the fact. Why? (Hindi) You tell me. So Bhagavad-gita As It Is we are presenting, as it is. Then it will be nice. If you understand Bhagavad-gītā as it is, then you&#039;ll be profited.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1975 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Our, these Kṛṣṇa society young boys and girls, they have prepared so many nice things from milk.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversations -- July 26, 1975, Laguna Beach|Room Conversations -- July 26, 1975, Laguna Beach]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Those who are vaiśyas... Economic development... Vaiśya means economic development. They should produce ample food grains and give protection to the cows. Just like our Kṛṣṇa&#039;s life, His foster father was a vaiśya. So he is keeping so many hundred thousands of cows, and Kṛṣṇa was entrusted to take charge of the calves, Kṛṣṇa-Balarāma. So although They were very rich father&#039;s son, still They were taking the calves in the forest for tending in childhood. Still... You have seen in Māyāpur? The small children, they are taking care very nicely of the cows. After all, it is animal. The small child has got a stick, and he has been trained up how to allow them to graze. They have done. So according to Bhagavad-gītā... But that is very nice, that economic development means you produce more food grains and more milk. Then it will solve all posit... There will be no scarcity of food or happiness. Our, these Kṛṣṇa society young boys and girls, they have prepared so many nice things from milk. It is nutritious, very palatable, every..., everything. And we take food grains, fruits, milk preparation, that&#039;s all. That is very easily available. You can get enough fruits if you cultivate trees and plants. That is recommended in Bhagavad-gītā. Patraṁ puṣpaṁ phalaṁ toyaṁ yo me bhaktyā prayacchati [Bg. 9.26].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So don&#039;t you think that we are self-sufficient? We are feeding at least ten thousand devotees daily, but we have no fixed income.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation with News Reporters -- March 25, 1976, Delhi|Conversation with News Reporters -- March 25, 1976, Delhi]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reporter (8): Swamiji, I would like to know, that I feel that your society, the Hare Kṛṣṇa consciousness society, has a very, very stable economy and that it is self-sufficient in itself. Is that so?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hṛdayānanda: Speak a little louder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: Is the Hare Kṛṣṇa society self-sufficient, does it have a.... He understands that our society has a very stable economy. Is it self-sufficient, our own Hare Kṛṣṇa society?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: So don&#039;t you think that we are self-sufficient? We are feeding at least ten thousand devotees daily, but we have no fixed income.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reporter (8): They don&#039;t have any fixed income.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No. None of us have any fixed income, but we are traveling all over the world, New York, London, Calcutta. It is just like going from this quarter to that quarter. Our men are moving like that. Immediately coming, one dozen men from Germany, one dozen from London, and immediately going. We are paying so much money to the airplanes, and we have got so many centers. So how it is going on? On Kṛṣṇa&#039;s grace. We depend on Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The members of the Kṛṣṇa society is that they are not doing the jail work.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Interview with Religious Editor Of the Associated Press -- July 16, 1976, New York|Interview with Religious Editor Of the Associated Press -- July 16, 1976, New York]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interviewer: Well, what people are saying about the members of the Kṛṣṇa society is that they are not doing the jail work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That I have already explained. The prisoner who is hammering the bricks, he&#039;s thinking that this man is simply instructing that you have a different life outside the jail, he&#039;s not hammering on the brick. Therefore he is surprised, &amp;quot;How is that he is not hammering like me?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interviewer: In other words, he&#039;s not participating in jail life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bali-mardana: He&#039;s educating them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interviewer: What&#039;s he doing?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: He&#039;s educating.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interviewer: He&#039;s trying to show them a different way?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Not different way, he&#039;s educating differently.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;His Divine Grace&#039;s visit to Pauri to inaugurate International Krishna Society branch of Madhya Pradesh at Pauri and to revitalize and modernize the rural uplift activities of the Adarsh Seva Sanga. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Second Meeting with Mr. Dwivedi -- April 24, 1977, Bombay|Second Meeting with Mr. Dwivedi -- April 24, 1977, Bombay]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: You can also inform him that we are going to organize the village organization according to Gandhi&#039;s program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Dwivedi: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: That is our proposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Dwivedi: He will help me.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: With spiritual idea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Dwivedi: Mr. Jetthi, he will also help me with this program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Gandhi&#039;s program plus spiritual. Gandhi&#039;s program...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Dwivedi: Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: ...plus spiritual idea. Gandhi had no spiritual program. Therefore it was a failure. But here that simple living plus spiritual program, that will affect.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Dwivedi: Just to rephrase, I have written this...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: I can go over that. That&#039;s advertising. I can do this with him outside, Śrīla Prabhupāda.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mr. Dwivedi: I have written this letter for you so that...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: You read it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: &amp;quot;To Shree Tamāla Kṛṣṇa Goswami, Hare Krishna Land, Juhu. Dear friend, I am extremely grateful to His Divine Grace A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda Guru Mahārāja for giving me his precious few minutes yesterday and your good self for arranging the interview. I request that His Divine Grace be graciously pleased to fix a date for His Divine Grace&#039;s visit to Pauri to inaugurate International Krishna Society branch of Madhya Pradesh at Pauri and to revitalize and modernize the rural uplift activities of the Adarsh Seva Sanga. With profound regards, yours fraternally, H. S. Dwivedi.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So these siddhantic conclusions are being mentioned in all my books, and the boys and girls in our Krsna Society should now give more attention for studying the books very attentively.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Krsna Devi -- Los Angeles 17 February, 1970|Letter to Krsna Devi -- Los Angeles 17 February, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The way of discussion with Dr. Staal requires a little bit of knowledge in the sastras which is called siddhanta. In the Caitanya Caritamrta it is said that nobody should be neglectful of the siddhanta because by siddhantic conclusion one becomes firm in Krsna Consciousness. So these siddhantic conclusions are being mentioned in all my books, and the boys and girls in our Krsna Society should now give more attention for studying the books very attentively. And to get the strength, one should chant the beads sixteen rounds without fail. In this way, when the devotee is constantly engaged in Krsna Consciousness, at that time, Krsna will give all intelligence from within how to make steady progress in Krsna Consciousness.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Society without religion, it is all animal society.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Krsna dasa -- Calcutta 6 October, 1970|Letter to Krsna dasa -- Calcutta 6 October, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You write to say that &amp;quot;the communist goal is to achieve a paradise on earth,&#039;&#039; but in the Bhagavad-gita Krsna has definitely stated that &amp;quot;from the topmost planet down to the lowest, all are places of misery where repeated birth and death take place&#039;&#039;—so what kind of paradise can they achieve? Any society without religion is animal society. The difference between animal and human being is that an animal has no intelligence and therefore is not expected to follow any regulative principles, but human life is a life of responsibility and the human beings are meant for satisfying the material necessities of life under regulative principles or laws. In other words, religion is laws of God.&lt;br /&gt;
Human life is especially meant for reviving our lost relationship with God by following the instructions of God contained in religious books like the Bhagavad-gita, Srimad-Bhagavatam, etc. Without God-centered society, the whole thing is dog-centered society. A dog also eats, a dog also sleeps, a dog also defends and they have ample opportunity for sex-life. So the goal of life is Krsna—to become free from the cat and dog propensities of eating, sleeping, defending and mating and achieve the spiritual platform of Eternity, Knowledge and Blissful Life in pure devotional service to the Lord—Bhakti yoga, that is religion. Simply loving Krsna. Society without religion, it is all animal society.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1971 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Devotee of Hare Krishna Society.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Laksmimoni -- Bombay 28 December, 1971|Letter to Laksmimoni -- Bombay 28 December, 1971]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Regarding your inquiry about deities, I have just this minute finished a letter to Kausalya dasi who is presently in Jaipur to purchase many sets of deities for our centers around the world. I have instructed her to remain there and fill all the orders for all our centers which may request such murtis, including dresses, ornaments, jewels, flutes, etc. In Jaipur they make the very best white and black marble deities anywhere, along with all paraphernalia such as dresses and ornaments. So I think this is good opportunity to write to her immediately and place your order. The deities are usually from 40&amp;quot; to 48&amp;quot; in height, including base. I have instructed her to collect money from the many local rich men for purchasing deities, so she will do that. But you may also send some money towards this buying of many pairs of deities. They will be packed in heavy crates, tightly packed in cotton, and will be shipped by ship from Bombay harbor. The shipping will be free by a special arrangement. Everything considered, it will probably take at least 2 to 3 months to receive the deities in Toronto, or maybe little sooner. It appears it is Krishna&#039;s desire to come to Toronto at this time!&lt;br /&gt;
You may write immediately to:&lt;br /&gt;
Kausalya devi dasi&lt;br /&gt;
Devotee of Hare Krishna Society&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1976 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;International Society for Krishna Consciousness (Hare Krishna Society).&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Manager of Lloyds Bank -- Vrindaban 18 September, 1976|Letter to Manager of Lloyds Bank -- Vrindaban 18 September, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Please withdraw the sum of forty five hundred English Pounds Sterling (4,500 Pounds) from the above mentioned account and transfer it to the account of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness (Hare Krishna Society) in your branch, and advise me that you have done so.&lt;br /&gt;
Thanking you,&lt;br /&gt;
yours sincerely,&lt;br /&gt;
A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Surrender_to_the_spiritual_master&amp;diff=75289</id>
		<title>Surrender to the spiritual master</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Surrender_to_the_spiritual_master&amp;diff=75289"/>
		<updated>2009-01-20T06:42:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;surrender to the spiritual master&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;surrendered to your spiritual master&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;surrender to your spiritual master&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;surrenders to the spiritual master&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;surrenders to a spiritual master&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;surrendered to his spiritual master&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;surrender to his spiritual master&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;surrendering to the spiritual master&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;spiritual master should be accepted in full surrender&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Syamananda| Visnu Murti| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|BG|SB|CC|LEC|CON|LET}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23dec07}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|12}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=2|CC=3|OB=0|Lec=3|Con=1|Let=2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:surrender]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Spiritual Master]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 1 - 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;A spiritual master should be accepted in full surrender, and one should serve the spiritual master like a menial servant, without false prestige.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 4.34|BG 4.34, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Bhāgavatam (6.3.19) says, dharmaṁ tu sākṣād bhagavat-praṇītam: the path of religion is directly enunciated by the Lord. Therefore, mental speculation or dry arguments cannot help lead one to the right path. Nor by independent study of books of knowledge can one progress in spiritual life. One has to approach a bona fide spiritual master to receive the knowledge. Such a spiritual master should be accepted in full surrender, and one should serve the spiritual master like a menial servant, without false prestige. Satisfaction of the self-realized spiritual master is the secret of advancement in spiritual life. Inquiries and submission constitute the proper combination for spiritual understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;One should not only surrender to the spiritual master but also render loving service unto him (sevayā) so that the spiritual master will be pleased.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.12.3|SB 5.12.3, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As stated in Bhagavad-gītā (4.34): tad viddhi praṇipātena paripraśnena sevayā. The student must approach a spiritual master and surrender unto him fully (praṇipātena). He must also question him in order to understand his instructions (paripraśnena). One should not only surrender to the spiritual master but also render loving service unto him (sevayā) so that the spiritual master will be pleased with the student and explain the transcendental subject matter more clearly. A challenging spirit before the spiritual master should be avoided if one is at all interested in learning the Vedic instructions in depth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 7 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By offering service and surrendering to the spiritual master, one is elevated to devotional service.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.7.29|SB 7.7.29, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One must accept the pure devotee, the representative of God, as one&#039;s guru and then offer him all the respects one would offer the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is the secret of success. For one who adopts this method, the perfect process is revealed. In this verse, the words yair añjasā ratiḥ indicate that by offering service and surrendering to the spiritual master, one is elevated to devotional service, and by performing devotional service one gradually becomes attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Because of this attachment to the Lord, one can understand the Lord.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Only unto one who fully surrenders to the spiritual master and the Supreme Lord does the essence of Vedic knowledge become manifested, not to anyone else.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 17.257|CC Adi 17.257, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The purport of this verse is that one who is unflinchingly devoted to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu, and similarly devoted to the spiritual master, with no ulterior motive, becomes a master of all knowledge. In the heart of such a devotee, the real essence of the Vedic knowledge becomes manifested. This essence is nothing but surrender unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead (vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ [Bg. 15.15]). Only unto one who fully surrenders to the spiritual master and the Supreme Lord does the essence of Vedic knowledge become manifested, not to anyone else.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;First one must surrender to the spiritual master; then the process of devotional service will develop.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 17.257|CC Adi 17.257, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrīdhara Svāmī confirms in his commentary that first one must surrender to the spiritual master; then the process of devotional service will develop. It is not a fact that only one who diligently pursues an academic career can become a devotee. Even with no academic career, if one has full faith in the spiritual master and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he develops in spiritual life and real knowledge of the Vedas. The example of Mahārāja Khaṭvāṅga confirms this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;This is the process of initiation. The disciple must surrender to the spiritual master, the representative of Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 24.258|CC Madhya 24.258, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is the process of initiation. The disciple must surrender to the spiritual master, the representative of Kṛṣṇa. The spiritual master, being in the disciplic succession stemming from Nārada Muni, is in the same category with Nārada Muni. A person can be relieved from his sinful activity if he surrenders to the lotus feet of a person who actually represents Nārada Muni. Nārada Muni gave instructions to the hunter after the hunter surrendered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;So one who is intelligent, if he can understand that this worldly position is simply illusion... The, all the thoughts which I have concocted, based on the principle of &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;mine,&amp;quot; this is all illusion. So one, when one is intelligent to get out of the illusion, he surrenders to a spiritual master.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 2.8-12 -- Los Angeles, November 27, 1968|Lecture on BG 2.8-12 -- Los Angeles, November 27, 1968]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So one who is intelligent, if he can understand that this worldly position is simply illusion... The, all the thoughts which I have concocted, based on the principle of &amp;quot;I&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;mine,&amp;quot; this is all illusion. So one, when one is intelligent to get out of the illusion, he surrenders to a spiritual master. That is being exemplified by Arjuna. When he&#039;s too much perplexed... He was talking with Kṛṣṇa as friend, but he saw that &amp;quot;This friendly talking will not solve my question.&amp;quot; And he selected Kṛṣṇa... Because he knew the value of Kṛṣṇa. At least, he ought to have known. He is friend. And he knows that Kṛṣṇa is accepted... &amp;quot;Although He is acting as my friend, but by great authorities Kṛṣṇa is accepted as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&amp;quot; That was known to Arjuna. So he said that &amp;quot;I&#039;m so much puzzled that I cannot understand. Even accepting that I shall be victorious in this battle, still I shall not be happy.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Spiritual master is the representative of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, surrendering to the spiritual master means surrendering to Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:name wrongly formatted Bhagavad-gita 4.34 -- Questions &amp;amp; Answers -- August 14, 1968, New YorkLecture on BG 4.34 -- Questions &amp;amp; Answers -- August 14, 1968, New York|name wrongly formatted Bhagavad-gita 4.34 -- Questions &amp;amp; Answers -- August 14, 1968, New YorkLecture on BG 4.34 -- Questions &amp;amp; Answers -- August 14, 1968, New York]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Devotee (1): If one surrenders to a spiritual master, what then is their relationship to Kṛṣṇa?&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Oh. Spiritual master is the representative of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore, surrendering to the spiritual master means surrendering to Kṛṣṇa. He is the bona fide. Spiritual master is just like, as just I explained the śloka, hṛdy antaḥ-stho hy abhadrāṇi vidhunoti suhṛt satām. I&#039;ll try to relate one nice story in this connection, the story of Dhruva Mahārāja. Dhruva Mahārāja was a child, and he was insulted by his stepmother. So he went to his own mother and he prayed, &amp;quot;My dear mother&amp;quot;—he was five years old only—&amp;quot;my stepmother has insulted me in this way. I was sitting on the lap of my father and she dragged me out. She told me that &#039;You cannot sit on the lap on your father.&#039;&amp;quot; So he was the son of king, so he felt insulted and he went to his mother and cried. Then he asked his mother, &amp;quot;What is the remedy?&amp;quot; Because he was a son of a kṣatriya, he was resentful. So his mother directed, &amp;quot;My dear son, your father do not care for me, so he will not hear whatever I say. So if God can help you, then you can get revenge.&amp;quot; Then—he was child—he said, &amp;quot;Oh, where is God?&amp;quot; Then mother replied, &amp;quot;Oh, we understand that God is in the forest. Somebody goes to the forest and realizes God. So you cannot go, my dear son.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;No, I shall go.&amp;quot; So he went to the forest. He went to the forest, and he was asking the tiger, &amp;quot;Oh, you are God?&amp;quot; The elephant, &amp;quot;You are God?&amp;quot; Just like a child. Then when he was so serious, then, because God is within himself, then he was..., Nārada was sent to him, that &amp;quot;You go to the boy. How he is anxious that what is the actual point (indistinct). You just try to help him.&amp;quot; So this is the process. When we are seriously anxious about understanding the science of God, then God is within you, He will make your relationship with such a spiritual master who will enlighten you further and further. So practically, the spiritual master is the representative of Kṛṣṇa. Now, it depends on me. Ye yathā māṁ prapadyante tāṁs tathaiva bhajāmy aham [Bg. 4.11]. The degree of my serious thought, if I am seriously about actually perception of the Supreme Lord, then I will get such a spiritual master who can give me information of the Supreme Lord. But if I want something else, then Kṛṣṇa will help you in that way also, you will get something else. So ye yathā māṁ prapadyante. The spiritual master is the representative of Kṛṣṇa, and He, Kṛṣṇa, is sitting within our heart. As you are anxious, your degree of anxiety will be helped by Kṛṣṇa by sending similar quality of spiritual master.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you approach a bona fide representative, then, taking lessons from him, the result will be upadhārya matiṁ kṛṣṇe, your surrender will be on Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.4.1 -- Los Angeles, June 24, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.4.1 -- Los Angeles, June 24, 1972]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Who knows the tattva? Athāpi te deva padāmbuja-dvaya-prasāda-leśānugṛhīta. &amp;quot;One person who has got a slight benediction from Your lotus feet.&amp;quot; Not that all. A slight. Svalpam apy asya dharmasya trāyate mahato bhayāt. If you get a slight, a glance, then your life is perfect, immediately. Not that you have to get all the mercies of the Lord. Even little, very insignificant part. That means, insignificant part, that is, Kṛṣṇa is teaching Himself, &amp;quot;Just surrender.&amp;quot; So this much mercy every one of us we can take. How? &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa, I was wandering throughout the whole universe in so many lives. I did not know that You are my supreme master. Now, from this day, I surrender unto You.&amp;quot; Kṛṣṇa is ready: ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo mokṣayiṣyāmi [Bg. 18.66]. &amp;quot;Yes, you do it. I shall give you protection from all sinful resultant action. Immediately.&amp;quot; A simple process. So this much mercy we can take, if we will. But we are not willing. We surrender to some rascal, but not to Kṛṣṇa. That is our position. We shall surrender to this man, that man, this man, this one ... Why not Kṛṣṇa? &amp;quot;No,&amp;quot; māyā will say. &amp;quot;No, no, no. What is Kṛṣṇa? You surrender to such big politician, big yogi, big bluffer, cheater. You surrender there.&amp;quot; Māyā is always after you to bewilder you. Because we have forgotten Kṛṣṇa by our independence, misusing our independence, so māyā wants to give us some good lesson, that &amp;quot;Forgetting Kṛṣṇa, you are trying to be happy. All right, I shall give you nice happiness.&amp;quot; This is going on. Therefore, māyā is very strong. That is stated in the Bhagavad-gītā: daivī hy eṣā guṇamayī mama māyā duratyayā [Bg. 7.14]. You cannot get out of the clutches of māyā so easily.&lt;br /&gt;
Then? How it is possible? Mām eva ye prapadyante māyām etāṁ taranti te [Bg. 7.14]. The same thing. &amp;quot;If anyone fully surrenders unto Me, then he can get out of the clutches of māyā.&amp;quot; So here, Parīkṣit Mahārāja is fully surrendered to his spiritual master. Vaiyāsaker iti vacaḥ. Whatever he said... Vaiyāsaki, Śukadeva Gosvāmī, he placed the whole thing before him, how to concentrate one&#039;s mind on Kṛṣṇa. So upadhārya matiṁ kṛṣṇe. Then immediately this is the result. If you approach a bona fide representative, then, taking lessons from him, the result will be upadhārya matiṁ kṛṣṇe, your surrender will be on Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1972 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; You have no mind to follow austerities, but when you accept a spiritual master you have to carry out the order. That is austerity.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Talk with Bob Cohen -- February 27-29, 1972, Mayapura|Talk with Bob Cohen -- February 27-29, 1972, Mayapura]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: About austerities. If you don&#039;t practice voluntarily austerities, then you must involuntarily practice some austerities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes, under the direction of spiritual master. You have no mind to follow austerities, but when you accept a spiritual master you have to carry out the order. That is austerity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śyāmasundara: Even if you don&#039;t want to practice austerity, you must. You are forced to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: No, because... You have got... You have surrendered to your spiritual master. His order is final. So even if you don&#039;t like, you have to do it. To please me. Even you don&#039;t like. Nobody likes to fast, but spiritual master says, &amp;quot;Today is fasting,&amp;quot; so what can be done? (laughter) This is austerity. And disciple means who has voluntarily agreed to be disciplined by the spiritual master. That is austerity.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One should not only hear submissively from the spiritual master, but one must also get a clear understanding from him, in submission and service and inquiries. A bona fide spiritual master is by nature very kind toward the disciple. Therefore when the student is submissive and is always ready to render service, the reciprocation of knowledge and inquiries becomes perfect.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Christian Priest -- June 9, 1974, Paris|Room Conversation with Christian Priest -- June 9, 1974, Paris]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
If one wants to know what is God and to love Him, the path is open for everyone. It does not require high intelligence, high education, high culture. No. Anyone. The process is śravaṇam, the beginning. One has to hear. One may be fool number one, it doesn&#039;t matter. No education, it doesn&#039;t matter. Poor, doesn&#039;t matter. Black, doesn&#039;t matter. White, doesn&#039;t matter. You try to hear. Satāṁ prasaṅgān mama vīrya-saṁvido bhavanti hṛt-karṇa-rasāyanāḥ kathāḥ [SB 3.25.25]. Therefore, Vedic injunction is in order to know, go to the bona fide guru and hear. Ādau gurv-āśrayam, sad-dharma pṛcchāt. So even one has no experience, if he goes to the experienced man, experienced person, then you can understand and you can love God, and that is perfection of life. Tad viddhi... Find out this verse,&lt;br /&gt;
tad viddhi praṇipātena&lt;br /&gt;
paripraśnena sevayā&lt;br /&gt;
upadekṣyanti te jñānaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
jñāninas tattva-darśinaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
[Bg. 4.34]&lt;br /&gt;
This tattva-darśinaḥ means experience. What is that?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradyumna:&lt;br /&gt;
tad viddhi praṇipātena&lt;br /&gt;
paripraśnena sevayā&lt;br /&gt;
upadekṣyanti te jñānaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
jñāninas tattva-darśinaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
[Bg. 4.34]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Just try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire from him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realized soul can impart knowledge unto you because he has seen the truth.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Purport.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pradyumna: &amp;quot;The path of spiritual realization is undoubtedly difficult. The Lord therefore advises us to approach a bona fide spiritual master in the line of disciplic succession from the Lord Himself. No one can be a bona fide spiritual master without following this principle of disciplic succession. The Lord is the original spiritual master, and a person in the disciplic succession can convey the message of the Lord as it is to his disciple. No one can be spiritually realized by manufacturing his own process, as is the fashion of the foolish pretenders. The Bhāgavatam says: dharmaṁ hi sākṣād-bhagavat-praṇītam—the path of religion is directly enunciated by the Lord. Therefore, mental speculation or dry arguments cannot help one progress in spiritual life. One has to approach a bona fide spiritual master to receive the knowledge. Such a spiritual master should be accepted in full surrender, and one should serve the spiritual master like a menial servant, without false prestige. Satisfaction of the self-realized spiritual master is the secret of advancement in spiritual life. Inquiries and submission constitute the proper combination for spiritual understanding. Unless there is submission and service, inquiries from the learned spiritual master will not be effective. One must be able to pass the test of the spiritual master, and when he sees the genuine desire of the disciple, he automatically blesses the disciple with genuine spiritual understanding. In this verse, both blind following and absurd inquiries are condemned. One should not only hear submissively from the spiritual master, but one must also get a clear understanding from him, in submission and service and inquiries. A bona fide spiritual master is by nature very kind toward the disciple. Therefore when the student is submissive and is always ready to render service, the reciprocation of knowledge and inquiries becomes perfect.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One should have unflinching faith in Krsna and similarly in the Spiritual Master. That is the way of understanding the secret of Krsna Consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Bali-mardana -- Tokyo 25 August, 1970|Letter to Bali-mardana -- Tokyo 25 August, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; In the Mayavadi Sampradaya they observe the Guru Purnima day to offer respect to the Spiritual Master. This system of offering respect to the Spiritual Master is current in all sections of Vedic followers, but so far we are the Gaudiya Sampradaya is concerned, we offer on the Appearance Day of the Spiritual Master our humble homage annually and this particular auspicious moment is called Vyasa Puja.&lt;br /&gt;
I have received the painting of my Guru Maharaja. It is very nicely done. Please convey my thanks to the girl. I have immediately placed this painting on my Deity altar.&lt;br /&gt;
Yes, this attitude of surrendering to the Spiritual Master is the best qualification of spreading this movement of Lord Caitanya. That is the Vedic way. One should have unflinching faith in Krsna and similarly in the Spiritual Master. That is the way of understanding the secret of Krsna Consciousness. Unfortunately, attempt has been made lately in our Society to shake this formula. This mischievous attempt has done a great harm, but if you the members of the Governing Body Commission can rectify this mischievous attempt, then still there is hope of making our progress uninterruptedly. I hope Krsna will help us.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Always follow my instructions and my example. This should be your life and soul.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Ref: Letter to: Hamsaduta: - Mayapur 1 October, 1974|Ref: Letter to: Hamsaduta: - Mayapur 1 October, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Your statements expressing your surrender to your spiritual master is proper. If this principle is followed you will remain pure and always protected by Krsna. Always follow my instructions and my example. This should be your life and soul.&lt;br /&gt;
From Madhavananda I have heard that there is some worship of yourself by the other devotees. Of course it is proper to offer obeisances to a Vaisnava, but not in the presence of the spiritual master. After the departure of the spiritual master, it will come to that stage, but now wait. Otherwise it will create factions.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Vaisnava%27s_business&amp;diff=75288</id>
		<title>Vaisnava&#039;s business</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Vaisnava%27s_business&amp;diff=75288"/>
		<updated>2009-01-20T06:41:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;vaisnava business&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;vaisnava&#039;s business&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;business of vaisnava&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;business of a vaisnava&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Laksmipriya| Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|SB|CC|LEC|CON|LET}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20Jan09}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=2|OB=0|Lec=12|Con=2|Let=1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|18}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaisnava]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Business]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The first business of a Vaiṣṇava is to give up the association of persons who are not devotees of Kṛṣṇa.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.18.10|SB 5.18.10, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu was requested to explain the duty of a Vaiṣṇava, a Kṛṣṇa conscious person, He immediately said, asat-saṅga-tyāga-ei vaiṣṇava-ācāra [Cc. Madhya 22.87]. The first business of a Vaiṣṇava is to give up the association of persons who are not devotees of Kṛṣṇa and who are too attached to material things—wife, children, bank balance and so on. Prahlāda Mahārāja also prays to the Personality of Godhead that he may avoid the association of nondevotees attached to the materialistic way of life. If he must be attached to someone, he prays to be attached only to a devotee.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Madhya-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura points out that because there are many permanent residents in holy places who do not precisely follow the rules and regulations governing living in a sacred place, exalted devotees have to go to these places to reclaim such persons. This is the business of a Vaiṣṇava.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 10.13|CC Madhya 10.13, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura points out that because there are many permanent residents in holy places who do not precisely follow the rules and regulations governing living in a sacred place, exalted devotees have to go to these places to reclaim such persons. This is the business of a Vaiṣṇava. A Vaiṣṇava is unhappy to see others materially enmeshed. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu taught these activities of a Vaiṣṇava although He is the worshipable Deity of all Vaiṣṇavas, the complete and independent Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is pūrṇaḥ śuddho nitya-muktaḥ—complete, completely uncontaminated and eternally liberated. He is sanātana, for He has no beginning or end.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The first business of a Vaiṣṇava is to give up the company of nondevotees.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Madhya 19.157|CC Madhya 19.157, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; While the bhakti creeper is growing, the devotee must protect it by fencing it all around. The neophyte devotee must be protected by being surrounded by pure devotees. In this way he will not give the maddened elephant a chance to uproot his bhakti creeper. When one associates with nondevotees, the maddened elephant is set loose. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has said, asat-saṅga-tyāga,—ei vaiṣṇava-ācāra [Cc. Madhya 22.87]. The first business of a Vaiṣṇava is to give up the company of nondevotees. A so-called mature devotee, however, commits a great offense by giving up the company of pure devotees. The human being is a social animal, and if one gives up the society of pure devotees, he must associate with nondevotees (asat-saṅga). By contacting nondevotees and engaging in nondevotional activities, a so-called mature devotee will fall victim to the mad elephant offense. Whatever growth has taken place is quickly uprooted by such an offense. One should therefore be very careful to defend the creeper by fencing it in—that is, by following the regulative principles and associating with pure devotees.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The duty of the Vaiṣṇava to educate the whole world how to go back to home, back to Godhead.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.2 -- Rome, May 26, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.2.2 -- Rome, May 26, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Our point is that Kṛṣṇa says everyone should be given chance how to come back to home, how to approach Kṛṣṇa. So whose duty it is? It is the duty of Kṛṣṇa&#039;s servant. Just like Prahlāda Mahārāja. Prahlāda Mahārāja said, &amp;quot;My Lord, I do not wish to go back to home, back to Godhead alone. I want to take all of them who are godless or not devotee. I want to take. Unless I educate them how to go back to home, back to.,., I alone am not prepared to...&amp;quot; This is Prahlāda. This is Vaiṣṇava. Para-duḥkha-duḥkhī kṛpāmbudhir yaḥ. Vaiṣṇava means for himself he has no problem, but he is very, very, I mean, morose, by seeing others in distressed condition without Kṛṣṇa consciousness. This is Vaiṣṇava. A Vaiṣṇava has no problem. He can sit down anywhere and chant Hare Kṛṣṇa. Everything will be supplied to him. Kṛṣṇa said, yoga-kṣemaṁ vahāmy aham [Bg. 9.22]. There is no problem. But it is a Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business to execute the will of Kṛṣṇa, as Kṛṣṇa says,&lt;br /&gt;
māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśritya&lt;br /&gt;
ye &#039;pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
striyo vaiśyās tathā śūdrās&lt;br /&gt;
te &#039;pi yānti parāṁ gatim&lt;br /&gt;
[Bg. 9.32]&lt;br /&gt;
If everyone has got the potency to go back to home, back to Godhead, it is the duty of the Vaiṣṇava to educate the whole world how to go back to home, back to Godhead. This is Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. This is Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; That is the Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business, that simply how to make perfection of life in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.5.28 -- Vrndavana, August 9, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.5.28 -- Vrndavana, August 9, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So Vaiṣṇava, being inherently a brāhmaṇa, he should be satisfied: &amp;quot;Whatever Kṛṣṇa has given, that&#039;s all right. My business is how to make advance in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&amp;quot; Tasyaiva hetoḥ prayateta kovidaḥ. That is the Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business, that simply how to make perfection of life in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That is Vaiṣṇava&#039;s demand, not for any other improvement, economic development or this improvement. No. Because economic... It is... It is a false idea that one will be satisfied or be happy simply by economic development. No, that is not possible, practically. In your country, America, there is immense economic development, but you could not get any happiness. That is not possible. Happiness will be possible when, first of all, you are situated in the brahminical position, sattva-guṇa, and to come to that brahminical position, you have to give up the activities of rajas-tamo-guṇa. The rajas-tamo-guṇa is that illicit sex, meat-eating, intoxication and gambling. That&#039;s all. So if you voluntarily give up, and be situated in the sattva-guṇa, then you&#039;ll be happy.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Vaiṣṇava, when he comes to become Kṛṣṇa conscious, he can understand that &amp;quot;What I was previously and what I am now.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.29 -- Mayapura, October 9, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.8.29 -- Mayapura, October 9, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Just like Vaiṣṇava. Vaiṣṇava, Prahlāda Mahārāja. He is feeling for... Para-duḥkha-duḥkhī. This is Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business, because a Vaiṣṇava, when he comes to become Kṛṣṇa conscious, he can understand that &amp;quot;What I was previously and what I am now.&amp;quot; Actually one is... He&#039;s happy. He feels that... Yaṁ labdhvā cāparaṁ lābhaṁ manyate nādhikaṁ tataḥ. &amp;quot;So why these people should suffer without Kṛṣṇa consciousness?&amp;quot; That is samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu. Therefore preaching required. He preaches. Kaniṣṭha-adhikārī Vaiṣṇava, he remains compact in temple worship, that&#039;s all, to show the Deity and get some money and fill up the belly.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Caitanya Mahāprabhu was asked how to, what is the business of a Vaiṣṇava. He summarized in two lines: asat-saṅga tyāga, ei vaiṣṇava ācāra [Cc. Madhya 22.87]. Asat-saṅga tyāga, to give up the association of asat. Asat means materialistic.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.10.7 -- Mayapura, June 22, 1973|Lecture on SB 1.10.7 -- Mayapura, June 22, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So practically, at the present moment, the whole world is viṣayī. But this line, Kṛṣṇa consciousness line, is so transcendental that one has to give up this viṣayī idea. Viṣaya chāṛiyā se rase majiyā mukhe bolo hari hari. We chant &amp;quot;Hari, Hari,&amp;quot; but actually, &amp;quot;Hari, Hari,&amp;quot; we can chant &amp;quot;Hari, Hari&amp;quot; only when we give up viṣaya. Viṣaya chāṛiyā se rase majiyā. Otherwise &amp;quot;Hari, Hari&amp;quot; is not purely chanted. Therefore there are ten kinds of offenses we have to give up. Śuddha-nāma. When we chant pure Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, then we are elevated to the platform of transcendental love. Otherwise we can attain up to liberation. Not on the platform of loving. So Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very strict about viṣayī and strī-saṅgī. Caitanya Mahāprabhu was asked how to, what is the business of a Vaiṣṇava. He summarized in two lines: asat-saṅga tyāga, ei vaiṣṇava ācāra [Cc. Madhya 22.87]. Asat-saṅga tyāga, to give up the association of asat. Asat means materialistic. So who is asat? Now, asat eka strī-saṅgī and kṛṣṇa-abhakta. Those who are too much attached for material enjoyment, they are asat. And one who is not devotee of Kṛṣṇa, he is also asat. So we have to give up the company of these kind of people, who are too much materially attached and is not devotee of Kṛṣṇa. If we can avoid these two persons, then we can be fixed up in devotional service.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;And the Vaiṣṇava, he&#039;s always thinking how a man can be saved from the clutches of māyā.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.21 -- Bombay, November 21, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.21 -- Bombay, November 21, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; A Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business is para-duḥkha-duḥkhī. A Vaiṣṇava understands that &amp;quot;These people, they are engaged like cats and dogs in sense gratification. They are misguided, and they&#039;ll be, next life they&#039;ll be punished for this misguidance. Let us do something for them.&amp;quot; This is kāruṇikāḥ. Karuṇā. Karuṇā... Out of mercy. There is no question of getting something, money. No. Money we have got sufficient. Just to become merciful upon these fallen, conditioned souls, who are suffering on account of becoming animalistic, without any Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Therefore the preacher, the sādhus... These are the sādhus. Titikṣavaḥ, tolerant. &amp;quot;Never mind. Whatever hindrances and tribulations they are offering to us, never mind. Tolerate.&amp;quot; Titikṣavaḥ kāruṇikāḥ suhṛdaḥ [SB 3.25.21]. Suhṛdaḥ, means the heart is so nice. Su means nice, and hṛd means heart. They have no other desire. Suhṛdaḥ. Suhṛdaḥ means... Just like there are different words: mitra, suhṛdaḥ, bandhu... And Sanskrit is very perfect language. Suhṛdaḥ. Suhṛdaḥ means a person who is always thinking of welfare for others. He&#039;s called suhṛdaḥ. Otherwise kuhṛdaḥ. The ordinary persons, they are thinking how to make him subdued, how to make him defeated, in competition. That is the polluted heart. And the Vaiṣṇava, he&#039;s always thinking how a man can be saved from the clutches of māyā. He&#039;s called suhṛdaḥ. He has no other desire. Suhṛdaḥ sarva-dehinām. Not &amp;quot;For my brother, or family,&amp;quot; but sarva-dehinām, for all dehīs, all dehīs.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;We offer our respectful obeisances to Vaiṣṇava because Vaiṣṇava is meant for delivering the fallen souls. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.6 -- Sydney, February 17, 1973|Lecture on SB 6.1.6 -- Sydney, February 17, 1973]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So this question was raised by Parīkṣit Mahārāja, that,&lt;br /&gt;
adhuneha mahā-bhāga&lt;br /&gt;
yathaiva narakān naraḥ&lt;br /&gt;
nānogra-yātanān neyāt&lt;br /&gt;
tan me vyākhyātum arhasi&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;I heard that people suffer such-and-such kind of punishment for such-and-such kind of sinful activities. So how to get them released from this suffering?&#039;&#039; Just like a friend, suppose another friend for criminal activity is put into jail, but the friend is thinking, &amp;quot;Anyway, my friend is now put into jail, suffering. How to get him released?&#039;&#039; That is friend&#039;s action—father, mother or friend. Similarly, Vaiṣṇava, Vaiṣṇava is patitānāṁ pāvanebhyo vaiṣṇavebhyo namo namaḥ. We offer our respectful obeisances to Vaiṣṇava because Vaiṣṇava is meant for delivering the fallen souls. That is Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business. They have taken so much trouble just to deliver the fallen souls from the sinful activities, and those who are being punished, to save them, this is Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business. So Parīkṣit Mahārāja, not for himself, but for others he inquired this question: &amp;quot;My dear Śukadeva Goswāmī, I understand that these people are suffering so many different types of punishment. But how to rescue, rescue them? Is there any method to rescue them? If there is, kindly describe, kindly describe.&#039;&#039; Adhuneha mahā-bhāga yathaiva narakān naraḥ. Adhuna—now; iha—in this world; mahā-bhāga. Mahā-bhāga, the Śukadeva Goswāmī is described, mahā-bhāga, most fortunate. A Vaiṣṇava is most fortunate. Vaiṣṇava is most fortunate because he has got the shelter of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Vaiṣṇava is not very anxious or unhappy for his personal affair. He knows that &amp;quot;Everywhere I will be protected by Kṛṣṇa,&amp;quot; so he has no problem. Therefore real Vaiṣṇava, he wants to deliver all these fallen souls from this miserable condition of life. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.8 -- Los Angeles, June 21, 1975|Lecture on SB 6.1.8 -- Los Angeles, June 21, 1975]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Now, Parīkṣit Mahārāja, being Vaiṣṇava, he became very much sympathetic with the persons who are degraded in the hellish planet. So his question was, &amp;quot;My dear sir,&amp;quot; Śukadeva Gosvāmī his spiritual master, that &amp;quot;how these people could be saved from this hellish condition of life?&amp;quot; This is Vaiṣṇava&#039;s concern. Vaiṣṇava is not a pickpocket, that he will exploit others for his benefit. No. Para-duḥkha-duḥkhī. Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business is: he is very unhappy by seeing others unhappy. Prahlāda Mahārāja said like that:&lt;br /&gt;
naivodvije para duratyaya-vaitaraṇyās&lt;br /&gt;
tvad-vīrya-gāyana-mahāmṛta-magna cittaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
śoce tato vimukha-cetasa māyā-sukhāya&lt;br /&gt;
bharam udvahato vimūḍhān&lt;br /&gt;
[SB 7.9.43]&lt;br /&gt;
Prahlāda Mahārāja, he said to Nṛsiṁhadeva, &amp;quot;My Lord,&amp;quot; na udvije, &amp;quot;I am not at all in anxiety.&amp;quot; Na udvije. Para: &amp;quot;You are transcendental.&amp;quot; Naivodvije para duratyaya-vaitaraṇyās. Duratyaya means very difficult to cross over. Vaitaraṇyā, vaitaraṇi, the nescience, ocean of nescience. &amp;quot;Why you are not afraid of?&amp;quot; Tvad-vīrya-gāyana-mahāmṛta-magna cittaḥ: &amp;quot;Because I am now Kṛṣṇa conscious, and as soon as I hear the glories of Your wonderful activities, I become merged in it. So I have no problem.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Then you appear to be little unhappy. Why?&amp;quot; &amp;quot;No,&amp;quot; śoce, &amp;quot;I am very much aggrieved.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Why?&amp;quot; Tato vimukha-cetasa: &amp;quot;For these rascals who do not take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. I am thinking of them. Instead of taking to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, they are busy in māyā-sukhāya, māyā, this temporary, little temporary happiness. They are making big, big program. He will live for fifty years, but he is making program for five millions of years. So I am...,&amp;quot; śoce, &amp;quot;I am actually lamenting for them.&amp;quot; This is Vaiṣṇava. Vaiṣṇava is not very anxious or unhappy for his personal affair. He knows that &amp;quot;Everywhere I will be protected by Kṛṣṇa,&amp;quot; so he has no problem. Therefore real Vaiṣṇava, he wants to deliver all these fallen souls from this miserable condition of life. So Parīkṣit Mahārāja is Vaiṣṇava. His first attention was drawn to the persons in the hellish planet. They are suffering. He questioned, &amp;quot;How they can be saved?&amp;quot; That is his concern. This is Vaiṣṇava.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Vaiṣṇava is very, very merciful. They are merciful to the fallen souls. Their only concern is how to deliver these fallen souls. They are under the clutches of māyā, suffering. So various means adopting, just try to save them. This is Vaiṣṇava business.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.8 -- Honolulu, May 9, 1976|Lecture on SB 6.1.8 -- Honolulu, May 9, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Similarly, the Gosvāmīs, they were ministers. They were not ordinary men, Rūpa Gosvāmī, Sanātana Gosvāmī. Practically they were governing the whole affairs of government at that time, a very exalted post. So about them also, it is written by Śrīnivāsācārya, tyaktvā tūrṇam aśeṣa-maṇḍala-pati-śreṇīṁ sadā tuccha-vat. Aśeṣa-maṇḍala. Maṇḍala-pati means big, big leaders, big, big leaders of the society. He was minister, so he was associating with big, big men, not ordinary men. But he gave up. He&#039;s such a position, minister, drawing high salary, and association, all the big, big men of the country or the society. But he gave them up—sadā tuccha-vat, that &amp;quot;What is the use of this?&amp;quot; This is called vairāgya. Tyaktvā tūrṇam... Very soon. Tyaktvā tūrṇam aśeṣa-maṇḍala-pati-śreṇīm. Not only one, many, many big men were flattering them. Tyaktvā tūrṇam aśeṣa-maṇḍala-pati-śreṇīṁ sadā tuccha-vat. Then what he became? Bhūtvā dīna-gaṇeśakau karuṇayā kaupīna-kanthāśritau. They are so affectionate for the poor, suffering souls. Bhūtvā dīna-gaṇeśakau karuṇayā. So Vaiṣṇava is very, very merciful. They are merciful to the fallen souls. Their only concern is how to deliver these fallen souls. They are under the clutches of māyā, suffering. So various means adopting, just try to save them. This is Vaiṣṇava business. Nānā-śāstra-vicā raṇaika-nipuṇau sad-dharma-saṁsthāpakau lokānāṁ hita-kāriṇau. These Gosvāmīs, they were studying so many books, Vedic literature and found out the cream, how to establish... Nānā-śāstra-vicāraṇaika-nipuṇau sad-dharma-saṁsthā... Sad-dharma, not cheating dharma. Dharma means religion. Real religion, sad-dharma. So the sad-dharma... As soon as we become addicted to sinful activities, then our real, constitutional position we forget, and we become mad after it and the disease increases.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A Vaiṣṇava is not only thinking of the community or society or family, he is thinking of all living entities. That is Vaiṣṇava.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.50 -- Detroit, June 16, 1976|Lecture on SB 6.1.50 -- Detroit, June 16, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; But a Vaiṣṇava is not only thinking of the community or society or family, he is thinking of all living entities. That is Vaiṣṇava. Lokānāṁ hita-kāriṇau, all planets. That is Vaiṣṇava. Nānā-śāstra vicāraṇaika nipuṇau sad-dharma-saṁsthāpakau lokānāṁ hita-kāriṇau tri-bhuvane mānyau śaraṇyākarau. This is Vaiṣṇava business. They are not thinking for a particular... That includes, Kṛṣṇa includes everything. So if you think of Kṛṣṇa, then automatically you&#039;ll think of everything. The same process, watering the root. Why we are preaching? Why, what was the necessity to come in the Western country? No. Kṛṣṇa wants, Caitanya Mahāprabhu wants. Therefore devotee goes from town to town, village to village. Pṛthivīte āche yata nagarādi-grāma. This is Vaiṣṇava. He is thinking for everyone. Because it is a fact, without Kṛṣṇa consciousness, everyone is suffering. That&#039;s a fact. So therefore preaching is so important—to awaken them. Jīva jago, jīva jago, gauracand... This is Gauracand, Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s mission, to awaken everyone from this material entanglement. That is preaching.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Prahlāda Mahārāja advises daityeṣu saṅgaṁ viṣayātmakeṣu: &amp;quot;Don&#039;t associate with...&amp;quot; Asat-saṅga, the same thing, as Caitanya Mahāprabhu... Asat-saṅga-tyāga ei vaiṣṇava ācāra. This is Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.6.17-18 -- New Vrindaban, July 1, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.6.17-18 -- New Vrindaban, July 1, 1976]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Caitanya Mahāprabhu also said. Who is a Vaiṣṇava? Vaiṣṇava, He immediately explained, that Vaiṣṇava, what is the duty of Vaiṣṇava? Some devotee asked Caitanya Mahāprabhu, &amp;quot;Sir, what is the duty of a Vaiṣṇava?&amp;quot; So He immediately replied in two lines, asat-saṅga-tyāga ei vaiṣṇava ācāra: &amp;quot;To give up the company of materialistic persons.&amp;quot; Then the next question may be &amp;quot;Who is materialistic?&amp;quot; Asat eka &#039;strī-saṅgī: &amp;quot;One who is attached to woman, he is asat.&amp;quot; And kṛṣṇa-bhakta āra, &amp;quot;And one who is not a devotee of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
So we have to give up. So there is therefore regulative principle. At least, no illicit sex. Get yourself married, live like a gentleman, take responsibility, then gradually you&#039;ll be able to give up this sex desire. Unless we give up this sex desire, completely unagitated, there is no possibility of stopping this repetition of material birth—birth, death, old age and disease. That is not possible. Therefore Prahlāda Mahārāja advises daityeṣu saṅgaṁ viṣayātmakeṣu: &amp;quot;Don&#039;t associate with...&amp;quot; Asat-saṅga, the same thing, as Caitanya Mahāprabhu... Asat-saṅga-tyāga ei vaiṣṇava ācāra. This is Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business. Don&#039;t take any opportunity of asat, those who are materially attached. It is very difficult association. Then it is possible upeta nārāyaṇam ādi-devaṁ sa mukta-saṅgair iṣito &#039;pavargaḥ. Therefore association is very, sajjati siddhāśaye (indistinct). Those who are engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, devotional service, make your association with them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Festival Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;But in the material world everyone is busy for three things—material profit, material reputation, and material adoration. This is not Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business. Vaiṣṇava never cares for all these things. Vaiṣṇava is always thinking how to do good to the suffering humanity.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:His Divine Grace Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Prabhupada&#039;s Appearance Day, Lecture -- Mayapur, February 8, 1977|His Divine Grace Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Prabhupada&#039;s Appearance Day, Lecture -- Mayapur, February 8, 1977]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So we should take advantage of this Vaiṣṇava mission. As Caitanya... Prahlāda Mahārāja said, they are very anxious. Vaiṣṇava means para-duḥkha-duḥkhī. Kṛpaṁbudhir yas tam, ahaṁ prapadye [Cc. Madhya 6.254]. Para-duḥkha-duḥkhī. Vaiṣṇava... Our Guru Mahārāja Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura, he is Vaiṣṇava, cent percent Vaiṣṇava. And he was para-duḥkha-duḥkhi. This is Vaiṣṇava. He criticized nirjana bhajana. He has personally written one song, mana tumi kīsera vaiṣṇava. Nirjanera ghare pratiṣṭhāra tare, tava hari-nāma kevala kaitava. Mana tumi kīsera vaiṣṇava. He has in long song... Pratiṣṭhā... Vaiṣṇava means he doesn&#039;t want any material profit or material opulence or material reputation. He doesn&#039;t want. This is... But in the material world everyone is busy for three things—material profit, material reputation, and material adoration. This is not Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business. Vaiṣṇava never cares for all these things. Vaiṣṇava is always thinking how to do good to the suffering humanity.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;No. My Guru Mahārāja, Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura, he was not that type of Vaiṣṇava. That is his special gift. He wanted every one of his disciples to go and preach the cult of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:His Divine Grace Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Prabhupada&#039;s Appearance Day, Lecture -- Mayapur, February 8, 1977|His Divine Grace Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Prabhupada&#039;s Appearance Day, Lecture -- Mayapur, February 8, 1977]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; You are not independent. Nobody is independent. Today you maybe something; tomorrow you may be something. But you must search out your real life. That is intelligence. That is intelligence. That intelligence is given by the Vaiṣṇava. Therefore Vaiṣṇava has got a very great responsibility. My Guru Mahārāja pointed out, Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura,&lt;br /&gt;
mana tumi kīsera vaiṣṇava?&lt;br /&gt;
pratiṣṭhāra tare, nirjanera ghare,&lt;br /&gt;
tava hari-nāma kevala (kaitava)&lt;br /&gt;
Formerly people used to know that &amp;quot;If I take a mala and sit down in a secluded place...&amp;quot; Of course, that is good; that is not bad. But the real business of Vaiṣṇava is not for himself, but for others. Just like the example given by Rūpa Gosvāmī: nānā-śāstra-vicāraṇaika-nipuṇau sad-dharma saṁsthāpakau lokānāṁ hita-kāriṇau. Lokānāṁ-hita-kāriṇau, not personal hita-kāriṇau. Personal hita-kāriṇau is not high-class Vaiṣṇava. &amp;quot;I shall become liberated. Let me give up everything and sit down.&amp;quot; Sometimes that is also good, but sometimes we take it to get cheap adoration from innocent public that &amp;quot;Here is a Vaiṣṇava. He sits down.&amp;quot; No. My Guru Mahārāja, Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura, he was not that type of Vaiṣṇava. That is his special gift. He wanted every one of his disciples to go and preach the cult of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Caitanya Mahāprabhu wanted. Here we are in the Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s country, birthplace. We should remember. Caitanya Mahāprabhu of course asked every Indian to take His mission. At least Bengalis should take Caitanya Mahāprabhu&#039;s mission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;For Vaiṣṇava there is no suffering, personally. But he is very much anxious: &amp;quot;How these rascals will be happy?&amp;quot; That is his business. &amp;quot;These rascals are misled. They are going astray, unhappy. So how they should be happy?&amp;quot; So that is Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- March 15, 1974, Vrndavana|Morning Walk -- March 15, 1974, Vrndavana]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Let everyone be happy.&amp;quot; That is Vedic civilization. And the demonic civilization, they&#039;re: &amp;quot;Let everyone suffer; I become happy. That&#039;s all.&amp;quot; And Vaiṣṇava is thinking, &amp;quot;For my salvation it is already guaranteed.&amp;quot; But he is thinking, &amp;quot;How these poor people will be saved?&amp;quot; Śoce tato vimukha-cetasa māyā-sukhāya bharam udvahato vimūḍhān [SB 7.9.43]. Prahlāda Mahārāja. This is Vaiṣṇava&#039;s position. Para-duḥkha-duḥkhī. He&#039;s unhappy by seeing others unhappy. For himself, he has no unhappiness. Para-duḥkha-duḥkhī. Kṛpāmbudhir yas tam ahaṁ prapadye [Cc. Madhya 6.254]. This is Vaiṣṇava philosophy. Vaiṣṇava shall work hard, undergo all tribulation, for others. He has no problem. A Vaiṣṇava has no problem. Because he has taken shelter of Kṛṣṇa, he has no problem. Kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati [Bg. 9.31]. Kṛṣṇa also gives guarantee, &amp;quot;Anyone who has taken shelter of My..., he is saved. I will give him protection.&amp;quot; Kṛṣṇa says, ahaṁ tvāṁ mokṣayiṣyāmi sarva... Everything is there. For Vaiṣṇava there is no suffering, personally. But he is very much anxious: &amp;quot;How these rascals will be happy?&amp;quot; That is his business. &amp;quot;These rascals are misled. They are going astray, unhappy. So how they should be happy?&amp;quot; So that is Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business. So the Vaiṣṇava, therefore, will have no politics. Politics means planning for one&#039;s own happiness. That is politics. So in our society there should be no diplomacy, no politics. Everyone should be eager how to do good to others. That is Vaiṣṇava. If he&#039;s planning something, that &amp;quot;I shall be leader,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;I shall be doing something,&amp;quot; that is not Vaiṣṇavism.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1977 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;If you want to be really very dear to Kṛṣṇa, you must preach this philosophy vigorously.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Conversation During Massage -- January 23, 1977, Bhuvanesvara|Conversation During Massage -- January 23, 1977, Bhuvanesvara]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rāmeśvara: But it helps all the citizens if the devotees are ruling the kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Yes. That is wanted. Therefore, if we become strong, we shall take over charge of government. It is not that we are entering into politics. We must! That is also one of the items of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. People are misguided. Śoce tato vimukha-cetasaḥ. They are being induced to remain in ignorance. Therefore we want, make our plan. Śoce: &amp;quot;I am thinking very seriously how to save them.&amp;quot; Prahlāda Mahārāja says. That is Vaiṣṇava&#039;s business. Para-duḥkha-duḥkhi. &amp;quot;They are suffering.&amp;quot; That is Vaiṣṇava, real Vaiṣṇava, not that &amp;quot;Now I am realized soul, sit down and...&amp;quot; That is also good, but better business is to think for others. That is stated in the Bhāgavatam. Ya idaṁ paramaṁ guhyaṁ mad-bhakteṣu... [Bg 18.68], na ca tasmād. If you want to be really very dear to Kṛṣṇa, you must preach this philosophy vigorously, not that &amp;quot;I have got it. Who is going to take so much botheration? Let me sit down.&amp;quot; Kṛṣṇa... Who can be better devotee than Arjuna? And why did he... He was, rather, avoiding the botheration. Kṛṣṇa said, &amp;quot;No. You must take the botheration.&amp;quot; He chastised him, kutas tva kaśmalam idaṁ viṣame. &amp;quot;Rascal, what is this? You must take. You have to take this botheration.&amp;quot; On this principle, at the age of seventy years, I took all the botheration—&amp;quot;All right.&amp;quot; The other friends were thinking that &amp;quot;This man is going to die, and he is going to preach.&amp;quot; (laughing) They said like that. And &amp;quot;All right. I shall die, I shall die for Kṛṣṇa&#039;s cause.&amp;quot; So we have to face so many problems, botherations. That is natural. We should not be afraid of this.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Correspondence ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1970 Correspondence ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;There are many millionaire Vaisnava business magnates in India, like your good self, and if they like, they can cooperate with this movement tremendously.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LET-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Letter to Sethji -- Los Angeles 13 January, 1970|Letter to Sethji -- Los Angeles 13 January, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; I am so glad to see your quotation from Srimad-Bhagavatam about the socialistic view of Sri Narada Muni. It is very nice and I have also mentioned it in the preface of my first volume of Srimad-Bhagavatam. Krishna Consciousness Movement is so nice that it can adjust the disagreement between socialism and capitalism. At the present moment, neither of these isms is perfect from the philosophical point of view, but if both parties take this common formula of Krishna Consciousness each one will supplement the other. I think, therefore, that this Krishna Consciousness Movement should be pushed thoroughly all over the world and I am seeing practically that it has got powerful effect.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many millionaire Vaisnava business magnates in India, like your good self, and if they like, they can cooperate with this movement tremendously. When I was in London your second son with his wife and friends came to see me when I was staying as guest in the house of Mr. John Lennon. This was before the completion of our Temple house at 7 Bury Place.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Hellish_enjoyment_of_material_existence&amp;diff=72484</id>
		<title>Hellish enjoyment of material existence</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Hellish_enjoyment_of_material_existence&amp;diff=72484"/>
		<updated>2008-12-29T04:45:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;hellish enjoyment of material existence&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|29Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|29Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hellish]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Enjoyment]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Material Existence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Material pleasures can be attained even by hogs and dogs, whose condition of life is hellish. The hog also eats, sleeps and enjoys sex life to the full extent, and it is also very satisfied with such hellish enjoyment of material existence. Modern yogīs advise that because one has senses, one must enjoy to the fullest extent like cats and dogs, yet one can go on and practice yoga.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.21.14|SB 3.21.14, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As stated in Bhagavad-gītā, Seventh Chapter, there are two kinds of devotees—those who desire material pleasures and those who desire nothing but service to the Lord. Material pleasures can be attained even by hogs and dogs, whose condition of life is hellish. The hog also eats, sleeps and enjoys sex life to the full extent, and it is also very satisfied with such hellish enjoyment of material existence. Modern yogīs advise that because one has senses, one must enjoy to the fullest extent like cats and dogs, yet one can go on and practice yoga. This is condemned here by Kardama Muni; he says that such material pleasures are available for cats and dogs in a hellish condition. The Lord is so kind that if so-called yogīs are satisfied by hellish pleasures, He can give them facilities to attain all the material pleasures they desire, but they cannot attain the perfectional stage attained by Kardama Muni.&lt;br /&gt;
Hellish and demoniac persons do not actually know what is the ultimate attainment in perfection, and therefore they think that sense gratification is the highest goal of life. They advise that one can satisfy the senses and at the same time, by reciting some mantra and by some practice, can cheaply aspire for perfection. Such persons are described here as hata-medhasaḥ, which means &amp;quot;those whose brains are spoiled.&amp;quot; They aspire for material enjoyment by perfection of yoga or meditation. In Bhagavad-gītā it is stated by the Lord that the intelligence of those who worship the demigods has been spoiled. Similarly, here too it is stated by Kardama Muni that one who aspires after material enjoyment by practice of yoga has spoiled his brain substance and is fool number one. Actually, the intelligent practitioner of yoga should aspire for nothing else but to cross over the ocean of nescience by worshiping the Personality of Godhead and to see the lotus feet of the Lord. The Lord is so kind, however, that even today persons whose brain substance is spoiled are given the benediction to become cats, dogs or hogs and enjoy material happiness from sex life and sense gratification. The Lord confirms this benediction in Bhagavad-gītā: &amp;quot;Whatever a person aspires to receive from Me, I offer him as he desires.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Teaching_people_(Books)&amp;diff=71523</id>
		<title>Teaching people (Books)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Teaching_people_(Books)&amp;diff=71523"/>
		<updated>2008-12-24T05:56:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;teach people&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;teaches people&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;taught the people&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|110}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|24Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|24Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Teaching]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:People]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 1 - 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Lord Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna, the Lord&#039;s eternal friend, had no need to fight in the Battle of Kurukṣetra, but they fought to teach people in general that violence is also necessary in a situation where good arguments fail.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 3.20|BG 3.20, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Kings like Janaka were all self-realized souls; consequently they had no obligation to perform the prescribed duties in the Vedas. Nonetheless they performed all prescribed activities just to set examples for the people in general. Janaka was the father of Sītā and father-in-law of Lord Śrī Rāma. Being a great devotee of the Lord, he was transcendentally situated, but because he was the king of Mithilā (a subdivision of Bihar province in India), he had to teach his subjects how to perform prescribed duties. Lord Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna, the Lord&#039;s eternal friend, had no need to fight in the Battle of Kurukṣetra, but they fought to teach people in general that violence is also necessary in a situation where good arguments fail. Before the Battle of Kurukṣetra, every effort was made to avoid the war, even by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but the other party was determined to fight. So for such a right cause, there is a necessity for fighting. Although one who is situated in Kṛṣṇa consciousness may not have any interest in the world, he still works to teach the public how to live and how to act. Experienced persons in Kṛṣṇa consciousness can act in such a way that others will follow, and this is explained in the following verse.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=No_good_qualification&amp;diff=71403</id>
		<title>No good qualification</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=No_good_qualification&amp;diff=71403"/>
		<updated>2008-12-23T12:04:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;no good qualification&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;no good qualifications&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|41}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:No Good]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Qualification]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 1 - 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The Bhāgavatam affirms that any person who is fully in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, or devotional service of the Lord, has all the good qualities of the great sages, whereas a person who is not so transcendentally situated has no good qualifications, because he is sure to be taking refuge in his own mental concoctions. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 2.55|BG 2.55, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Bhāgavatam affirms that any person who is fully in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, or devotional service of the Lord, has all the good qualities of the great sages, whereas a person who is not so transcendentally situated has no good qualifications, because he is sure to be taking refuge in his own mental concoctions. Consequently, it is rightly said herein that one has to give up all kinds of sense desire manufactured by mental concoction. Artificially, such sense desires cannot be stopped. But if one is engaged in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, then, automatically, sense desires subside without extraneous efforts. Therefore, one has to engage himself in Kṛṣṇa consciousness without hesitation, for this devotional service will instantly help one onto the platform of transcendental consciousness. The highly developed soul always remains satisfied in himself by realizing himself as the eternal servitor of the Supreme Lord. Such a transcendentally situated person has no sense desires resulting from petty materialism; rather, he remains always happy in his natural position of eternally serving the Supreme Lord.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Special_instruction&amp;diff=71397</id>
		<title>Special instruction</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Special_instruction&amp;diff=71397"/>
		<updated>2008-12-23T11:56:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;special instructions&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;special instruction&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|12}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Special]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Instruction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A spiritual master is expert in giving special instructions to each of his disciples, and if the disciple executes the order of the spiritual master, that is the way of his perfection.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.8.71|SB 4.8.71, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The significance of this particular verse is that Dhruva Mahārāja acted exactly according to the advice of his spiritual master, the great sage Nārada. Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī also advises that if we want to be successful in our attempt to go back to Godhead, we must very seriously act according to the instruction of the spiritual master. That is the way of perfection. There need be no anxiety over attaining perfection because if one follows the instruction given by the spiritual master he is sure to attain perfection. Our only concern should be how to execute the order of the spiritual master. A spiritual master is expert in giving special instructions to each of his disciples, and if the disciple executes the order of the spiritual master, that is the way of his perfection.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=So-called_beautiful_life&amp;diff=71103</id>
		<title>So-called beautiful life</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=So-called_beautiful_life&amp;diff=71103"/>
		<updated>2008-12-22T04:44:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;so-called beautiful life&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|22Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|22Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:So called]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Beautiful]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Life]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.25.6|SB 4.25.6, Translation]]: Those who are interested only in a so-called beautiful life—namely remaining as a householder entangled by sons and a wife and searching after wealth—think that such things are life&#039;s ultimate goal. Such people simply wander in different types of bodies throughout this material existence without finding out the ultimate goal of life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Does_not_fall_down&amp;diff=70418</id>
		<title>Does not fall down</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Does_not_fall_down&amp;diff=70418"/>
		<updated>2008-12-19T23:31:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;no falling down&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;no fall down&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;not falling down&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;not fall down&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|127}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|20Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fall Down]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 1 - 6 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;One who engages in unalloyed devotional service to the Lord transcends the modes of material nature and is immediately elevated to the spiritual platform.&amp;quot; A Kṛṣṇa conscious person begins from the transcendental stage, and he is constantly in that consciousness. Therefore, there is no falling down, and ultimately he enters into the abode of the Lord without delay. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 4.29|BG 4.29, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This system of yoga for controlling the breathing process is called prāṇāyāma, and in the beginning it is practiced in the haṭha-yoga system through different sitting postures. All of these processes are recommended for controlling the senses and for advancement in spiritual realization. This practice involves controlling the airs within the body so as to reverse the directions of their passage. The apāna air goes downward, and the prāṇa air goes up. The prāṇāyāma-yogī practices breathing the opposite way until the currents are neutralized into pūraka. equilibrium. Offering the exhaled breath into the inhaled breath is called recaka. When both air currents are completely stopped, one is said to be in kumbhaka-yoga. By practice of kumbhaka-yoga. one can increase the duration of life for perfection in spiritual realization. The intelligent yogī is interested in attaining perfection in one life, without waiting for the next. For by practicing kumbhaka-yoga. the yogīs increase the duration of life by many, many years. A Kṛṣṇa conscious person, however, being always situated in the transcendental loving service of the Lord, automatically becomes the controller of the senses. His senses, being always engaged in the service of Kṛṣṇa, have no chance of becoming otherwise engaged. So at the end of life, he is naturally transferred to the transcendental plane of Lord Kṛṣṇa; consequently he makes no attempt to increase his longevity. He is at once raised to the platform of liberation, as stated in Bhagavad-gītā (14.26):&lt;br /&gt;
māṁ ca yo &#039;vyabhicāreṇa&lt;br /&gt;
bhakti-yogena sevate&lt;br /&gt;
sa guṇān samatītyaitān&lt;br /&gt;
brahma-bhūyāya kalpate&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;One who engages in unalloyed devotional service to the Lord transcends the modes of material nature and is immediately elevated to the spiritual platform.&amp;quot; A Kṛṣṇa conscious person begins from the transcendental stage, and he is constantly in that consciousness. Therefore, there is no falling down, and ultimately he enters into the abode of the Lord without delay. The practice of reduced eating is automatically done when one eats only kṛṣṇa-prasādam, or food which is offered first to the Lord. Reducing the eating process is very helpful in the matter of sense control. And without sense control there is no possibility of getting out of the material entanglement.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=No_regulative_principle_means&amp;diff=70412</id>
		<title>No regulative principle means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=No_regulative_principle_means&amp;diff=70412"/>
		<updated>2008-12-19T23:02:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;No regulative principle means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|20Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Regulative Principles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Means]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Conversations and Morning Walks ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== 1974 Conversations and Morning Walks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; The human life is meant for regulative principles. Just like we are insisting our students only for regulative principles just to make them real human life. No regulative principle means animal life. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CON-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- June 11, 1974, Paris|Room Conversation -- June 11, 1974, Paris]]:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Puṣṭa-kṛṣṇa: Also, the other day, Śrīla Prabhupāda, you were telling us in Geneva that in India it was, at least until the present day forbidden to eat cows, and that those who would eat animals, they would eat dogs or goats, like this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. We recommend the meat-eaters who eat dogs, as Korea, they&#039;re eating dogs, so you can eat also dog. But don&#039;t... You eat it. After death. We don&#039;t say don&#039;t eat. You are so much fond of eating. All right. You eat. Because after the death, we have to give somebody, some living entity. So generally, it is given to the vultures. So why to the vultures? Take the civilized men, who are as good as vultures. (laughter) The so-called civilized men. Yes. What is the difference between the vultures and these rascals? The vultures also enjoy a dead body. And they also kill, make it dead and enjoy. They&#039;re vultures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yogeśvara: Śakuni.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Prabhupāda: Yes. Śakuni, yes. They&#039;re vultures, and their civilization is vulture-eater. The animal-eaters, they&#039;re like jackals, vultures, dogs. They&#039;re similar to these animals, the animal-eaters. It is not human food. Here is human food. Here is civilized food, human food. Let them learn it. Uncivilized, rudes, vultures, rākṣasas, and they&#039;re leaders. Therefore, I say all fourth-class men, they are leaders. Therefore the whole world is in chaotic condition. We require first-class men to lead. We are first-class men. Take our advice, and then everything will be all right. We are creating first-class men. What is the use of fourth-class men leading? All fourth-class men. If I say so frankly, people will be very angry. All fourth-class men. Basically, they&#039;re all fourth-class men. Now, these first, second, third-class men are described. So at the present moment, no one belongs to this qualification. Even they are not to the third-class men. Kṛṣi-go-rakṣya-vāṇijyam [Bg. 18.44]. Who is, who is protecting the cows? That is the third-class man&#039;s business. So therefore everyone is fourth-class. So the fourth-class men, they are electing their representative to govern. They are also on the big fourth-class men. That is stated in the Bhāgavata, śva-viḍ-varāhoṣṭra-kharaiḥ saṁstutaḥ puruṣaḥ paśuḥ [SB 2.3.19]. Where is that verse? Find out. All fourth-class men. Not fourth-class, less than fourth-class. Fourth-class has got also some regulative duty. But at the present moment, no regulative duty. Anyone can do whatever he likes, whatever he thinks. All fifth-class, sixth-class men. No regulative principle. The human life is meant for regulative principles. Just like we are insisting our students only for regulative principles just to make them real human life. No regulative principle means animal life. Animal life. Tapasā brahmacaryeṇa yamena niyamena... [SB 6.1.13] The yoga system is there. It is to learn the regulative principles, yamena niyamena vā. The yoga system is very strict regulative principle. I do not know what they are doing. Generally, they misuse also that, but yoga means indriya-saṁyama, controlling the senses. That is real yoga system. Because as the animals, they cannot control their senses, similarly... So the human being, having higher intelligence, they should learn how to control the senses. This is human life. Human life means controlling. I give this example. Just like in the... In your country, there is no such shop. In our country, the confectioner&#039;s shop is on the roadside, very nice. You have seen in India. They have prepared very nice, nice preparation and exhibited. People come and purchase. So animals, cows, as soon as they take some opportunity, they push their head and take something. Get away. Now, the animal, the cow is passing, and a human being is also passing. But the human being, although he&#039;s hungry, he likes to take some of the preparation, but he&#039;ll not do like that animal. He knows that &amp;quot;I have no money. So I shall have to restrain my tongue.&amp;quot; That is human being. The animal pushes the head. So anyone who cannot carry the regulative principles is animal. The law is for human being. &amp;quot;Keep to the left, keep to the right&amp;quot; for... This is not for the dogs. Dogs can keep to the right, keep to the left, anywhere. But he&#039;s not criminal. Because he&#039;s animal. But if a man, instead of keeping to the right, he goes to the left, immediately, he&#039;s criminal. Therefore human society means to abide first-class law. That is human being. The laws must be made for advancement of spiritual life. That is human society. Because animal life, it doesn&#039;t require any law. How to eat, it doesn&#039;t require any law. Everyone knows. Man knows, animal knows. How to have sex life, it is not to be educated. Everyone knows. But they are philosophizing on sex life. Freud. What is this Freud?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Planning_how_to&amp;diff=70411</id>
		<title>Planning how to</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Planning_how_to&amp;diff=70411"/>
		<updated>2008-12-19T22:57:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;planning how to&amp;quot; |&amp;quot;plans how to&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;planned how to&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;plan how to&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|73}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|20Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Planning]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;A person who is thus always engaged in the service of the Lord or is always thinking and planning how to serve the Lord is to be considered completely liberated at present, and in the future his going back home, back to Godhead, is guaranteed. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 9.28|BG 9.28, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Rūpa Gosvāmī says that as long as we are in this material world we have to act; we cannot cease acting. Therefore if actions are performed and the fruits are given to Kṛṣṇa, then that is called yukta-vairāgya. Actually situated in renunciation, such activities clear the mirror of the mind, and as the actor gradually makes progress in spiritual realization he becomes completely surrendered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore at the end he becomes liberated, and this liberation is also specified. By this liberation he does not become one with the brahmajyoti, but rather enters into the planet of the Supreme Lord. It is clearly mentioned here: mām upaiṣyasi, &amp;quot;he comes to Me,&amp;quot; back home, back to Godhead. There are five different stages of liberation, and here it is specified that the devotee who has always lived his lifetime here under the direction of the Supreme Lord, as stated, has evolved to the point where he can, after quitting this body, go back to Godhead and engage directly in the association of the Supreme Lord.&lt;br /&gt;
Anyone who has no interest but to dedicate his life to the service of the Lord is actually a sannyāsī. Such a person always thinks of himself as an eternal servant, dependent on the supreme will of the Lord. As such, whatever he does, he does it for the benefit of the Lord. Whatever action he performs, he performs it as service to the Lord. He does not give serious attention to the fruitive activities or prescribed duties mentioned in the Vedas. For ordinary persons it is obligatory to execute the prescribed duties mentioned in the Vedas, but although a pure devotee who is completely engaged in the service of the Lord may sometimes appear to go against the prescribed Vedic duties, actually it is not so.&lt;br /&gt;
It is said, therefore, by Vaiṣṇava authorities that even the most intelligent person cannot understand the plans and activities of a pure devotee. The exact words are tāṅra vākya, kriyā, mudrā vijñeha nā bujhaya (Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya 23.39). A person who is thus always engaged in the service of the Lord or is always thinking and planning how to serve the Lord is to be considered completely liberated at present, and in the future his going back home, back to Godhead, is guaranteed. He is above all materialistic criticism, just as Kṛṣṇa is above all criticism.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Processes_of_devotional_service&amp;diff=70228</id>
		<title>Processes of devotional service</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Processes_of_devotional_service&amp;diff=70228"/>
		<updated>2008-12-19T06:53:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;processes of devotional service&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|44}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|19Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|19Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Devotional Service]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;One must engage in the nine different processes of devotional service, beginning with hearing and chanting about Kṛṣṇa. Pure devotional service is the highest achievement of human society.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 9.34|BG 9.34, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; One should therefore engage his mind in the eternal form, the primal form of Kṛṣṇa; with conviction in his heart that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme, he should engage himself in worship. There are hundreds of thousands of temples in India for the worship of Kṛṣṇa, and devotional service is practiced there. When such practice is made, one has to offer obeisances to Kṛṣṇa. One should lower his head before the Deity and engage his mind, his body, his activities-everything. That will make one fully absorbed in Kṛṣṇa without deviation. This will help one transfer to the Kṛṣṇaloka. One should not be deviated by unscrupulous commentators. One must engage in the nine different processes of devotional service, beginning with hearing and chanting about Kṛṣṇa. Pure devotional service is the highest achievement of human society.&lt;br /&gt;
The Seventh and Eighth chapters of Bhagavad-gītā have explained pure devotional service to the Lord that is free from speculative knowledge, mystic yoga and fruitive activities. Those who are not purely sanctified may be attracted by different features of the Lord like the impersonal brahmajyoti and localized Paramātmā, but a pure devotee directly takes to the service of the Supreme Lord.&lt;br /&gt;
There is a beautiful poem about Kṛṣṇa in which it is clearly stated that any person who is engaged in the worship of demigods is most unintelligent and cannot achieve at any time the supreme award of Kṛṣṇa. The devotee, in the beginning, may sometimes fall from the standard, but still he should be considered superior to all other philosophers and yogīs. One who always engages in Kṛṣṇa consciousness should be understood to be a perfectly saintly person. His accidental nondevotional activities will diminish, and he will soon be situated without any doubt in complete perfection. The pure devotee has no actual chance to fall down, because the Supreme Godhead personally takes care of His pure devotees. Therefore, the intelligent person should take directly to the process of Kṛṣṇa consciousness and happily live in this material world. He will eventually receive the supreme award of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Sanatana-dharma_means&amp;diff=70195</id>
		<title>Sanatana-dharma means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Sanatana-dharma_means&amp;diff=70195"/>
		<updated>2008-12-19T05:23:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Sanatana-dharma means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|16}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|19Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|19Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dharma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Meaning of Sanskrit Words]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 7 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Sanātana-dharma means devotional service. The word sanātana refers to that which is eternal, which does not change but continues in all circumstances.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 7.11.2|SB 7.11.2, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Sanātana-dharma means devotional service. The word sanātana refers to that which is eternal, which does not change but continues in all circumstances. We have several times explained what the eternal occupational duty of the living being is. Indeed, it has been explained by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Jīvera &#039;svarūpa&#039; haya-kṛṣṇera &#039;nitya-dāsa&#039;: [Cc. Madhya 20.108] the real occupational duty of the living entity is to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Even if one prefers to deviate from this principle he remains a servant because that is his eternal position; but one serves māyā, the illusory, material energy. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, therefore, is an attempt to guide human society to serving the Personality of Godhead instead of serving the material world with no real profit. Our actual experience is that every man, animal, bird and beast—indeed, every living entity—is engaged in rendering service. Even though one&#039;s body or one&#039;s superficial religion may change, every living entity is always engaged in the service of someone. Therefore, the mentality of service is called the eternal occupational duty. This eternal occupational duty can be organized through the institution of varṇāśrama, in which there are four varṇas (brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya and śūdra) and four āśramas (brahmacarya, gṛhastha, vānaprastha and sannyāsa). Thus, Yudhiṣṭhira Mahārāja inquired from Nārada Muni about the principles of sanātana-dharma for the benefit of human society.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=On_the_basis_of_scriptures&amp;diff=69590</id>
		<title>On the basis of scriptures</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=On_the_basis_of_scriptures&amp;diff=69590"/>
		<updated>2008-12-17T07:18:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;On the basis of scriptures&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|17Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|17Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:On The Basis Of]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Scripture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.48|CC Adi 7.48, Translation]]: On the basis of scriptures like Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which reveal these confidential directions, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu instructed Sanātana Gosvāmī regarding all the regular activities of a devotee.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Killing_means&amp;diff=68606</id>
		<title>Killing means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Killing_means&amp;diff=68606"/>
		<updated>2008-12-14T14:53:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;killing means&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;kill means&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;killed means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|26}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|14Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|14Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Kill]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Means]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The demon used the word abhavāya, which means &amp;quot;for killing.&amp;quot; Śrīdhara Svāmī comments that this &amp;quot;killing&amp;quot; means liberating, or, in other words, killing the process of continued birth and death. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.18.4|SB 3.18.4, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The demon used the word abhavāya, which means &amp;quot;for killing.&amp;quot; Śrīdhara Svāmī comments that this &amp;quot;killing&amp;quot; means liberating, or, in other words, killing the process of continued birth and death. The Lord kills the process of birth and death and keeps Himself invisible. The activities of the Lord&#039;s internal potency are inconceivable, but by a slight exhibition of this potency, the Lord, by His grace, can deliver one from nescience. Śucaḥ means &amp;quot;miseries&amp;quot;; the miseries of material existence can be extinguished by the Lord by His potential energy of internal yogamāyā. In the Upaniṣads (Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.8) it is stated, parāsya śaktir vividhaiva śrūyate [Cc. Madhya 13.65, purport]. The Lord is invisible to the eyes of the common man, but His energies act in various ways. When demons are in adversity, they think that God is hiding Himself and is working by His mystic potency. They think that if they can find God they can kill Him just by seeing Him. Hiraṇyākṣa thought that way, and he challenged the Lord: &amp;quot;You have done tremendous harm to our community, taking the part of the demigods, and You have killed our kinsmen in so many ways, always keeping Yourself hidden. Now I see You face to face, and I am not going to let You go. I shall kill You and save my kinsmen from Your mystic misdeeds.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Ecstatic_love_for_Krsna&amp;diff=68605</id>
		<title>Ecstatic love for Krsna</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Ecstatic_love_for_Krsna&amp;diff=68605"/>
		<updated>2008-12-14T14:49:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|Ecstatic Love for Krsna}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|111}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|14Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|14Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ecstatic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Love for Krsna]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 5 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;When one is actually advanced in ecstatic love for Kṛṣṇa, eight transcendental, blissful symptoms are manifest in the body.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 5.7.12|SB 5.7.12, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; When one is actually advanced in ecstatic love for Kṛṣṇa, eight transcendental, blissful symptoms are manifest in the body. Those are the symptoms of perfection arising from loving service to the Supreme Personality, of Godhead. Since Mahārāja Bharata was constantly, engaged in devotional service, all the symptoms of ecstatic love were manifest in his body.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=This_very_example&amp;diff=68434</id>
		<title>This very example</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=This_very_example&amp;diff=68434"/>
		<updated>2008-12-14T08:22:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;the very example&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;this very example&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;that very example&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|12}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|14Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|14Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:example]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;According to religious principles, stool, urine, wash water, etc., must be left at a long distance. Attached bathrooms, urinals, etc. may be very convenient amenities of modern civilization, but they are ordered to be situated at a distance from residential quarters. That very example is cited herein in relation to the kingly order for those who are progressively marching back to Godhead. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.19.13|SB 1.19.13, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; According to religious principles, stool, urine, wash water, etc., must be left at a long distance. Attached bathrooms, urinals, etc. may be very convenient amenities of modern civilization, but they are ordered to be situated at a distance from residential quarters. That very example is cited herein in relation to the kingly order for those who are progressively marching back to Godhead. Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said that to be in intimate touch with dollars-and-cents men, or the kingly order, is worse than suicide for one who desires to go back to Godhead. In other words, the transcendentalists do not generally associate with men who are too enamored by the external beauty of God&#039;s creation. By advanced knowledge in spiritual realization, the transcendentalist knows that this beautiful material world is nothing but a shadowy reflection of the reality, the kingdom of God. They are not, therefore, very much captivated by royal opulence or anything like that. But in the case of Mahārāja Parīkṣit, the situation was different. Apparently the King was condemned to death by an inexperienced brāhmaṇa boy, but factually he was called by the Lord to return to Him. Other transcendentalists, the great sages and mystics who assembled together because of Mahārāja Parīkṣit&#039;s fasting unto death, were quite anxious to see him, for he was going back to Godhead. Mahārāja Parīkṣit also could understand that the great sages who assembled there were all kind to his forefathers, the Pāṇḍavas, because of their devotional service to the Lord. He therefore felt grateful to the sages for being present there at the last stage of his life, and he felt that it was all due to the greatness of his late forefathers or grandfathers. He felt proud, therefore, that he happened to be the descendant of such great devotees. Such pride for the devotees of the Lord is certainly not equal to the puffed-up sense of vanity for material prosperity. The first is reality, whereas the other is false and vain.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=This_is_not_civilization&amp;diff=68348</id>
		<title>This is not civilization</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=This_is_not_civilization&amp;diff=68348"/>
		<updated>2008-12-13T23:25:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;This is not civilization&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;that is not civilization&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|83}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|14Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|14Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Civilization]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 9 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;As we are informed in Bhagavad-gītā (3.9), yajñārthāt karmaṇo &#039;nyatra loko &#039;yaṁ karma-bandhanaḥ: if we do not perform yajña, we shall simply work very hard for sense gratification like dogs and hogs. This is not civilization. A human being should be trained to perform yajña.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 9.15.26|SB 9.15.26, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The word havirdhānīm is significant in this verse. Havirdhānīm refers to a cow required for supplying havis, or ghee, for the performance of ritualistic ceremonies in sacrifices. In human life, one should be trained to perform yajñas. As we are informed in Bhagavad-gītā (3.9), yajñārthāt karmaṇo &#039;nyatra loko &#039;yaṁ karma-bandhanaḥ: if we do not perform yajña, we shall simply work very hard for sense gratification like dogs and hogs. This is not civilization. A human being should be trained to perform yajña. Yajñād bhavati parjanyaḥ [Bg. 3.14]. If yajñas are regularly performed, there will be proper rain from the sky, and when there is regular rainfall, the land will be fertile and suitable for producing all the necessities of life. Yajña, therefore, is essential. For performing yajña, clarified butter is essential, and for clarified butter, cow protection is essential. Therefore, if we neglect the Vedic way of civilization, we shall certainly suffer. So-called scholars and philosophers do not know the secret of success in life, and therefore they suffer in the hands of prakṛti, nature (prakṛteḥ kriyamāṇāni guṇaiḥ karmāṇi sarvaśaḥ [Bg. 3.27]). Nonetheless, although they are forced to suffer, they think they are advancing in civilization (ahaṅkāra-vimūḍhātmā kartāham iti manyate). The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is therefore meant to revive a mode of civilization in which everyone will be happy. This is the motive of our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Yajñe sukhena bhavantu.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Ocean_of_material_energy&amp;diff=68226</id>
		<title>Ocean of material energy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Ocean_of_material_energy&amp;diff=68226"/>
		<updated>2008-12-13T13:52:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;ocean of material energy&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|09Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|13Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ocean]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:material Energy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In the Bhagavad-gītā this fact is very vividly described (Bg. 7.14). It is said, &amp;quot;The deluding energy is My potency, and thus it is not possible for the dependent living beings to supersede the strength of the material modes. But those who take shelter in Me [the Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa] can cross over the gigantic ocean of material energy.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 1.11.34|SB 1.11.34, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As stated above, the living beings are not factual enjoyers of things which are manifested as God&#039;s creation. The Lord is the genuine proprietor and enjoyer of everything manifested in His creation. Unfortunately, influenced by the deluding energy, the living being becomes a false enjoyer under the dictation of the modes of nature. Puffed up by such a false sense of becoming God, the deluded living being increases his material strength by so many activities and thus becomes the burden of the earth, so much so that the earth becomes completely uninhabitable by the sane. This state of affairs is called dharmasya glāṇi, or misuse of the energy of the human being. When such misuse of human energy is prominent, the saner living beings become perturbed by the awkward situation created by the vicious administrators, who are simply burdens of the earth, and the Lord appears by His internal potency just to save the saner section of humanity and to alleviate the burden due to the earthly administrators in different parts of the world. He does not favor either of the unwanted administrators, but by His potential power He creates hostility between such unwanted administrators, as the air creates fire in the forest by the friction of the bamboos. The fire in the forest takes place automatically by the force of the air, and similarly the hostility between different groups of politicians takes place by the unseen design of the Lord. The unwanted administrators, puffed up by false power and military strength, thus become engaged in fighting amongst themselves over ideological conflicts and so exhaust themselves of all powers. The history of the world reflects this factual will of the Lord, and it will continue to be enacted until the living beings are attached to the service of the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gītā this fact is very vividly described (Bg. 7.14). It is said, &amp;quot;The deluding energy is My potency, and thus it is not possible for the dependent living beings to supersede the strength of the material modes. But those who take shelter in Me [the Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa] can cross over the gigantic ocean of material energy.&amp;quot; This means that no one can establish peace and prosperity in the world by fruitive activities or by speculative philosophy or ideology. The only way is to surrender unto the Supreme Lord and thus become free from the illusion of the deluding energy.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Sanatana_means&amp;diff=67841</id>
		<title>Sanatana means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Sanatana_means&amp;diff=67841"/>
		<updated>2008-12-12T13:31:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Sanatana means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|40}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|10Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sanatana]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Meaning of Sanskrit Words]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In the process of glorifying the Lord there should be no restriction of time and space. This is called sanātana-dharma or bhāgavata-dharma. Sanātana means eternal, always and everywhere. Bhāgavata means pertaining to Bhagavān, the Lord. The Lord is the master of all time and all space, and therefore the Lord&#039;s holy name must be heard, glorified and remembered everywhere in the world. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 2.2.36|SB 2.2.36, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The bhakti-yoga process is practiced by the devotees in different methods like hearing, chanting, remembering, serving the lotus feet of the Lord, worshiping, praying, rendering service in love, becoming friendly, and offering all that one may possess. All nine methods are bona fide methods, and either all of them, some of them or even one of them can bring about the desired result for the sincere devotee. But out of all the nine different methods, the first one, namely hearing, is the most important function in the process of bhakti-yoga. Without hearing sufficiently and properly, no one can make any progress by any of the methods of practice. And for hearing only, all the Vedic literatures are there, compiled by authorized persons like Vyāsadeva, who is the powerful incarnation of Godhead. And since it has been ascertained that the Lord is the Supersoul of everything, He should therefore be heard and glorified everywhere and always. That is the special duty of the human being. When the human being gives up the process of hearing about the all-pervading Personality of Godhead, he becomes victim to hearing rubbish transmitted by man-made machines. Machinery is not bad because through the machine one can take advantage of hearing about the Lord, but because machinery is used for ulterior purposes, it is creating rapid degradation in the standard of human civilization. It is said here that it is incumbent upon the human beings to hear because the scriptures like Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam are made for that purpose. Living beings other than human beings have no ability to hear such Vedic literatures. If human society gives itself to the process of hearing the Vedic literature, it will not become a victim to the impious sounds vibrated by impious men who degrade the standards of the total society. Hearing is solidified by the process of chanting. One who has perfectly heard from the perfect source becomes convinced about the all-pervading Personality of Godhead and thus becomes enthusiastic in glorifying the Lord. All the great ācāryas, like Rāmānuja, Madhva, Caitanya, Sarasvatī Ṭhākura or even, in other countries, Muhammad, Christ and others, have all extensively glorified the Lord by chanting always and in every place. Because the Lord is all-pervading, it is essential to glorify Him always and everywhere. In the process of glorifying the Lord there should be no restriction of time and space. This is called sanātana-dharma or bhāgavata-dharma. Sanātana means eternal, always and everywhere. Bhāgavata means pertaining to Bhagavān, the Lord. The Lord is the master of all time and all space, and therefore the Lord&#039;s holy name must be heard, glorified and remembered everywhere in the world. That will bring about the desired peace and prosperity so eagerly awaited by the people of the world. The word ca includes all the remaining processes or methods of bhakti-yoga, as mentioned above.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Material_creation_means&amp;diff=67836</id>
		<title>Material creation means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Material_creation_means&amp;diff=67836"/>
		<updated>2008-12-12T13:13:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;material creation means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|10Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Material Creation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Means]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 4 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;The material creation means material engagement, but material engagements can be counteracted if we always remember our relationship with the Lord as that relationship is described in these prayers recited by Lord Śiva. In this way we can remain constantly in touch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 4.24.72|SB 4.24.72, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Lord Brahmā was created by Lord Viṣṇu; then Lord Brahmā created Lord Śiva and other great sages, headed by Bhṛgu Muni. These great sages included Bhṛgu, Marīci, Ātreya, Vasiṣṭha and others. All these great sages were in charge of creating population. Since there were not very many living entities in the beginning, Viṣṇu entrusted Brahmā with the business of creation, and Brahmā in his turn created many hundreds and thousands of demigods and great sages to continue with the creation. At the same time, Lord Brahmā cautioned all his sons and disciples by reciting the prayers now recited by Lord Śiva. The material creation means material engagement, but material engagements can be counteracted if we always remember our relationship with the Lord as that relationship is described in these prayers recited by Lord Śiva. In this way we can remain constantly in touch with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Thus despite our engagement in the creation, we cannot be deviated from the path of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is especially meant for this purpose. In this material world everyone is engaged in some particular occupational duty which is prescribed in the varṇāśrama-dharma. Brāhmaṇas, kṣatriyas, vaiśyas, śūdras and everyone are engaged in their occupational duty, but if one remembers his first duty—keeping in constant contact with the Supreme Personality of Godhead—everything will be successful. If one simply executes the rules and regulations of the varṇāśrama-dharma in the role of a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya or śūdra and keeps busy and does not remember one&#039;s eternal relationship with the Lord, one&#039;s business and activities as well as occupational duties will simply be a waste of time. This is confirmed in the First Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.8)&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This is only one universe, within which there are innumerable planets. But there are millions and trillions of universes also. That is material creation. Material creation means one-fourth part of the whole creation. Three-fourths part is spiritual creation.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.32 -- Surat, December 16, 1970|Lecture on SB 6.1.32 -- Surat, December 16, 1970]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; So the constables of Yamarāja inquired from the Vaikuṇṭhadūta, the messengers of Vaikuṇṭha, that yūyaṁ pratiṣeddhāraḥ: &amp;quot;Why you are interrupting in our business?&amp;quot; Pratiṣeddhāro. Pratiṣeddhāraḥ. Pratiṣeddhāraḥ means the opposing elements. &amp;quot;Why you are opposing? We are Yamadūta. It is our duty to take away a sinful man, sinful soul, like Ajāmila, who has simply acting misdeeds throughout his whole life. Now, at the end of his life, we are authorized to take him to the Yamarāja. Why you are preventing us? Why you are interrupting in our business?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
kasya vā kuta āyātāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
kasmād asya niṣedhatha&lt;br /&gt;
kiṁ devā upadevā vā&lt;br /&gt;
yūyaṁ kiṁ siddha-sattamāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
So because the Viṣṇudūtas were very beautiful, four-handed, exactly resembling Lord Viṣṇu... As I have explained, in the Vaikuṇṭhaloka all the inhabitants, their feature of the body are exactly like Lord Viṣṇu, four-handed, with conchshell, lotus flower, club, and disc. So they never saw Viṣṇudūta before, these Yamadūtas, because they go in an atmosphere where sinful activities are executed. But this time they were astonished, that &amp;quot;How these beautiful personalities are here?&amp;quot; Kiṁ devā upadevā vā yūyaṁ kiṁ siddha-sattamāḥ. So, &amp;quot;Will you kindly let us know wherefrom you are coming? Are you coming from the Siddhaloka planet or heavenly planet?&amp;quot; Because in the material world nobody knows that there is a spiritual sky beyond this material sky... As it is stated in the Bhagavad-gītā, paras tasmād tu bhava anyaḥ: &amp;quot;There is another nature.&amp;quot; This is one nature, material nature, where millions and trillions of universes are clustered together in the corner of the spiritual sky. This is only one universe, within which there are innumerable planets. But there are millions and trillions of universes also. That is material creation. Material creation means one-fourth part of the whole creation. Three-fourths part is spiritual creation. Ekāṁśena sthito jagat [Bg. 10.42]. Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā, &amp;quot;This whole material world is existing in one fourth of My energy.&amp;quot; kiṁ devā upadevā vā bhṛśaṁ kiṁ siddha-sattamāḥ.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Impress_our_philosophy&amp;diff=67650</id>
		<title>Impress our philosophy</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Impress_our_philosophy&amp;diff=67650"/>
		<updated>2008-12-12T05:55:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;Impress our philosophy&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|10Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|10Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Impress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Our Philosophy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sri Caitanya-caritamrta ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CC Adi-lila ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;CC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 7.43|CC Adi 7.43, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; As Kṛṣṇa conscious devotees, we do not like to converse with Māyāvādī philosophers simply to waste valuable time, but whenever there is an opportunity we impress our philosophy upon them with great vigor and success.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Very_appropriate_example&amp;diff=67640</id>
		<title>Very appropriate example</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Very_appropriate_example&amp;diff=67640"/>
		<updated>2008-12-12T05:23:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;An appropriate example&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;very appropriate example&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|10Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Example]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Only in ignorance does a living entity think that he is lost. If by attainment of knowledge he comes to the real position of his eternal existence, he knows that he is not lost. An appropriate example is mentioned herein: naṣṭa-vitta ivāturaḥ. A person who has lost a great sum of money may think that he is lost, but actually he is not lost-only his money is lost.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.27.15|SB 3.27.15, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Only in ignorance does a living entity think that he is lost. If by attainment of knowledge he comes to the real position of his eternal existence, he knows that he is not lost. An appropriate example is mentioned herein: naṣṭa-vitta ivāturaḥ. A person who has lost a great sum of money may think that he is lost, but actually he is not lost-only his money is lost. But due to his absorption in the money or identification with the money, he thinks that he is lost. Similarly, when we falsely identify with matter as our field of activities, we think that we are lost, although actually we are not. As soon as a person is awakened to the pure knowledge of understanding that he is an eternal servitor of the Lord, his own real position is revived. A living entity can never be lost. When one forgets his identity in deep sleep, he becomes absorbed in dreams, and he may think himself a different person or may think himself lost. But actually his identity is intact. This concept of being lost is due to false ego, and it continues as long as one is not awakened to the sense of his existence as an eternal servitor of the Lord. The Māyāvādī philosophers&#039; concept of becoming one with the Supreme Lord is another symptom of being lost in false ego. One may falsely claim that he is the Supreme Lord, but actually he is not. This is the last snare of māyā&#039;s influence upon the living entity. To think oneself equal with the Supreme Lord or to think oneself to be the Supreme Lord Himself is also due to false ego.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other Books by Srila Prabhupada ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;But if something is mistaken for something else that exists, that does not mean it is false. The Vaiṣṇava philosophers use a very appropriate example, comparing this material world to an earthen pot. When we see an earthen pot, it does not at once disappear and turn into something else. It may be temporary, but the earthen pot is taken into use for bringing water, and we continue to see it as an earthen pot. Therefore, although the earthen pot is temporary and different from the original earth, we cannot say that it is false. &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;OB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:KB 87|Krsna Book 87]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; The Māyāvādī philosopher sometimes puts forward the argument of the snake and the rope. In the dark of evening, a curled-up rope is sometimes, due to ignorance, taken for a snake. But mistaking the rope for a snake does not mean that the rope or the snake is false, and therefore this example, used by the Māyāvādīs to illustrate the falsity of the material world, is not valid. When a thing is taken as fact but actually has no existence at all, it is called false. But if something is mistaken for something else that exists, that does not mean it is false. The Vaiṣṇava philosophers use a very appropriate example, comparing this material world to an earthen pot. When we see an earthen pot, it does not at once disappear and turn into something else. It may be temporary, but the earthen pot is taken into use for bringing water, and we continue to see it as an earthen pot. Therefore, although the earthen pot is temporary and different from the original earth, we cannot say that it is false. We should therefore conclude that the earthen pot and the entire earth are both truths because one is the product of the other. We understand from the Bhagavad-gītā that after the dissolution of this cosmic manifestation, the material energy enters into the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is ever-existing with His varied energies. Because the material creation is an emanation from Him, we cannot say that this cosmic manifestation is a product of something void. Kṛṣṇa is not void. Whenever we speak of Kṛṣṇa, He is present with His form, qualities, name, entourage and paraphernalia. Therefore, Kṛṣṇa is not impersonal. The original cause of everything is neither void nor impersonal but is the Supreme Person. Demons may say that this material creation is anīśvara, without a controller or God, but such arguments ultimately cannot stand.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Lectures ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;This material world is blazing fire. Blazing fire means the forest fire. The forest fire... The example is very typical, because nobody goes to set fire in the forest, neither it is possible to extinguish the fire in the forest by your so many counteractive methods. This is very appropriate example.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;LEC-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.26.21 -- Bombay, December 30, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.26.21 -- Bombay, December 30, 1974]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; This material world is blazing fire. Blazing fire means the forest fire. The forest fire... The example is very typical, because nobody goes to set fire in the forest, neither it is possible to extinguish the fire in the forest by your so many counteractive methods. This is very appropriate example. Similarly, in the material existence nobody wants any trouble, but automatically the trouble comes. Everyone has got experience: everyone is trying for happiness—nobody wants for distress—but distress comes here. You cannot stop it. Therefore those who are advanced in knowledge, they take it for granted that &amp;quot;I do not want distress. So the distress cannot be checked. It comes upon me. Then why shall I try for happiness? It will also come.&amp;quot; This is very right conclusion. If without my endeavor distress comes upon me, so there are two things, distress and happiness, two counterparts. So if distress can come upon me without any endeavor, so the happiness also will come without any endeavor because this is another counterpart. So why shall I waste my time for this material distress and happiness?&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Ocean_of_birth_and_death&amp;diff=67636</id>
		<title>Ocean of birth and death</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Ocean_of_birth_and_death&amp;diff=67636"/>
		<updated>2008-12-12T05:14:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;ocean of birth and death&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|32}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|10Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=1|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ocean]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Birth and Death]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bhagavad-gita As It Is ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BG Chapters 7 - 12 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;BG-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:BG 12.6-7|BG 12.6-7, Translation]]: But those who worship Me, giving up all their activities unto Me and being devoted to Me without deviation, engaged in devotional service and always meditating upon Me, having fixed their minds upon Me, O son of Pṛthā—for them I am the swift deliverer from the ocean of birth and death.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Sadhu-sanga_(Books)&amp;diff=67623</id>
		<title>Sadhu-sanga (Books)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Sadhu-sanga_(Books)&amp;diff=67623"/>
		<updated>2008-12-12T04:51:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sharmila: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{terms|&amp;quot;sadhu sanga&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{goal|163}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Sharmila}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|10Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Dec08}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Sadhu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Srimad-Bhagavatam ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SB Canto 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;q_heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;In Caitanya-caritāmṛta Lord Caitanya says that sādhu-saṅga [Cc. Madhya 22.83], the association of a great saintly person, is very important, because even if one is not advanced in knowledge, simply by association with a great saintly person one can immediately make considerable advancement in spiritual life.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;SB-statistics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Vanisource:SB 3.23.54|SB 3.23.54, Purport]]:&#039;&#039;&#039; Devahūti is lamenting her position. As a woman, she had to love someone. Somehow or other, she came to love Kardama Muni, but without knowing of his spiritual advancement. Kardama Muni could understand Devahūti&#039;s heart; generally all women desire material enjoyment. They are called less intelligent because they are mostly prone to material enjoyment. Devahūti laments because her husband had given her the best kind of material enjoyment, but she did not know that he was so advanced in spiritual realization. Her plea was that even though she did not know the glories of her great husband, because she had taken shelter of him she must be delivered from material entanglement. Association with a great personality is most important. In Caitanya-caritāmṛta Lord Caitanya says that sādhu-saṅga [Cc. Madhya 22.83], the association of a great saintly person, is very important, because even if one is not advanced in knowledge, simply by association with a great saintly person one can immediately make considerable advancement in spiritual life. As a woman, as an ordinary wife, Devahūti became attached to Kardama Muni in order to satisfy her sense enjoyment and other material necessities, but actually she associated with a great personality. Now she understood this, and she wanted to utilize the advantage of the association of her great husband.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sharmila</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>